| blob | c2ddb22c027a9c3524885fe4e39de9b787fb1aa3 |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
152 Prompt for a change log name.
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
179 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
181 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
183 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
184 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
186 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
188 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
189 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
190 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
192 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
193 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
194 after a comma on an existing line.
196 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
197 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 the same person.
200 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
201 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 notices.
204 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
205 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
210 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
211 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
212 the change log file in another window.
217 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
218 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
219 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
220 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
221 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
228 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
231 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
233 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
234 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
235 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
236 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
237 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
239 Has a preference of looking backwards.
244 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
245 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
246 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 or a buffer.
249 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
250 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("change-log-" "add-log-")))
256 ;;;***
257 \f
258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
262 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
263 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
264 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
265 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
266 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
267 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
268 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
269 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
275 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
276 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
277 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
278 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
279 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
280 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
286 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
296 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
298 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
299 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
300 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
301 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
302 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
304 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
305 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 the new one.
308 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
309 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
310 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
311 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
312 mapped to the closest extremal position).
314 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
315 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
316 the cache-id will clear the cache.
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
382 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 BODY...)
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
420 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
422 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
423 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
425 Fred (123) 456-7890
426 Alice (123) 456-7890
427 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
428 Joe (123) 456-7890
430 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
432 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
434 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
436 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
437 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
438 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
440 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
441 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
442 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
443 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
444 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
445 throughout the line.
447 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
449 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
452 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
453 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
493 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
494 indented.
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
503 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
507 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
509 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
514 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
516 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
517 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
519 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
520 `allout-auto-activation'.
525 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
527 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
528 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
529 file variable `allout-layout'.
532 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
533 specified layout is applied.
536 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
539 Auto-layout is not.
545 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
549 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
559 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
561 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
563 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
565 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
567 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
571 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
578 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
583 Toggle Allout outline mode.
584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
589 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
590 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
591 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
592 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
593 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
594 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
595 outline.)
597 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
599 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
600 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
601 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
602 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
603 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
605 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
606 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
608 and many other features.
610 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
611 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
612 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
613 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
614 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
616 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
617 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
619 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
621 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
623 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
624 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
625 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
627 Exposure Control:
628 ----------------
635 Navigation:
636 ----------
643 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
645 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
646 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
649 Topic Header Production:
650 -----------------------
653 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
655 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
656 ---------------------------------
659 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
660 current topic
662 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
663 are alternated according to nesting depth.
665 the offspring are not affected.
666 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
668 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
669 ----------------------------------
671 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
675 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
676 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
679 Topic-oriented Encryption:
680 -------------------------
682 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
684 Misc commands:
685 -------------
686 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
687 and establish a default file-var setting
688 for `allout-layout'.
691 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
692 buffer with name derived from derived from that
695 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
696 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
697 format.
699 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
700 auto-activation.
702 Topic Encryption
704 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
705 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
706 pending encryption on save.
708 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
709 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
710 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
711 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
712 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
714 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
715 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
716 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
717 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
718 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
719 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
720 signal.
722 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
723 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
724 for details.
726 HOT-SPOT Operation
728 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
729 navigation and exposure control.
731 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
732 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
737 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
738 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
740 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
741 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
744 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
745 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
746 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
747 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
748 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
749 at the beginning of the current entry.
751 Extending Allout
753 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
754 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
755 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
757 `allout-mode-hook'
758 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
759 `allout-mode-off-hook'
760 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
761 `allout-structure-added-functions'
762 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
763 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
764 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
765 `allout-post-undo-hook'
767 Terminology
769 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
771 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
772 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
773 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
774 CURRENT ITEM:
775 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
776 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
777 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
778 called the:
779 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
781 ANCESTORS:
782 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
783 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
784 of the ITEM.
785 OFFSPRING:
786 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
787 SUBTOPIC:
788 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
789 CHILD:
790 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
791 SIBLINGS:
792 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
794 Topic text constituents:
796 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
797 text.
798 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
799 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
800 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
801 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
802 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
803 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
804 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
805 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
806 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
807 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
808 the PREFIX.
810 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
811 of the ITEM.
812 PREFIX-LEAD:
813 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
814 It can be customized by changing the setting of
815 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
817 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
818 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
819 program code without interfering with processing of the text
820 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
821 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
822 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
823 docstring for more detail.
824 PREFIX-PADDING:
825 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
826 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
827 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
828 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
829 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
830 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
831 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
833 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
834 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
835 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
836 more details.
837 EXPOSURE:
838 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
839 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
840 CONCEALED:
841 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
844 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
845 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
846 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
853 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
855 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
856 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-")))
862 ;;;***
863 \f
864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
865 ;;;;;; 0))
866 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
870 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
872 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
877 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
879 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
880 visiting an outline.
882 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
883 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
885 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
886 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
887 you want allout widgets operation.
893 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
896 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
901 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
902 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
903 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
905 The graphics include:
907 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
909 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
910 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
912 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
913 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
915 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
916 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
917 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
923 ;;;***
924 \f
925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
931 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
932 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
933 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
934 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
935 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "internal-ange-ftp-mode" "ftp-error")))
946 ;;;***
947 \f
948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
952 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
953 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
954 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
955 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
956 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
957 in the current window.
962 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
963 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
964 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
965 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
966 buffer if one does not exist.
971 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
972 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
973 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
974 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animat")))
980 ;;;***
981 \f
982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
987 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
992 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
994 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
995 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
996 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
997 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
999 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
1000 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
1002 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-")))
1008 ;;;***
1009 \f
1010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1011 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1016 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1017 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1018 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1019 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1022 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1024 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1025 the rules.
1027 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1028 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1029 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1030 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1035 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1040 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1041 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1053 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1054 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1055 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1056 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1057 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1062 Toggle checking of appointments.
1063 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1064 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1070 ;;;***
1071 \f
1072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1076 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1077 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1078 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1080 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1081 kind of objects to search.
1086 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 variables, not just user options.
1098 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1099 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1101 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1108 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1109 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1110 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1111 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1112 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1115 noninteractive functions.
1117 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1118 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1120 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1121 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1126 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1131 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1132 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1133 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1135 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1136 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1137 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1138 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1141 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1143 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1148 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1149 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1150 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1151 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1156 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1157 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1158 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1159 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1160 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1163 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1164 names and values of properties.
1166 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1171 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1172 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1173 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1174 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1175 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1177 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1179 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1180 documentation strings.
1182 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1188 ;;;***
1189 \f
1190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1191 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1194 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1195 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1196 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1197 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1198 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1200 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1201 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1202 archive.
1208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1210 ;;;***
1211 \f
1212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1213 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1216 Major mode for editing arrays.
1218 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1219 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1220 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1222 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1224 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1225 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1226 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1228 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1229 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1230 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1231 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1232 The variables are:
1234 Variables you assign:
1235 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1236 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1237 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1238 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1239 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1240 row numbers in the buffer.
1242 Variables which are calculated:
1243 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1244 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1246 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1247 take a numeric prefix argument):
1265 between that of point and mark.
1273 newlines inside rows)
1277 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "untabify-backward" "move-to-column-untabify" "current-line" "xor" "limit-index")))
1283 ;;;***
1284 \f
1285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1290 Toggle Artist mode.
1291 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1292 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1293 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1295 How to quit Artist mode
1300 How to submit a bug report
1305 Drawing with the mouse:
1307 mouse-2
1308 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1309 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1310 below).
1312 mouse-1
1313 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1314 or pastes:
1316 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1317 --------------------------------------------------------------
1318 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1319 to new point
1320 --------------------------------------------------------------
1321 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1322 --------------------------------------------------------------
1323 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1324 --------------------------------------------------------------
1325 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1326 --------------------------------------------------------------
1327 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1328 --------------------------------------------------------------
1329 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1330 --------------------------------------------------------------
1331 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1332 --------------------------------------------------------------
1333 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1334 --------------------------------------------------------------
1335 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1336 lines
1337 --------------------------------------------------------------
1338 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1339 --------------------------------------------------------------
1340 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1341 --------------------------------------------------------------
1342 Paste Paste Paste
1343 --------------------------------------------------------------
1344 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1345 --------------------------------------------------------------
1347 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1348 or diagonally.
1350 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1351 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1352 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1353 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1354 poly-lines.
1356 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1357 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1358 overwrite means the opposite.
1360 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1361 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1362 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1364 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1366 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1369 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1370 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1371 are currently drawing something.
1373 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1374 some time to fill.
1377 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1378 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1381 Settings
1383 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1385 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1387 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1389 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1391 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1392 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1394 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1397 Drawing with keys
1400 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1402 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1403 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1404 When pasting: Pastes
1408 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1418 Arrows
1421 of the line/poly-line
1424 of the line/poly-line
1427 Selecting operation
1429 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1453 Variables
1455 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1458 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1459 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1460 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1461 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1462 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1463 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1464 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1465 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1466 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1467 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1468 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1469 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1470 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1471 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1472 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1473 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1474 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1478 Hooks
1480 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1483 Keymap summary
1489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1491 ;;;***
1492 \f
1493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1497 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1498 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1505 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1508 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1509 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1511 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1513 Special commands:
1518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1520 ;;;***
1521 \f
1522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1523 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1526 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1527 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("aut")))
1534 ;;;***
1535 \f
1536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1537 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1540 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1541 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1547 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1553 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1554 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1555 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1557 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1559 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1561 For example:
1563 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1573 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1574 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1575 for a description of this minor mode.
1576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1577 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1583 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1589 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1590 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-")))
1598 ;;;***
1599 \f
1600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1604 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-")))
1610 ;;;***
1611 \f
1612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1616 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1617 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1622 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1623 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1624 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1629 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1630 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1631 for a description of this minor mode.
1632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1639 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1641 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1642 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1644 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1645 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert")))
1651 ;;;***
1652 \f
1653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1654 ;;;;;; 0))
1655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1664 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1665 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1667 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1668 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1669 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1670 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1671 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1673 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1678 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1679 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1680 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1681 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1683 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1684 directory or directories specified.
1686 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1687 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1688 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1689 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1690 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1691 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1696 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1697 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1698 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1699 should be non-nil).
1703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("autoload-" "generate" "no-update-autoloads" "make-autoload")))
1705 ;;;***
1706 \f
1707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1708 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1711 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1713 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1714 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1716 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1717 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1718 disk changes.
1720 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1721 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1722 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1727 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1729 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1735 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1736 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1737 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1738 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1740 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1741 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1742 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1743 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1744 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1746 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1747 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1748 writing before you save the file!
1750 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1755 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1757 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1763 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1764 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1765 for a description of this minor mode.
1766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1773 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1775 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1776 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1778 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1779 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1780 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1782 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1783 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1784 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1785 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1786 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1788 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1789 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1790 specifies in the mode line.
1794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-")))
1796 ;;;***
1797 \f
1798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1799 ;;;;;; 0))
1800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-")))
1804 ;;;***
1805 \f
1806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1810 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1811 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1818 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1819 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1820 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1822 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1823 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1824 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1826 Effects of the different modes:
1827 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1828 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1829 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1830 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1831 a random distance & direction.
1832 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1833 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1834 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1837 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1842 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1844 ;;;***
1845 \f
1846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1852 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1854 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1855 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1856 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-")))
1864 ;;;***
1865 \f
1866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1867 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1871 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1872 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1873 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1878 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1879 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1880 for a description of this minor mode.
1881 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1882 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1888 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1889 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1890 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1891 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1893 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1894 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1895 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1896 seconds.
1900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1902 ;;;***
1903 \f
1904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1905 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1909 Time execution of FORMS.
1910 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1911 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1912 FORMS once.
1913 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1914 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1915 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1922 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1923 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1924 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1925 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1932 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1933 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1934 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1935 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
1941 ;;;***
1942 \f
1943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1944 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
1946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("bib-" "unread-bib" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "addbib")))
1948 ;;;***
1949 \f
1950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1951 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1954 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1955 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1956 of corresponding buffers.
1957 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1958 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1959 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1960 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1961 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1963 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1964 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1965 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1970 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1972 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1974 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1976 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1979 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1980 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1981 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1982 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1986 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1989 Special information:
1993 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1994 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1995 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
2000 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2006 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2007 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2008 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2009 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2010 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2011 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2012 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2014 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2016 ----------------------------------------------------------
2017 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2018 if that value is non-nil.
2025 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2026 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2027 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2028 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2029 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2030 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2031 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2032 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2033 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2034 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2035 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2041 ;;;***
2042 \f
2043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2044 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2045 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2048 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2054 ;;;***
2055 \f
2056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat-")))
2061 ;;;***
2062 \f
2063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2066 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2070 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2071 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2076 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2081 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2087 ;;;***
2088 \f
2089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2090 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2093 Play blackbox.
2094 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2096 What is blackbox?
2098 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2099 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2100 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2101 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2102 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2103 your score.
2105 Overview of play:
2108 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2109 four.
2111 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2112 movement keys.
2114 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2115 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2117 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2120 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2122 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2123 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2124 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2125 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2127 Details:
2129 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2131 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2132 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2133 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2134 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2136 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2137 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2138 denoted by the letter `R'.
2140 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2141 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2142 denoted by the letter `H'.
2144 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2145 example.
2147 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2148 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2149 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2150 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2152 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2153 ray.
2155 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2156 degree deflection it causes.
2158 1
2159 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2160 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2161 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2162 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2163 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2164 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2165 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2166 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2167 2 3
2169 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2170 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2173 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2174 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2175 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2176 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2177 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2178 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2179 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2180 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2182 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2183 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2184 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2185 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2186 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2187 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2188 emerging from the box.
2190 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2192 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2193 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2194 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2195 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2196 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2197 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2198 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2199 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2201 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2202 a reflection.
2206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("blackbox-" "bb-")))
2208 ;;;***
2209 \f
2210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2211 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2217 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2218 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2219 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2220 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2221 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2226 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2227 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2229 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2230 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2231 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2232 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2233 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2234 recent one.
2236 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2237 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2238 yank successive words.
2240 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2241 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2242 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2243 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2244 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2247 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2248 the list of bookmarks.)
2253 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2254 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2256 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2257 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2258 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2259 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2260 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2261 ever deletes the most recent one.
2263 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2264 is nil, raise an error.
2266 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2267 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2268 yank successive words.
2270 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2271 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2272 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2273 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2274 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2277 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2278 the list of bookmarks.)
2283 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2284 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2285 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2286 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2287 this.
2289 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2290 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2291 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2292 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2294 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2295 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2297 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2298 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2299 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2304 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2309 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2311 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2312 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2313 after a bookmark was set in it.
2318 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2320 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2321 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2328 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2329 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2330 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2332 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2333 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2334 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2336 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2337 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2338 name.
2343 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2344 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2346 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2347 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2348 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2349 this.
2354 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2356 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2357 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2359 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2360 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2361 probably because we were called from there.
2366 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2373 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2374 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2375 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2376 \(second argument).
2378 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2379 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2380 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2381 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2382 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2384 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2386 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2387 `bookmark-default-file'.
2392 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2393 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2394 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2395 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2396 while loading.
2398 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2399 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2400 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2401 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2402 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2403 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2405 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2406 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2412 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2413 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2414 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2415 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2424 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2428 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2430 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified")))
2434 ;;;***
2435 \f
2436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2437 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2439 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2440 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2441 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2442 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2444 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2445 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2446 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2447 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2450 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2454 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2455 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2456 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2457 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2459 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2463 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2464 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2465 narrowed.
2467 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2469 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2470 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2472 \(fn)" t nil)
2474 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2475 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2477 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2479 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2481 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2482 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2483 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2484 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2485 first, if that exists.
2487 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2488 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2489 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2490 ignore it).
2491 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2492 as ARGS.
2494 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2496 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2497 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2498 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2499 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2500 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2504 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2505 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2506 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2507 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2508 says which browser to use.
2510 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2514 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2515 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2517 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2522 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2524 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2525 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2526 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2527 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2529 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2530 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2531 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2533 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2534 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2538 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2540 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2541 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2542 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2543 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2545 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2546 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2547 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2548 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2550 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2551 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2552 new tab in an existing window instead.
2554 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2555 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2561 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2562 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2564 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2565 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2566 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2568 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2569 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2570 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2572 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2573 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2577 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2578 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2579 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2580 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2581 Chromium.
2582 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2584 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2586 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2587 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2588 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2589 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2591 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2592 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2593 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2594 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2597 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2598 new tab in an existing window instead.
2600 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2601 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2612 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2613 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2614 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2615 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2617 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2618 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2619 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2620 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2622 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2623 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2625 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2627 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2629 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2630 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2632 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2633 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2634 program is invoked according to the variable
2635 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2637 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2638 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2639 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2640 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2642 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2643 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2645 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2647 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2649 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2650 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2651 Default to the URL around or before point.
2653 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2654 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2655 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2657 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2658 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2659 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2660 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2662 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2663 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2665 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2667 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2669 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2670 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2671 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2672 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2674 When called interactively, if variable
2675 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2676 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2677 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2678 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2680 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2681 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2682 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2684 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2685 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2687 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2689 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2690 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2691 Default to the URL around or before point.
2693 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2694 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2695 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2697 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2698 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2700 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2702 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2703 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2704 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2705 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2707 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2709 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2711 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2712 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2713 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2714 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2715 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2716 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2717 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2719 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2721 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2722 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2723 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2724 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2725 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2727 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2728 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2729 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2730 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2732 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2733 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2735 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2737 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2738 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2739 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2740 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2741 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2742 current one.
2744 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2745 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2746 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2747 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2749 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2750 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2752 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2754 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2755 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2756 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2757 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2758 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2759 don't offer a form of remote control.
2761 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2763 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2764 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2765 Default to the URL around or before point.
2766 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2768 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2770 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2771 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2772 Default to the URL around the point.
2774 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2775 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2777 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2778 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2780 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2784 ;;;***
2785 \f
2786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2787 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2788 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2790 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2791 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2792 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2793 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2795 \(fn)" t nil)
2797 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2798 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2799 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2800 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2802 \(fn)" t nil)
2804 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2805 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2807 \(fn)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2810 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2812 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2813 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2814 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2819 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2820 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2821 name of buffer configuration.
2823 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-")))
2827 ;;;***
2828 \f
2829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2832 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2833 Play Bubbles game.
2835 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2837 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2838 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2839 columns on its right towards the left.
2846 \(fn)" t nil)
2848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles-")))
2850 ;;;***
2851 \f
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2853 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2856 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2858 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2859 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2860 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2861 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2862 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2866 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2867 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2873 ;;;***
2874 \f
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2876 ;;;;;; 0))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2881 ;;;***
2882 \f
2883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2884 ;;;;;; 0))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2886 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2887 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2888 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2890 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2892 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2893 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2894 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2895 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2896 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2897 else the global value will be modified.
2899 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2901 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2902 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2903 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2904 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2905 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2906 else the global value will be modified.
2908 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2910 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2911 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2912 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2914 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2916 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2917 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2918 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2919 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2921 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2922 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2923 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2924 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2925 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2926 before scanning it.
2928 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2929 that already has a `.elc' file.
2931 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2932 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2934 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2935 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2936 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2937 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2938 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2939 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2941 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2943 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2944 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2945 Print the result in the echo area.
2946 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2950 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2951 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2952 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2954 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2956 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2957 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2958 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2959 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2960 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2961 all functions called by those functions.
2963 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2964 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2965 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2967 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2968 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2969 invoked interactively.
2971 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2973 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2974 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2975 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2976 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2978 \(fn)" nil nil)
2980 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2981 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2982 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2983 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2984 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2986 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2987 already up-to-date.
2989 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2991 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2992 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2993 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2994 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2996 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2997 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2998 and corresponding effects.
3000 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("batch-byte-compile-file" "byte-" "no-byte-compile" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp")))
3004 ;;;***
3005 \f
3006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3007 ;;;;;; 0))
3008 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("diary-bahai-" "calendar-bahai-" "holiday-bahai")))
3012 ;;;***
3013 \f
3014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3015 ;;;;;; 0))
3016 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3018 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("diary-chinese-" "calendar-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3022 ;;;***
3023 \f
3024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3025 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3026 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("diary-" "calendar-")))
3030 ;;;***
3031 \f
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3033 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3035 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3037 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3039 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("dst-" "calendar-")))
3043 ;;;***
3044 \f
3045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3046 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("diary-french-date" "calendar-french-")))
3051 ;;;***
3052 \f
3053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3054 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3057 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3058 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3059 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3060 from the cursor position.
3062 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("diary-hebrew-" "calendar-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3066 ;;;***
3067 \f
3068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3069 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3073 ;;;***
3074 \f
3075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3076 ;;;;;; 0))
3077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("diary-islamic-" "calendar-islamic-" "holiday-islamic")))
3081 ;;;***
3082 \f
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("diary-iso-date" "calendar-iso-")))
3088 ;;;***
3089 \f
3090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3091 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("diary-" "calendar-" "holiday-julian")))
3096 ;;;***
3097 \f
3098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3099 ;;;;;; 0))
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("diary-mayan-date" "calendar-mayan-")))
3104 ;;;***
3105 \f
3106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal")))
3111 ;;;***
3112 \f
3113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3114 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3118 ;;;***
3119 \f
3120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3121 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("diary-persian-date" "calendar-persian-")))
3126 ;;;***
3127 \f
3128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3129 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3131 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3133 ;;;***
3134 \f
3135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3136 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3138 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame")))
3140 ;;;***
3141 \f
3142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3143 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3144 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3146 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3151 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3154 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3156 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3157 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3159 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3161 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3162 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3163 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3164 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3166 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3168 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3169 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3170 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3171 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3173 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3175 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3177 This is most useful in the X window system.
3179 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3181 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3183 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3185 See calc-keypad for details.
3187 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3189 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3190 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3192 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3194 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3195 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3197 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3199 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3200 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3202 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3204 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3205 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3208 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3210 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3211 Define Calc function.
3213 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3214 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3215 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3217 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3218 actual Lisp function name.
3220 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3222 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3224 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("math-" "calc" "var-" "inexact-result" "defcalcmodevar")))
3228 ;;;***
3229 \f
3230 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3231 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 783192 607000))
3232 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3234 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("math-" "calc")))
3236 ;;;***
3237 \f
3238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3239 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("math-" "calc")))
3243 ;;;***
3244 \f
3245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3246 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("math-" "calc")))
3250 ;;;***
3251 \f
3252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3253 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("math-" "calc")))
3257 ;;;***
3258 \f
3259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3260 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("math-" "calc")))
3264 ;;;***
3265 \f
3266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3267 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc" "math-")))
3271 ;;;***
3272 \f
3273 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3274 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 791192 607000))
3275 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3279 ;;;***
3280 \f
3281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3282 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("calc" "math-" "var-")))
3286 ;;;***
3287 \f
3288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3289 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calc" "math-c")))
3293 ;;;***
3294 \f
3295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3296 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("math-" "calc" "var-TimeZone")))
3300 ;;;***
3301 \f
3302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3303 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc" "math-")))
3307 ;;;***
3308 \f
3309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3310 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calc" "math-")))
3314 ;;;***
3315 \f
3316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3317 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-")))
3321 ;;;***
3322 \f
3323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3324 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3326 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3328 ;;;***
3329 \f
3330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3331 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3335 ;;;***
3336 \f
3337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3338 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3340 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-")))
3342 ;;;***
3343 \f
3344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3345 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("math-" "calc-")))
3349 ;;;***
3350 \f
3351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3352 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-")))
3356 ;;;***
3357 \f
3358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3359 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("math-" "calc")))
3363 ;;;***
3364 \f
3365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3366 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calc" "math-")))
3370 ;;;***
3371 \f
3372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3373 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3377 ;;;***
3378 \f
3379 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3380 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 803192 607000))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow")))
3385 ;;;***
3386 \f
3387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3392 ;;;***
3393 \f
3394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("calc" "math-")))
3399 ;;;***
3400 \f
3401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3402 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("calc-fit-" "math-nlfit-")))
3406 ;;;***
3407 \f
3408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3409 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("calcFunc-" "math-")))
3413 ;;;***
3414 \f
3415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3416 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("math-" "calc" "var-q")))
3420 ;;;***
3421 \f
3422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3423 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3425 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("math-" "calc")))
3427 ;;;***
3428 \f
3429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3430 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3434 ;;;***
3435 \f
3436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3437 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3441 ;;;***
3442 \f
3443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("math-" "calc")))
3448 ;;;***
3449 \f
3450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3451 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc")))
3455 ;;;***
3456 \f
3457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3458 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("math-" "calc")))
3462 ;;;***
3463 \f
3464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3465 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3469 ;;;***
3470 \f
3471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3472 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3474 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3477 \(fn N)" t nil)
3479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-")))
3481 ;;;***
3482 \f
3483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3484 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("calc" "math-")))
3488 ;;;***
3489 \f
3490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3491 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("math-" "calc")))
3495 ;;;***
3496 \f
3497 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3498 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 811192 607000))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3503 ;;;***
3504 \f
3505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("calc" "math-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3510 ;;;***
3511 \f
3512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3513 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("math-" "calc")))
3517 ;;;***
3518 \f
3519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3520 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("math-" "calcFunc-c")))
3524 ;;;***
3525 \f
3526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3527 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-")))
3531 ;;;***
3532 \f
3533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3534 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3536 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3537 Run the Emacs calculator.
3538 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3540 \(fn)" t nil)
3542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3544 ;;;***
3545 \f
3546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3547 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3549 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3550 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3551 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3552 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3553 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3554 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3556 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3557 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3558 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3559 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3560 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3561 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3562 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3564 window.
3566 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3567 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3569 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3570 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3571 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3572 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3573 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3574 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3576 Runs the following hooks:
3578 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3579 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3580 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3581 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3583 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "solar-sunrises-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "diary-" "holiday-buffer")))
3589 ;;;***
3590 \f
3591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3592 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3594 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3595 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3597 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3599 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3600 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3601 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3602 it fails.
3604 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3608 ;;;***
3609 \f
3610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3615 ;;;***
3616 \f
3617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("c-awk-" "awk-")))
3622 ;;;***
3623 \f
3624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3625 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3630 ;;;***
3631 \f
3632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3637 ;;;***
3638 \f
3639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading" "c-")))
3644 ;;;***
3645 \f
3646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3647 ;;;;;; 0))
3648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3650 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3651 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3653 \(fn)" nil nil)
3655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3657 ;;;***
3658 \f
3659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("autodoc-" "java" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "c++-font-lock-keywords" "c-" "pike-font-lock-keywords" "idl-font-lock-keywords" "objc-font-lock-keywords")))
3664 ;;;***
3665 \f
3666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3667 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3669 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3670 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3672 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3673 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3675 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3676 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3678 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3680 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3681 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3682 made from scratch.
3684 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3686 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3687 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3689 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3690 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3691 made from scratch.
3693 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3695 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3696 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3698 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3700 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3701 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3702 made from scratch.
3704 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3706 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3707 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3709 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3710 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3711 made from scratch.
3713 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3715 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3716 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3718 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3720 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3721 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3722 made from scratch.
3724 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3726 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3727 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3729 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3730 variables are guessed:
3732 * `c-basic-offset', and
3733 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3734 `c-offsets-alist'.
3736 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3737 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3739 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3740 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3742 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3743 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3744 guess is made from scratch.
3746 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3747 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3749 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3751 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3752 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3753 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3754 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3756 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3757 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3758 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3760 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3764 ;;;***
3765 \f
3766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3771 ;;;***
3772 \f
3773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-")))
3778 ;;;***
3779 \f
3780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3783 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3784 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3785 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3786 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3787 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3788 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3791 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3802 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3803 Major mode for editing C code.
3806 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3807 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3808 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3812 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3813 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3815 Key bindings:
3818 \(fn)" t nil)
3820 (autoload 'c-or-c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3821 Analyse buffer and enable either C or C++ mode.
3823 Some people and projects use .h extension for C++ header files
3824 which is also the one used for C header files. This makes
3825 matching on file name insufficient for detecting major mode that
3826 should be used.
3828 This function attempts to use file contents to determine whether
3829 the code is C or C++ and based on that chooses whether to enable
3830 `c-mode' or `c++-mode'.
3832 \(fn)" nil nil)
3834 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3835 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3837 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3838 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3839 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3840 message.
3844 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3845 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3847 Key bindings:
3850 \(fn)" t nil)
3853 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3854 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3856 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3857 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3858 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3859 message.
3863 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3864 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3866 Key bindings:
3869 \(fn)" t nil)
3872 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3873 Major mode for editing Java code.
3875 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3876 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3877 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3878 message.
3882 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3883 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3885 Key bindings:
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3891 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3892 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3894 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3895 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3896 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3897 message.
3901 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3902 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3904 Key bindings:
3907 \(fn)" t nil)
3909 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3911 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3912 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3914 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3915 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3916 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3917 message.
3921 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3922 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3924 Key bindings:
3927 \(fn)" t nil)
3929 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3930 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3931 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3932 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3934 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3935 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3937 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3938 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3939 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3943 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3944 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3946 Key bindings:
3949 \(fn)" t nil)
3951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("c++-mode-" "c-" "awk-mode-map" "pike-mode-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-")))
3953 ;;;***
3954 \f
3955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3956 ;;;;;; 0))
3957 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3959 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3960 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3961 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3962 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3964 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3967 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3968 might get set too.
3970 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3971 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3972 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3973 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3974 in this way.
3976 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3977 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3978 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3979 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3980 a null operation.
3982 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3984 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3985 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3986 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3987 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3989 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3991 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3992 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3993 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3995 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3997 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3998 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3999 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
4000 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
4001 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
4003 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
4005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
4007 ;;;***
4008 \f
4009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
4010 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
4011 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4012 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4013 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
4015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("c++-" "c-" "pike-" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "awk-mode-hook" "defcustom-c-stylevar")))
4017 ;;;***
4018 \f
4019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4020 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4022 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4023 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4025 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4027 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4028 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4030 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4032 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4033 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4035 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4036 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4037 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4038 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4039 execution.
4041 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4043 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4045 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4046 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4048 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4049 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4050 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4051 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4053 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4054 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4055 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4056 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4057 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4058 `write' commands.
4060 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4061 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4062 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4063 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4065 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4066 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4067 semantics.
4069 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4071 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4073 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4075 STATEMENT :=
4076 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4077 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4079 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4080 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4081 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4082 | integer
4084 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4086 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4087 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4088 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4090 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4091 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4092 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4094 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4096 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4097 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4098 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4099 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4100 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4101 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4102 ;; last STATEMENT.
4103 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4105 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4106 BREAK := (break)
4108 REPEAT :=
4109 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4110 (repeat)
4111 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4112 ;; (repeat))
4113 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4114 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4115 ;; (read REG)
4116 ;; (repeat))
4117 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4118 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4119 ;; (read REG)
4120 ;; (repeat))
4121 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4123 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4124 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4125 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4126 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4127 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4128 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4129 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4130 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4131 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4132 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4133 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4134 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4135 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4136 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4137 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4138 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4140 WRITE :=
4141 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4142 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4143 ;; representation.
4144 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4145 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4146 ;; (write r7))
4147 | (write EXPRESSION)
4148 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4149 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4150 ;; representation.
4151 | (write integer)
4152 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4153 ;; buffer.
4154 | (write string)
4155 ;; Same as: (write string)
4156 | string
4157 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4158 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4159 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4160 ;; representation.
4161 | (write REG ARRAY)
4162 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4163 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4164 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4165 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4166 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4167 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4169 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4170 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4172 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4173 END := (end)
4175 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4176 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4177 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4179 ARG := REG | integer
4181 OPERATOR :=
4182 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4183 + | - | * | / | %
4185 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4186 | & | `|' | ^
4188 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4189 | << | >>
4191 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4192 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4193 | <8
4195 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4196 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4197 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4198 | >8
4200 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4201 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4202 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4203 | //
4205 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4206 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4208 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4209 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4210 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4211 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4212 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4213 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4214 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4215 | de-sjis
4217 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4218 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4219 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4220 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4221 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4222 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4223 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4224 ;; byte of SJIS.
4225 | en-sjis
4227 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4228 ;; Same meaning as C code
4229 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4231 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4232 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4233 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4234 | <8=
4236 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4237 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4238 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4240 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4241 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4242 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4243 | //=
4245 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4248 TRANSLATE :=
4249 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4250 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4251 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4252 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4253 ;; respectively.
4254 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4255 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4256 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4257 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4259 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4260 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4261 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4263 LOOKUP :=
4264 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4265 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4266 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4267 ;; respectively.
4268 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4269 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4270 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4272 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4273 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4274 ;; REG.
4275 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4276 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4277 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4279 MAP :=
4280 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4281 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4282 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4283 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4285 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4286 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4287 MAP-ID := integer
4289 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4291 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4293 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4294 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4295 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4296 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4297 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4298 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4300 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4302 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4303 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4304 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4306 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4308 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4312 ;;;***
4313 \f
4314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4315 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4317 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4318 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4319 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4320 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4322 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4324 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4326 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4327 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4329 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv-")))
4333 ;;;***
4334 \f
4335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4336 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-")))
4340 ;;;***
4341 \f
4342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4343 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4344 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-")))
4348 ;;;***
4349 \f
4350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4351 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4352 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4356 ;;;***
4357 \f
4358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4359 ;;;;;; 0))
4360 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-")))
4364 ;;;***
4365 \f
4366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4367 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4368 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-g")))
4372 ;;;***
4373 \f
4374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4375 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4376 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4380 ;;;***
4381 \f
4382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4384 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4386 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4387 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4388 There are no special keybindings by default.
4391 to the action header.
4393 \(fn)" t nil)
4395 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4396 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4397 There are no special keybindings by default.
4400 to the action header.
4402 \(fn)" t nil)
4404 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4405 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4407 \(fn)" t nil)
4409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine")))
4411 ;;;***
4412 \f
4413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4414 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4416 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4417 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4418 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4419 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4420 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4422 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4423 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4425 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4426 from which to start.
4428 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-")))
4432 ;;;***
4433 \f
4434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4435 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4436 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart")))
4440 ;;;***
4441 \f
4442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4443 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4446 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4447 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4448 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4450 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4452 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4453 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4454 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4456 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4460 ;;;***
4461 \f
4462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4463 ;;;;;; 0))
4464 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4465 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4466 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4467 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4468 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4469 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4470 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4471 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4472 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4473 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4475 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4476 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4478 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4479 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4480 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4482 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4483 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4484 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4485 the users will view as each check is completed.
4487 \(fn)" t nil)
4489 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4490 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4491 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4492 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4493 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4494 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4495 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4496 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4498 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4500 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4501 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4502 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4503 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4504 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4505 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4506 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4507 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4509 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4511 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4512 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4513 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4514 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4515 spacing are all verified.
4517 \(fn)" t nil)
4519 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4520 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4521 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4522 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4523 otherwise stop after the first error.
4525 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4527 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4528 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4530 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4532 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4533 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4534 Only documentation strings are checked.
4535 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4536 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4537 a separate buffer.
4539 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4541 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4542 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4543 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4544 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4545 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4547 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4549 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4550 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4551 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4552 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4553 if there is one.
4555 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4557 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4558 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4559 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4560 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4561 if there is one.
4562 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4564 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4566 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4567 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4568 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4570 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4572 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4573 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4574 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4575 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4576 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4578 \(fn)" t nil)
4580 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4581 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4582 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4583 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4584 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4585 space at the end of each line.
4587 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4589 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4590 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4591 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4592 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4594 \(fn)" t nil)
4596 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4597 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4598 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4599 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4601 \(fn)" t nil)
4603 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4604 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4605 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4606 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4610 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4611 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4612 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4613 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4615 \(fn)" t nil)
4617 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4618 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4619 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4620 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4622 \(fn)" t nil)
4624 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4625 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4626 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4627 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4629 \(fn)" t nil)
4631 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4632 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4633 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4634 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4636 \(fn)" t nil)
4638 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4639 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4640 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4641 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4643 \(fn)" t nil)
4645 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4646 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4647 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4648 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4650 \(fn)" t nil)
4652 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4653 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4654 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4655 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4656 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4658 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4659 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4660 checking of documentation strings.
4664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4666 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4667 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4669 \(fn)" t nil)
4671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4673 ;;;***
4674 \f
4675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4676 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4677 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4679 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4680 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4681 Return the length of resulting text.
4683 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4685 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4686 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4688 \(fn)" t nil)
4690 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4691 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4692 Return the length of resulting text.
4694 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4696 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4697 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4701 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4704 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4706 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4709 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("hz/zw-start-gb" "hz-" "decode-hz-line-continuation" "zw-start-gb" "iso2022-")))
4713 ;;;***
4714 \f
4715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4716 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4718 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4719 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4720 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4721 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4722 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4723 editing and the result is evaluated.
4725 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4727 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4728 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4729 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4730 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4731 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4733 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4735 \(fn)" t nil)
4737 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4738 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4739 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4740 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4741 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4743 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4744 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4747 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4748 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4750 \(fn)" t nil)
4752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "list-command-history-" "default-command-history-filter")))
4754 ;;;***
4755 \f
4756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "def" "lexical-let" "labels" "flet")))
4761 ;;;***
4762 \f
4763 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4764 ;;;;;; (22323 1714 133363 124000))
4765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl-")))
4769 ;;;***
4770 \f
4771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4772 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4775 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4776 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4777 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4778 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4779 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4780 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4781 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4782 of this function.
4784 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4785 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4786 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4787 property are:
4789 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4790 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4792 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4793 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4794 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4795 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4796 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4797 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4798 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4799 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4800 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4801 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4802 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4803 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4805 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4806 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4807 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4809 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4810 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4811 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4812 list elements are:
4814 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4816 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4818 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4820 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4821 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4823 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4824 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4826 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4827 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4828 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4829 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4830 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4831 value specified by their associated list element.
4833 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4835 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4836 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4837 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4839 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4840 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4841 * indent the first argument by 4.
4842 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4843 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4844 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4846 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4847 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4848 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4849 instead.
4851 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("lisp-" "common-lisp-")))
4855 ;;;***
4856 \f
4857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4859 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4861 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4863 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4864 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4865 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4866 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4867 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4868 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4870 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4871 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-")))
4875 ;;;***
4876 \f
4877 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4878 ;;;;;; (22374 28976 748674 436000))
4879 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
4881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl-")))
4883 ;;;***
4884 \f
4885 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
4886 ;;;;;; (22233 28356 901820 212000))
4887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
4889 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
4891 ;;;***
4892 \f
4893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4894 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4896 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4897 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4898 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4899 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4901 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4902 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4903 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4904 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4906 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4907 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4909 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
4913 ;;;***
4914 \f
4915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
4916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4918 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4919 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4920 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4921 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4922 of `scheme-program-name').
4923 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4924 it is given as initial input.
4925 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4926 discards input when it starts up.
4927 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4928 is run).
4931 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("cmuscheme-load-hook" "switch-to-scheme" "scheme-" "inferior-scheme-")))
4935 ;;;***
4936 \f
4937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
4938 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4940 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4941 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4945 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4946 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4948 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4949 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4950 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4952 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
4956 ;;;***
4957 \f
4958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
4959 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4961 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4962 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4963 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4964 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4965 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4966 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4967 functions have already modified the buffer.
4969 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4971 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4972 either globally or locally.")
4974 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4975 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4976 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4977 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4979 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4980 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4981 `start-file-process'
4982 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4983 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4984 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4986 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4987 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4989 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4991 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4993 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4995 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4996 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4997 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4998 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4999 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
5000 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
5001 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
5002 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
5003 process as its initial input.
5005 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5007 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5009 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5011 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
5012 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
5013 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
5014 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5015 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5016 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5018 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5020 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5022 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5023 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5024 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5025 directory tracking functions.")
5027 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5028 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5029 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5031 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5033 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5035 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5036 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5037 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5039 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5041 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5043 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5044 Send COMMAND to current process.
5045 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5046 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5048 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5050 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5051 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5052 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5053 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5055 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-" "shell-strip-ctrl-m" "send-invisible")))
5059 ;;;***
5060 \f
5061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5064 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5065 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5066 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5067 to get another window.
5069 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5070 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5072 This command pushes the mark in each window
5073 at the prior location of point in that window.
5074 If both windows display the same buffer,
5075 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5076 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5078 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5079 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5080 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5081 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5082 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5083 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5084 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5085 ignored.
5087 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5088 this command work in interlaced mode:
5089 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5090 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5091 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5093 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-")))
5097 ;;;***
5098 \f
5099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5100 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5104 ;;;***
5105 \f
5106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5109 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5110 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5112 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5114 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5115 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5116 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5118 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5120 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5121 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5122 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5124 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5126 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5127 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5128 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5129 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5130 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5132 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5133 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5134 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5135 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5138 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
5139 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
5140 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
5141 describing how the process finished.")
5143 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5144 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5145 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5146 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5147 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5149 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5151 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5153 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5155 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5156 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5157 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5158 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5160 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5162 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5163 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5165 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5166 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5169 (lambda ()
5174 (if buffer-file-name
5175 (shell-quote-argument
5176 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
5178 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5179 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5181 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5182 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5183 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5184 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5186 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5188 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5189 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5190 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5191 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5194 and move to the source code that caused it.
5196 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5197 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5199 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5200 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5201 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5202 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5203 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5205 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5206 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5208 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5210 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5211 kills its subprocesses.
5213 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5214 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5215 to a function that generates a unique name.
5217 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5219 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5220 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5221 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5222 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5224 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5225 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5227 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5228 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5229 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5230 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5232 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5233 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5234 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5236 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5238 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5240 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5241 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5246 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5250 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5252 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5254 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5255 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5256 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
5257 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
5258 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5260 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5261 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5262 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5263 See `compilation-mode'.
5265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5267 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5268 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5269 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
5270 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5271 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5273 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5274 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5275 `compilation-mode'.
5277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5279 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5280 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5281 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5283 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compil" "kill-compilation" "define-compilation-mode" "recompile")))
5287 ;;;***
5288 \f
5289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5290 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5292 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5293 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5294 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5295 for a description of this minor mode.
5296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5297 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5298 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5300 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5302 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5303 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5304 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5305 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5306 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("inside-locate-completion-entry" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "initialize-completions" "current-completion-source" "cdabbrev-" "clear-all-completions" "check-completion-length" "complet" "cmpl-" "use-completion-" "list-all-completions" "symbol-" "set-c" "save" "kill-" "accept-completion" "add-" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "*c-def-regexp*" "delete-completion" "find-" "make-c" "num-cmpl-sources" "next-cdabbrev" "reset-cdabbrev" "enable-completion")))
5312 ;;;***
5313 \f
5314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5315 ;;;;;; 0))
5316 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5318 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5319 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5320 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5321 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5322 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5323 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5324 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5326 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5327 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5328 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5330 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5331 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5332 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5334 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5335 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5336 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5337 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5339 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5340 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5341 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5342 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5343 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5344 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5345 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5349 \(fn)" t nil)
5351 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5352 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5353 Comments start with `#'.
5354 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5358 \[Desktop Entry]
5359 Encoding=UTF-8
5360 Name=The GIMP
5361 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5362 Name[cs]=GIMP
5364 \(fn)" t nil)
5366 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5367 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5368 Comments start with `;'.
5369 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5373 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5374 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5375 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5377 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5378 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5380 \(fn)" t nil)
5382 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5383 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5384 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5385 between `/*' and `*/'.
5386 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5389 // another kind of comment
5390 /* yet another */
5392 name:value
5393 name=value
5394 name value
5395 x.1 =
5396 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5397 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5399 \(fn)" t nil)
5401 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5402 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5404 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5405 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5406 `conf-space-keywords'.
5407 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5408 in an interactive fashion instead.
5410 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5414 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5415 image/png png
5416 image/tiff tiff tif
5418 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5419 class desktop
5420 # Standard multimedia devices
5421 add /dev/audio desktop
5422 add /dev/mixer desktop
5424 \(fn)" t nil)
5426 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5427 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5428 See `conf-space-mode'.
5430 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5432 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5433 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5435 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5442 \(fn)" t nil)
5444 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5445 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5447 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5451 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5454 \(fn)" t nil)
5456 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5457 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5459 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5463 *background: gray99
5464 *foreground: black
5466 \(fn)" t nil)
5468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5470 ;;;***
5471 \f
5472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5473 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5475 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5476 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5477 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5478 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5479 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5480 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5482 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5484 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5485 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5486 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5487 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5489 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5491 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5492 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5493 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5494 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5496 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie")))
5500 ;;;***
5501 \f
5502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5503 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5505 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5506 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5507 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5509 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5510 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5511 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5512 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5513 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5514 following the copyright are updated as well.
5515 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5516 interactively.
5518 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5520 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5521 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5522 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5523 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5524 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5526 \(fn)" t nil)
5528 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5529 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5531 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5533 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5534 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5535 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5537 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5541 ;;;***
5542 \f
5543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5544 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5546 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5547 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5548 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5549 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5550 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5551 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5552 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5554 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5555 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5556 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5557 Tab indents for Perl code.
5558 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5559 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5561 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5562 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5563 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5567 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5568 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5569 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5570 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5571 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5574 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5576 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5577 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5579 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5581 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5582 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5583 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5585 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5586 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5589 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5593 bite if angry;
5595 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5596 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5597 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5598 to nil.)
5601 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5602 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5604 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5606 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5607 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5608 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5610 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5614 if (A) { B }
5616 into
5618 B if A;
5622 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5623 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5624 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5625 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5626 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5627 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5628 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5629 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5630 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5631 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5632 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5633 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5636 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5638 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5639 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5640 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5641 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5643 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5645 man via menu.
5647 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5648 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5649 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5650 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5654 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5655 span the needed amount of lines.
5657 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5658 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5659 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5660 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5662 Variables controlling indentation style:
5663 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5664 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5665 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5666 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5667 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5668 `cperl-auto-newline'
5669 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5670 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5672 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5673 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5674 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5675 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5676 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5677 `cperl-indent-level'
5678 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5679 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5680 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5681 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5682 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5683 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5684 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5685 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5686 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5687 `cperl-brace-offset'
5688 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5689 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5690 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5691 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5692 `cperl-label-offset'
5693 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5694 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5695 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5697 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5698 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5699 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5700 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5701 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5702 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5704 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5707 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5709 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5710 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5711 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5712 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5714 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5715 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5717 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5718 column 0 is indented on
5719 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5721 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5722 with no args.
5724 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5725 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5726 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5728 \(fn)" t nil)
5730 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5731 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5733 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5735 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5736 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5738 \(fn)" t nil)
5740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5742 ;;;***
5743 \f
5744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5747 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5748 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5749 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5750 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5751 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5753 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5755 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5756 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5758 \(fn)" t nil)
5760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5762 ;;;***
5763 \f
5764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5767 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5768 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5769 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5771 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5772 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5776 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5779 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5783 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5784 with empty strings removed.
5786 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-")))
5790 ;;;***
5791 \f
5792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5793 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5795 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5796 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5798 \(fn)" t nil)
5801 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5804 \(fn)" t nil)
5806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("scss-" "css-")))
5808 ;;;***
5809 \f
5810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5811 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5813 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5814 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5815 See the `cua-mode' command
5816 for a description of this minor mode.
5817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5819 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5821 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5823 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5824 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5826 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5827 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5829 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5830 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5831 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5832 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5833 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5834 normal function of these prefix keys.
5836 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5837 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5838 options:
5839 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5840 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5841 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5843 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5844 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5845 the prefix fallback behavior.
5847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5849 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5850 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5852 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-")))
5856 ;;;***
5857 \f
5858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
5859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
5861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua-")))
5863 ;;;***
5864 \f
5865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
5866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5868 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5869 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5870 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-")))
5876 ;;;***
5877 \f
5878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5879 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
5880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5882 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5884 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5885 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5889 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5890 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5891 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5892 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5893 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5894 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5895 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-")))
5901 ;;;***
5902 \f
5903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
5904 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
5906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
5908 ;;;***
5909 \f
5910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
5911 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5913 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5914 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5916 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5918 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5919 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5921 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5923 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5924 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5926 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5928 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5929 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5931 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5932 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5934 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5935 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5937 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5939 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5941 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5942 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5943 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5945 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5946 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5948 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5949 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5951 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5952 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5954 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5956 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5958 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5959 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5960 Return VALUE.
5962 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5963 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5965 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5966 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5968 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5969 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5971 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5973 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5975 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5976 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5977 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5978 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5980 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5981 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5982 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5984 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5986 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5987 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5989 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5990 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5992 \(fn)" t nil)
5994 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5995 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
5996 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
5997 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
5998 for the MODE to customize.
6000 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
6002 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
6003 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
6004 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6006 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6008 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6009 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
6011 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6013 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
6015 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6016 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6018 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6020 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6022 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6023 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6024 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6026 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6028 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6029 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6030 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6031 as part of Emacs itself.
6033 Each elements looks like this:
6035 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6037 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6038 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6039 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6040 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6041 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6042 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6043 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6044 and `defface'.
6046 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6054 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6055 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6056 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
6057 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6059 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6061 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6062 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6063 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6064 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6065 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6066 release.
6068 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6069 that were added or redefined since that version.
6071 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6073 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6074 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6075 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6076 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6078 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6080 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6081 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6083 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6085 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6086 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6087 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6089 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6090 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6092 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6094 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6095 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6097 \(fn)" t nil)
6099 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6100 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6102 \(fn)" t nil)
6104 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6105 Customize all saved options and faces.
6107 \(fn)" t nil)
6109 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6110 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6111 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6112 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6113 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6114 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6116 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6117 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6118 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6120 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6122 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6123 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6125 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6127 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6128 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6130 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6132 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6133 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6135 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6137 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6138 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6139 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6140 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6142 \(fn)" nil nil)
6144 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6145 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6146 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6147 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6148 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6149 that option.
6150 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6152 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6154 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6155 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6156 The result includes selecting that window.
6157 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6158 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6159 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6160 that option.
6161 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6163 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6165 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6166 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6168 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6170 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6171 File used for storing customization information.
6172 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6173 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6174 it should be an absolute file name.
6176 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6177 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6178 something like the following in your init file:
6181 \(load custom-file)
6183 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6184 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6186 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6187 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6188 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6189 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6190 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6192 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6193 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6194 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6195 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6196 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6197 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6199 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6200 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6201 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6203 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6205 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6206 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6208 \(fn)" nil nil)
6210 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6211 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6213 \(fn)" t nil)
6215 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6216 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6217 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6219 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6221 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6222 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6223 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6224 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6225 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6227 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("Custom-" "custom" "widget-")))
6231 ;;;***
6232 \f
6233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6234 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6236 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6237 Create or edit a custom theme.
6238 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6239 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6240 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6241 from the Custom save file.
6242 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6243 named *Custom Theme*.
6245 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6247 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6248 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6250 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6252 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6253 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6255 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6257 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6258 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6259 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6260 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6262 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-" "describe-theme-1")))
6266 ;;;***
6267 \f
6268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6269 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6271 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6272 Mode used for cvs status output.
6274 \(fn)" t nil)
6276 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-")))
6278 ;;;***
6279 \f
6280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6282 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6284 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6285 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6287 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6289 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6290 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6291 C++ modes are included.
6293 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
6294 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
6295 if ARG is omitted or nil.
6297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6299 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6301 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6302 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6303 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6304 for a description of this minor mode.
6305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6306 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6307 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6309 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6311 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6312 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6313 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6314 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6315 ARG is omitted or nil.
6317 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6318 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6319 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled" "cwarn-")))
6325 ;;;***
6326 \f
6327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6328 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6329 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6331 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6332 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6334 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6336 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6337 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6339 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6341 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6342 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6343 For readability, the table is slightly
6344 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6346 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6347 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6348 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6349 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6350 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6352 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6356 ;;;***
6357 \f
6358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6359 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6360 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6361 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6362 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6363 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6365 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6366 Completion on current word.
6368 and presents suggestions for completion.
6370 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6371 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6372 completions.
6375 then it searches *all* buffers.
6377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6379 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6382 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6383 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6384 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6385 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6386 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6388 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6389 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6391 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6392 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6393 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6395 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6396 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6400 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev-")))
6404 ;;;***
6405 \f
6406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6407 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6409 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6410 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6412 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6416 ;;;***
6417 \f
6418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6419 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6421 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6422 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6423 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6424 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6425 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6427 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6431 ;;;***
6432 \f
6433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6436 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6437 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6439 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6440 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6441 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6443 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6444 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6445 Data lines are not indented.
6447 Key bindings:
6450 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6457 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6459 dcl-basic-offset
6460 Extra indentation within blocks.
6462 dcl-continuation-offset
6463 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6465 dcl-margin-offset
6466 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6468 dcl-margin-label-offset
6469 Indentation for a label.
6471 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6472 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6474 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6475 dcl-block-end-regexp
6476 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6477 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6478 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6479 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6480 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6482 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6483 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6484 Two such functions are included in the package:
6485 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6486 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6488 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6489 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6490 One such function is included in the package:
6491 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6493 dcl-tab-always-indent
6494 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6495 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6496 margin.
6498 dcl-electric-characters
6499 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6500 typed.
6502 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6503 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6504 which words trigger electric indentation.
6506 dcl-tempo-comma
6507 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6508 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6509 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6511 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6512 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6513 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6514 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6516 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6517 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6518 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6519 dcl-imenu-label-call
6520 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6522 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6523 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6524 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6525 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6528 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6530 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6531 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6532 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6533 $ i = 1
6534 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6535 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6536 $ label:
6537 $ if i.eq.1
6538 $ then
6539 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6540 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6541 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6542 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6545 $ type sys$input
6546 Data lines are not indented at all.
6547 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6548 $ endif
6549 $
6552 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6553 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6555 \(fn)" t nil)
6557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6559 ;;;***
6560 \f
6561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6562 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6564 (setq debugger 'debug)
6566 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6568 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6569 of the evaluator.
6571 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6572 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6573 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6575 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6577 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6578 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6580 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6582 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6583 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6584 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6585 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6586 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6587 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6590 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6592 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6594 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6596 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6597 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6598 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6600 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debug" "inhibit-debug-on-entry")))
6604 ;;;***
6605 \f
6606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6607 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6609 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6610 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6612 \(fn)" t nil)
6614 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6615 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6616 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6617 Upper-case letters are commands.
6619 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6620 modify it.
6622 The most useful commands are:
6626 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6630 \(fn)" t nil)
6632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-")))
6634 ;;;***
6635 \f
6636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6637 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6638 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6640 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6641 Customization of `columns' group.
6643 \(fn)" t nil)
6645 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6646 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6648 START and END delimits the text region.
6650 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6652 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6653 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6655 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6657 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6661 ;;;***
6662 \f
6663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6664 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6666 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6668 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6669 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6670 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6671 for a description of this minor mode.
6672 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6673 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6674 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6676 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6678 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6679 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6680 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
6681 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
6682 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6684 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6685 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6686 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
6687 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
6689 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6690 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("del" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit")))
6696 ;;;***
6697 \f
6698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6701 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6702 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6704 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6706 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6707 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6708 or nil if there is no parent.
6710 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6711 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6712 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6713 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6715 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6716 arguments are currently understood:
6717 :group GROUP
6718 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6719 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6720 :syntax-table TABLE
6721 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6722 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6723 :abbrev-table TABLE
6724 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6725 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6726 :after-hook FORM
6727 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
6728 run. It should not be quoted.
6730 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6734 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6735 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6736 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6738 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6739 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6743 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6745 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6746 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6748 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6749 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6751 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6753 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6755 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6757 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6758 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6759 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6760 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6761 the first time the mode is used.
6763 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
6767 ;;;***
6768 \f
6769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
6770 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6772 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6773 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6774 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6775 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6776 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6777 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6778 otherwise.
6780 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6782 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6783 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6784 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6785 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6787 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6788 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6789 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6791 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6792 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6793 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6794 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6795 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6796 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6797 relevant to POS.
6799 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6801 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6802 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6804 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6805 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6806 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6807 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6808 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6809 minibuffer window for width limit.
6811 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6812 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6814 \(fn)" nil nil)
6816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-")))
6818 ;;;***
6819 \f
6820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
6821 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6823 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6824 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6825 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6826 for a description of this minor mode.
6827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6828 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6829 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6831 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6833 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6834 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6835 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6836 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6837 is omitted or nil.
6839 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6840 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6841 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6842 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6847 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6848 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6850 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6852 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6856 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6857 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6858 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6859 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6861 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6863 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6864 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6866 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6867 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6868 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6870 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6873 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6874 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6875 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6877 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6878 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6879 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6880 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6882 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6884 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6885 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6887 Handlers are called with argument list
6889 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6891 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6893 `desktop-file-version'
6894 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6895 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6896 `desktop-buffer-point'
6897 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6898 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6899 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6901 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6902 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6904 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6905 code like
6907 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6908 ...
6912 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6914 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6916 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6918 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6919 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6920 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6921 List elements must have the form
6923 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6925 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6926 function.
6928 Handlers are called with argument list
6930 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6932 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6934 `desktop-file-version'
6935 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6936 `desktop-buffer-name'
6937 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6938 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6939 `desktop-buffer-point'
6940 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6941 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6942 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6944 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6945 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6946 created and set.
6948 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6949 code like
6951 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6952 ...
6956 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6958 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6960 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6962 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6964 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6965 Empty the Desktop.
6966 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6967 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6968 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6969 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6970 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6971 if different).
6973 \(fn)" t nil)
6975 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6976 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6977 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6978 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6979 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6980 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6981 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6982 do not rewrite the file.
6984 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6985 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6986 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6987 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6988 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6989 file.
6991 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6992 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6993 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6994 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6995 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6996 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6997 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6998 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6999 without further confirmation.
7001 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
7003 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
7004 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
7005 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
7007 \(fn)" t nil)
7009 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
7010 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
7011 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
7012 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
7013 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
7014 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
7015 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7016 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7018 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7020 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
7021 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
7022 Also inhibit further loading of it.
7024 \(fn)" nil nil)
7026 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
7028 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7029 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7030 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7031 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7032 directory DIRNAME.
7034 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7036 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7037 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7039 \(fn)" t nil)
7041 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7042 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7044 \(fn)" t nil)
7046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7048 ;;;***
7049 \f
7050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7053 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7054 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7055 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7056 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7057 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7058 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7060 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7062 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7063 Repair a broken attribution line.
7064 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7066 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7068 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7069 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7070 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7071 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7073 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7075 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7076 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7078 \(fn)" t nil)
7080 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-")))
7082 ;;;***
7083 \f
7084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7085 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7087 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7089 ;;;***
7090 \f
7091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7092 ;;;;;; 0))
7093 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7095 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7096 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7097 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7098 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7099 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7103 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7104 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7105 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7106 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7108 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7109 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7110 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7111 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7113 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7114 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7116 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7121 \(diary-mail-entries)
7123 # diary-rem.el ends here
7125 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7127 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7128 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7130 \(fn)" t nil)
7132 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("diary-" "calendar-mark-")))
7134 ;;;***
7135 \f
7136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7137 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7139 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7140 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7142 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7144 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7145 The command to use to run diff.")
7147 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7149 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7150 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7151 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7152 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7153 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7154 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7156 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7157 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7158 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7160 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7162 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7163 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7164 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7165 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7166 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7167 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7169 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7171 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7172 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7174 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7176 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7177 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7178 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7180 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7182 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7184 ;;;***
7185 \f
7186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7187 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7189 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7190 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7191 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7192 normal diffs.
7194 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7195 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7196 headers for you on-the-fly.
7204 \(fn)" t nil)
7206 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7207 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7208 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
7209 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7210 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7214 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-")))
7218 ;;;***
7219 \f
7220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7223 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7224 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7225 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7227 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("query-dig" "dig-")))
7231 ;;;***
7232 \f
7233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7234 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7236 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7237 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7238 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7239 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7240 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7241 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7242 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7243 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7245 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7247 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7248 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7249 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7250 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7251 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7252 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7254 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7256 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7257 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7259 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7260 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7262 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7263 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7264 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7265 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7266 listing have no effect.
7272 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7274 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7275 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7277 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7280 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7281 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7283 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7286 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7288 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7289 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7291 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7293 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7296 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7299 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7302 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7304 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7307 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7308 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7309 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7310 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7312 to see why something went wrong.
7317 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7324 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7325 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7328 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7330 again for the directory tree.
7333 for more info):
7335 `dired-listing-switches'
7336 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7337 `dired-marker-char'
7338 `dired-del-marker'
7339 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7340 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7341 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7342 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7346 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7347 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7348 `dired-mode-hook'
7349 `dired-load-hook'
7351 Keybindings:
7354 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7355 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7359 ;;;***
7360 \f
7361 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7362 ;;;;;; (22316 28459 907124 107000))
7363 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7365 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7367 ;;;***
7368 \f
7369 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7370 ;;;;;; (22258 27960 296487 495000))
7371 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7373 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7375 ;;;***
7376 \f
7377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7378 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7380 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7381 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7382 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
7383 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7384 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7386 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7387 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7388 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7390 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7391 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7392 directory.
7394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7396 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7397 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7398 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7399 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7400 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7401 from `default-directory'.
7403 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7407 ;;;***
7408 \f
7409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7412 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7413 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7414 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7415 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7416 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7417 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7419 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7421 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-")))
7423 ;;;***
7424 \f
7425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7426 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7428 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7429 Return a new, empty display table.
7431 \(fn)" nil nil)
7433 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7434 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7435 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7436 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7437 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7439 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7441 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7442 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7443 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7444 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7445 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7447 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7449 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7450 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7452 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7454 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7455 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7457 \(fn)" t nil)
7459 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7460 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7462 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7463 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7465 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7466 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7467 byte.
7469 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7470 in the default way after this call.
7472 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7474 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7475 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7477 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7479 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7480 Display character C using printable string S.
7482 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7484 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7485 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7486 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7487 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7489 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7491 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7492 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7493 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7494 X frame.
7496 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7498 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7499 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7501 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7503 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7504 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7506 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7508 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7509 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7511 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7513 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7514 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7516 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7518 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7519 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7521 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7523 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7524 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7526 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7527 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7529 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7530 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7532 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7533 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7534 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7535 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7537 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7538 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7539 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7540 in `.emacs'.
7542 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7546 ;;;***
7547 \f
7548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7549 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7551 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7552 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7553 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7554 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7555 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7556 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7557 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7558 Default is 2.
7560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7562 ;;;***
7563 \f
7564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7567 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7568 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7569 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7570 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7571 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7572 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7573 private or ask).
7574 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7575 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7576 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7577 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7578 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7580 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-")))
7584 ;;;***
7585 \f
7586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7587 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7591 ;;;***
7592 \f
7593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7594 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7596 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7597 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7598 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7599 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7600 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7601 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7602 table and its own syntax table.
7604 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7606 \(fn)" t nil)
7607 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7609 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7610 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7612 \(fn)" t nil)
7614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7616 ;;;***
7617 \f
7618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7619 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7621 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7622 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7623 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7624 OpenDocument format).
7626 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7628 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7629 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7631 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7632 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7635 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7638 \(fn)" t nil)
7640 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7641 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7642 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7643 to the next best mode.
7645 \(fn)" nil nil)
7647 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7648 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7649 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
7650 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7651 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7653 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7657 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7660 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-")))
7664 ;;;***
7665 \f
7666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7667 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7669 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7670 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7672 \(fn)" t nil)
7674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doc" "make-doctor-variables")))
7676 ;;;***
7677 \f
7678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
7679 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
7681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
7683 ;;;***
7684 \f
7685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7686 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
7688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos")))
7690 ;;;***
7691 \f
7692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
7693 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
7695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("dos-codepage-setup-hook" "msdos-shells")))
7697 ;;;***
7698 \f
7699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
7700 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
7702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("w32-" "file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-")))
7704 ;;;***
7705 \f
7706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
7707 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7709 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7710 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
7711 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
7712 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7713 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7715 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
7716 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
7718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-")))
7722 ;;;***
7723 \f
7724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
7725 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7726 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7728 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7729 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7731 \(fn)" t nil)
7733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("down" "dun" "out" "obj-special" "south" "north" "west" "east")))
7735 ;;;***
7736 \f
7737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
7738 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7739 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
7741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event" "font-setting-change-default-font")))
7743 ;;;***
7744 \f
7745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
7746 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
7747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7749 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7751 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7752 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7753 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
7754 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
7755 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7757 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
7758 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
7759 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
7760 and disables it otherwise.
7762 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
7763 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
7764 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
7765 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
7767 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
7768 documenting what its argument does.
7770 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7771 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
7772 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7773 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
7774 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
7775 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
7776 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
7777 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
7778 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
7780 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
7781 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
7782 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
7783 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
7784 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
7785 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
7786 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
7787 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
7788 the minor mode is global):
7790 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7792 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7793 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7794 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7795 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7796 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7797 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7798 Not used if you also specify :variable.
7799 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7800 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7801 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7802 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
7803 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
7804 named variable, or a generalized variable.
7805 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
7806 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
7807 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
7808 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
7809 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
7810 in :variable).
7812 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
7813 have been run. It should not be quoted.
7815 For example, you could write
7818 ...BODY CODE...)
7820 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7822 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7824 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7826 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7828 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7829 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7830 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7831 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7832 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7833 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7834 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7835 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7836 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7837 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7838 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7839 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7841 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7842 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7843 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7844 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7845 call another major mode in their body.
7847 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7848 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7849 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7851 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7853 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7855 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7856 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7857 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7858 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7859 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7860 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7861 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7863 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7865 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7866 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7867 :inherit Parent keymap.
7868 :group Ignored.
7869 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7870 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7872 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7874 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7875 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7876 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7877 the constant's documentation.
7879 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7881 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7882 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7883 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7885 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-")))
7889 ;;;***
7890 \f
7891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
7892 ;;;;;; 0))
7893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7895 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7896 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7897 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7898 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7900 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7901 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7902 as a top-level menu bar item.
7904 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7905 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7906 pairs:
7908 :filter FUNCTION
7909 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7910 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7911 items to actually display.
7913 :visible INCLUDE
7914 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7915 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7916 alias for `:visible'.
7918 :active ENABLE
7919 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7920 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7921 an alias for `:active'.
7923 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7924 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7926 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7928 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7930 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7931 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7933 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7934 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7936 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7938 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7940 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7941 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7943 :keys KEYS
7944 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7945 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7946 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7947 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7949 :key-sequence KEYS
7950 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7951 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7952 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7953 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7955 :active ENABLE
7956 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7957 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7958 alias for `:active'.
7960 :visible INCLUDE
7961 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7962 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7963 `:visible'.
7965 :label FORM
7966 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7967 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7969 :suffix FORM
7970 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7971 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7973 :style STYLE
7974 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7975 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7976 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7978 :selected SELECTED
7979 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7980 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7982 :help HELP
7983 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7985 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7986 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7987 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7989 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7990 MENU. This is a submenu.
7992 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7994 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7996 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7999 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8001 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8002 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8003 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8004 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8006 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8008 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8009 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8010 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8011 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8012 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8013 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8015 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8016 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8017 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8019 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8020 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8021 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8023 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8024 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8026 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("easy-menu-" "add-submenu")))
8030 ;;;***
8031 \f
8032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8037 ;;;***
8038 \f
8039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8040 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8044 ;;;***
8045 \f
8046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8051 ;;;***
8052 \f
8053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8054 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8058 ;;;***
8059 \f
8060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8063 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-")))
8065 ;;;***
8066 \f
8067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8070 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8072 ;;;***
8073 \f
8074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8079 ;;;***
8080 \f
8081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8083 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8085 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8086 Customization for ebnf group.
8088 \(fn)" t nil)
8090 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8091 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8093 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8095 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8096 processed.
8098 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8100 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8102 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8103 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8105 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8106 killed after process termination.
8108 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8110 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8112 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8115 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8116 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8117 it to the printer.
8119 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8120 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8121 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8122 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8124 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8126 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8127 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8128 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8130 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8132 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8133 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8135 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8137 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8138 processed.
8140 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8142 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8144 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8145 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8147 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8148 killed after process termination.
8150 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8152 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8154 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8155 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8156 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8157 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8159 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8161 \(fn)" t nil)
8163 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8164 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8165 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8167 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8169 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8171 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8172 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8174 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8176 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8177 processed.
8179 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8181 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8183 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8184 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8186 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8187 killed after EPS generation.
8189 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8191 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8193 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8194 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8196 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8197 The EPS file name has the following form:
8199 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8201 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8204 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8205 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8206 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8210 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8211 files.
8213 \(fn)" t nil)
8215 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8216 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8218 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8219 The EPS file name has the following form:
8221 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8223 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8226 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8227 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8228 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8232 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8233 files.
8235 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8237 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8239 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8240 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8242 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8244 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8245 are processed.
8247 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8249 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8251 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8252 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8254 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8255 killed after syntax checking.
8257 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8259 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8261 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8262 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8264 \(fn)" t nil)
8266 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8267 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8269 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8271 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8272 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8274 \(fn)" nil nil)
8276 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8277 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8279 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8281 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8283 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8284 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8286 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8288 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8290 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8291 Delete style NAME.
8293 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8295 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8297 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8298 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8300 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8302 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8304 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8305 Set STYLE as the current style.
8307 Returns the old style symbol.
8309 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8311 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8313 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8314 Reset current style.
8316 Returns the old style symbol.
8318 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8320 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8322 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8323 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8325 Returns the old style symbol.
8327 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8329 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8331 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8333 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8334 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8336 Returns the old style symbol.
8338 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8340 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8342 \(fn)" t nil)
8344 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8346 ;;;***
8347 \f
8348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8351 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8352 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8353 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8354 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8355 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8358 Tree mode key bindings:
8361 \(fn)" t nil)
8363 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8364 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8366 \(fn)" t nil)
8368 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8369 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8371 \(fn)" t nil)
8373 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8374 View declaration of member at point.
8376 \(fn)" t nil)
8378 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8379 Find declaration of member at point.
8381 \(fn)" t nil)
8383 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8384 View definition of member at point.
8386 \(fn)" t nil)
8388 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8389 Find definition of member at point.
8391 \(fn)" t nil)
8393 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8394 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8396 \(fn)" t nil)
8398 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8399 View definition of member at point in other window.
8401 \(fn)" t nil)
8403 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8404 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8406 \(fn)" t nil)
8408 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8409 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8411 \(fn)" t nil)
8413 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8414 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8416 \(fn)" t nil)
8418 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8419 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8421 \(fn)" t nil)
8423 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8424 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8425 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8426 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8427 completion.
8429 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8431 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8432 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8433 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8434 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8436 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8438 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8439 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8440 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8441 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8443 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8445 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8446 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8447 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8449 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8451 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8452 Search for call sites of a member.
8453 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8454 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8455 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8456 looks like a function call to the member.
8458 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8460 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8461 Move backward in the position stack.
8462 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8464 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8466 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8467 Move forward in the position stack.
8468 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8470 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8472 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8473 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8475 \(fn)" t nil)
8477 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8478 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8480 \(fn)" t nil)
8482 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8483 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8484 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8485 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8487 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8489 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8490 Display statistics for a class tree.
8492 \(fn)" t nil)
8494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook" "ebrowse-")))
8496 ;;;***
8497 \f
8498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8499 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8501 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8503 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8505 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8506 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8507 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8509 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8512 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8513 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8514 also has this effect.
8516 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8526 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8528 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("electric-buffer-" "Electric-buffer-menu-")))
8530 ;;;***
8531 \f
8532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8533 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8535 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8536 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8537 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8539 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-" "electric-")))
8543 ;;;***
8544 \f
8545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8546 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8548 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8551 \(fn)" nil nil)
8553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8555 ;;;***
8556 \f
8557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8558 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8559 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8561 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8562 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8563 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8564 for a description of this minor mode.
8565 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8566 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8567 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8569 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8571 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8572 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
8574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8577 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8578 an EDE controlled project.
8580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("project-try-ede" "ede" "global-ede-mode-map")))
8584 ;;;***
8585 \f
8586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8587 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-")))
8591 ;;;***
8592 \f
8593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8594 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8595 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8597 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8599 ;;;***
8600 \f
8601 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8602 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 927192 607000))
8603 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8607 ;;;***
8608 \f
8609 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8610 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 927192 607000))
8611 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-")))
8615 ;;;***
8616 \f
8617 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8618 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8619 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-c")))
8623 ;;;***
8624 \f
8625 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8626 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8627 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("eieio-ede-old-variables" "ede-")))
8631 ;;;***
8632 \f
8633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede-")))
8638 ;;;***
8639 \f
8640 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8641 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8642 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-")))
8646 ;;;***
8647 \f
8648 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8649 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8650 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8654 ;;;***
8655 \f
8656 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8657 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-")))
8662 ;;;***
8663 \f
8664 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
8665 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8666 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
8668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
8670 ;;;***
8671 \f
8672 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
8673 ;;;;;; (22362 1462 489419 679000))
8674 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
8676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-")))
8678 ;;;***
8679 \f
8680 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
8681 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 37741 19000))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
8684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
8686 ;;;***
8687 \f
8688 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
8689 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8690 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
8692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-")))
8694 ;;;***
8695 \f
8696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
8697 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8698 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
8700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
8702 ;;;***
8703 \f
8704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8705 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
8707 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
8709 ;;;***
8710 \f
8711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
8714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-")))
8716 ;;;***
8717 \f
8718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
8721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
8723 ;;;***
8724 \f
8725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
8726 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
8729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-")))
8731 ;;;***
8732 \f
8733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
8734 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
8737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-")))
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
8742 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
8745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("proj-comp-insert-variable-once" "ede-")))
8747 ;;;***
8748 \f
8749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
8750 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
8753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-")))
8755 ;;;***
8756 \f
8757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
8758 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8759 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
8761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-")))
8763 ;;;***
8764 \f
8765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
8766 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8767 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
8769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-")))
8771 ;;;***
8772 \f
8773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
8774 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8775 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
8777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
8779 ;;;***
8780 \f
8781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
8782 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
8785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
8787 ;;;***
8788 \f
8789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
8790 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
8793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
8795 ;;;***
8796 \f
8797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
8798 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
8801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-")))
8803 ;;;***
8804 \f
8805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
8806 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8807 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
8809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
8811 ;;;***
8812 \f
8813 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
8814 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 935192 607000))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
8817 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
8819 ;;;***
8820 \f
8821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
8822 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
8824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-")))
8826 ;;;***
8827 \f
8828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
8829 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
8831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source")))
8833 ;;;***
8834 \f
8835 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
8836 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (22164 57533 935192 607000))
8837 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
8839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
8841 ;;;***
8842 \f
8843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
8844 ;;;;;; 0))
8845 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
8847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-")))
8849 ;;;***
8850 \f
8851 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
8852 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 935192 607000))
8853 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
8855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
8857 ;;;***
8858 \f
8859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
8860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8862 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8863 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8864 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8865 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8866 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8868 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8869 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8871 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8873 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8875 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8876 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8877 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8878 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8880 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8882 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8883 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8884 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8885 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8887 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8889 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8891 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8892 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8893 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8894 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8895 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8897 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
8898 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
8899 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
8900 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
8901 instrumented for Edebug.
8903 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8904 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8905 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8906 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8907 already is one.)
8909 \(fn)" t nil)
8911 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8912 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8914 \(fn)" t nil)
8916 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8917 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8919 \(fn)" t nil)
8921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("edebug" "get-edebug-spec" "global-edebug-" "cancel-edebug-on-entry")))
8923 ;;;***
8924 \f
8925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
8926 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
8927 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8929 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8930 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8932 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8934 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8935 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8937 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8939 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8941 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8943 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
8944 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
8945 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
8946 nothing to revert then this command fails.
8948 \(fn)" t nil)
8950 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8951 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8952 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8953 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8955 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8957 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8958 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8960 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8962 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8964 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8965 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8967 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8969 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8971 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8972 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8973 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8974 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8976 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8978 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8980 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8981 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8982 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8983 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8985 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8987 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8989 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8990 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8991 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8992 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8994 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8996 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8998 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8999 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
9000 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9001 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9003 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9005 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
9007 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9008 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
9009 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
9010 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
9011 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
9012 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9014 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9016 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9017 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9018 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9019 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9021 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9023 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9025 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9026 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9027 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9028 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9030 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9032 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9034 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9036 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9037 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9038 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9039 follows:
9040 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9041 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9043 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9045 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9046 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9047 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9048 follows:
9049 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9050 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9052 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9054 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9055 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9056 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9057 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
9058 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
9060 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9062 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9063 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9064 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9065 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9066 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9067 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9069 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9071 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9073 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9074 Merge two files without ancestor.
9076 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9078 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9079 Merge two files with ancestor.
9081 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9083 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9085 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9086 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9088 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9090 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9091 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9093 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9095 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9096 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9097 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9098 buffer.
9100 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9102 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9103 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9104 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9105 buffer.
9107 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9109 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9110 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9111 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9112 and don't ask the user.
9113 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
9114 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9116 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9118 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9119 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9120 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9121 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9122 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9123 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9124 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9125 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9127 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9129 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9131 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9133 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9134 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9135 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9136 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9137 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9139 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9141 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9143 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9144 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9145 When called interactively, displays the version.
9147 \(fn)" t nil)
9149 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9150 Display Ediff's manual.
9151 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9153 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9155 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9158 \(fn)" nil nil)
9160 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9163 \(fn)" nil nil)
9165 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9168 \(fn)" nil nil)
9170 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9173 \(fn)" nil nil)
9175 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9178 \(fn)" nil nil)
9180 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9183 \(fn)" nil nil)
9185 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9188 \(fn)" nil nil)
9190 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9193 \(fn)" nil nil)
9195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9197 ;;;***
9198 \f
9199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9204 ;;;***
9205 \f
9206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9209 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9212 \(fn)" t nil)
9214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9216 ;;;***
9217 \f
9218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9219 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9221 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9223 ;;;***
9224 \f
9225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9226 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9230 ;;;***
9231 \f
9232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9233 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9235 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9236 Display Ediff's registry.
9238 \(fn)" t nil)
9240 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9244 ;;;***
9245 \f
9246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9249 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9251 ;;;***
9252 \f
9253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9254 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9256 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9257 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9258 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9259 which see.
9261 \(fn)" t nil)
9263 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9264 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9265 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9266 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9268 \(fn)" t nil)
9270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9272 ;;;***
9273 \f
9274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9275 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision")))
9279 ;;;***
9280 \f
9281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9286 ;;;***
9287 \f
9288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9289 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9290 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9292 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9293 Edit a keyboard macro.
9294 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9295 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
9296 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
9297 its command name.
9298 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9300 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9302 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9303 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9305 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9307 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9308 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9310 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9312 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9313 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9315 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9319 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9320 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9321 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9322 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9324 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9326 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9327 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9328 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9329 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9330 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9331 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9333 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9337 ;;;***
9338 \f
9339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9342 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9343 Set scroll margins.
9344 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9345 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9347 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9349 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9350 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9352 \(fn)" t nil)
9354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9356 ;;;***
9357 \f
9358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9359 ;;;;;; 0))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9364 ;;;***
9365 \f
9366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9367 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9372 ;;;***
9373 \f
9374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9379 ;;;***
9380 \f
9381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9382 ;;;;;; 0))
9383 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-")))
9387 ;;;***
9388 \f
9389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9390 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9392 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9394 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9395 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9396 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9397 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9398 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9400 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9401 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9404 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9405 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9406 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9408 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9409 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9410 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9412 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9413 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9414 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9416 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9418 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9421 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("electric-" "ehelp-")))
9425 ;;;***
9426 \f
9427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9428 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9429 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("eieio-" "oref" "oset" "obj" "find-class" "set-slot-value" "same-class-p" "slot-" "child-of-class-p" "with-slots" "defclass")))
9433 ;;;***
9434 \f
9435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9436 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-")))
9441 ;;;***
9442 \f
9443 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9444 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (22164 57534 179192 607000))
9445 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("no-" "next-method-p" "generic-p" "eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers")))
9449 ;;;***
9450 \f
9451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9452 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9454 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9456 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9457 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9458 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9459 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9460 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9461 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9462 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9464 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("eieio-" "invalid-slot-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "unbound-slot" "class-")))
9468 ;;;***
9469 \f
9470 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9471 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (22164 57534 179192 607000))
9472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9476 ;;;***
9477 \f
9478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9479 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-")))
9484 ;;;***
9485 \f
9486 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9487 ;;;;;; (22323 1714 165363 124000))
9488 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9492 ;;;***
9493 \f
9494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9495 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9496 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar")))
9500 ;;;***
9501 \f
9502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9503 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9505 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
9506 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
9508 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
9509 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
9510 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
9512 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
9514 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9515 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9516 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9517 for a description of this minor mode.
9518 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9519 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9520 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9522 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9524 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9525 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9526 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
9527 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9528 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9530 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9531 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9532 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
9533 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9537 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9538 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-")))
9544 ;;;***
9545 \f
9546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9547 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9549 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9550 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9552 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9553 an elided material again.
9555 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9559 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-")))
9561 ;;;***
9562 \f
9563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9566 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9567 Lint the file FILE.
9569 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9571 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9572 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9573 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9575 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9577 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9578 Lint the current buffer.
9579 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9581 \(fn)" t nil)
9583 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9584 Lint the function at point.
9585 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9587 \(fn)" t nil)
9589 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9590 Initialize elint.
9591 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9592 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9594 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
9596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
9598 ;;;***
9599 \f
9600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9603 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9604 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9605 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9607 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9609 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9610 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9611 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9612 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
9614 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9616 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9617 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9618 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9622 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9624 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9625 Display current profiling results.
9626 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9627 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9628 displayed.
9630 \(fn)" t nil)
9632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-")))
9634 ;;;***
9635 \f
9636 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
9637 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9638 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
9640 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
9642 ;;;***
9643 \f
9644 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
9645 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9646 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
9648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-")))
9650 ;;;***
9651 \f
9652 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
9653 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9654 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
9656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell")))
9658 ;;;***
9659 \f
9660 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
9661 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9662 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
9664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
9666 ;;;***
9667 \f
9668 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
9669 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9670 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
9672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell")))
9674 ;;;***
9675 \f
9676 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
9677 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
9680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
9682 ;;;***
9683 \f
9684 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
9685 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9686 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
9688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell")))
9690 ;;;***
9691 \f
9692 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
9693 ;;;;;; (22381 2247 656310 732000))
9694 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
9696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell")))
9698 ;;;***
9699 \f
9700 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
9701 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9702 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
9704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
9706 ;;;***
9707 \f
9708 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
9709 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9710 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
9712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
9714 ;;;***
9715 \f
9716 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
9717 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9718 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
9720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
9722 ;;;***
9723 \f
9724 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
9725 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9726 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
9728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell")))
9730 ;;;***
9731 \f
9732 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
9733 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9734 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
9736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
9738 ;;;***
9739 \f
9740 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
9741 ;;;;;; (22174 6972 512792 520000))
9742 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
9744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-")))
9746 ;;;***
9747 \f
9748 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
9749 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9750 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
9752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell")))
9754 ;;;***
9755 \f
9756 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
9757 ;;;;;; (22319 4659 781044 40000))
9758 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
9760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell" "nil-blank-string" "pcomplete/")))
9762 ;;;***
9763 \f
9764 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
9765 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 295192 607000))
9766 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
9768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("pcomplete/bcc" "eshell/")))
9770 ;;;***
9771 \f
9772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
9773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
9775 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
9776 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
9777 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
9778 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
9779 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
9780 ARG is omitted or nil.
9782 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
9783 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
9784 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
9785 used instead.
9787 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
9789 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
9790 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
9791 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
9793 Other values are interpreted as usual.
9795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("toggle-emacs-lock" "emacs-lock-")))
9799 ;;;***
9800 \f
9801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9802 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9804 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
9805 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9806 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9808 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
9810 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
9812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
9814 ;;;***
9815 \f
9816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
9817 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
9819 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
9820 Run Emerge on two files.
9822 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9824 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9825 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9827 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9829 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
9830 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9832 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9834 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9835 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9837 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9839 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
9842 \(fn)" nil nil)
9844 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
9847 \(fn)" nil nil)
9849 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
9852 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9854 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
9857 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9859 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
9860 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9862 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9864 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9865 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9867 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9869 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
9872 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
9876 ;;;***
9877 \f
9878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
9879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9881 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9882 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9883 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9884 text/enriched format.
9886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
9887 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
9888 if ARG is omitted or nil.
9890 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9892 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9895 Commands:
9899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9901 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9904 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9906 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9909 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
9913 ;;;***
9914 \f
9915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
9916 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
9918 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
9919 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
9921 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9923 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
9924 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
9926 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9928 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
9929 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
9930 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
9931 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
9932 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
9933 the keys are listed.
9934 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
9936 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
9938 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
9939 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
9940 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
9942 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
9944 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
9945 Verify FILE.
9947 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9949 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
9950 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
9952 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
9954 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
9955 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
9957 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
9959 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
9960 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
9962 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
9963 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
9964 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
9965 proper place to insert the plaintext.
9967 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
9968 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
9969 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
9970 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
9971 should consider using the string based counterpart
9972 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
9973 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
9975 For example:
9978 (decode-coding-string
9979 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
9982 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
9984 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
9985 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
9987 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9988 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
9990 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9992 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
9994 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
9995 Verify the current region between START and END.
9997 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9998 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
9999 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10000 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10001 should consider using the string based counterpart
10002 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
10003 `epg-verify-file' instead.
10005 For example:
10008 (decode-coding-string
10009 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10012 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10014 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
10016 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10017 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10018 between START and END.
10020 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10021 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10023 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10025 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10027 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10028 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10030 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10031 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10032 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10033 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10034 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10035 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10037 For example:
10040 (epg-sign-string
10041 context
10044 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10046 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10048 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10049 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10051 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10052 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10053 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10054 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10055 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10056 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10058 For example:
10061 (epg-encrypt-string
10062 context
10064 nil))
10066 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10068 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10070 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10071 Delete selected KEYS.
10073 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10075 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10076 Import keys from FILE.
10078 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10080 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10081 Import keys from the region.
10083 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10085 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10086 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10087 between START and END.
10089 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10091 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10092 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10094 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10096 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10097 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10099 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10101 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-")))
10103 ;;;***
10104 \f
10105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10106 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10108 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10109 Decrypt marked files.
10111 \(fn)" t nil)
10113 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10114 Verify marked files.
10116 \(fn)" t nil)
10118 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10119 Sign marked files.
10121 \(fn)" t nil)
10123 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10124 Encrypt marked files.
10126 \(fn)" t nil)
10128 ;;;***
10129 \f
10130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10131 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10133 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10136 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10138 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10141 \(fn)" t nil)
10143 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10146 \(fn)" t nil)
10148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-")))
10150 ;;;***
10151 \f
10152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10153 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10155 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10156 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10157 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10158 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10159 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10163 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10164 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10165 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10167 \(fn)" t nil)
10169 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10171 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10172 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10173 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10175 \(fn)" t nil)
10177 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10179 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10180 Sign the current buffer.
10181 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10183 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10185 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10187 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10188 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10189 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10190 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10191 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10192 and also whether and how to sign.
10194 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10195 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10196 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10198 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10200 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10202 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10203 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10204 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10206 \(fn)" t nil)
10208 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10210 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10211 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10212 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10213 for a description of this minor mode.
10214 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10215 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10216 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10218 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10220 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10221 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10222 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10223 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10224 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-")))
10230 ;;;***
10231 \f
10232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10233 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10234 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10236 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10237 Return a context object.
10239 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-")))
10243 ;;;***
10244 \f
10245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10246 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10248 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10249 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10250 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10251 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10253 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10254 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10255 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10256 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10257 version requirement is met.
10259 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10261 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10262 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10264 \(fn)" nil nil)
10266 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10268 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10269 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10271 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
10273 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10274 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10276 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-")))
10280 ;;;***
10281 \f
10282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10283 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10284 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10286 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10287 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10289 \(fn)" nil nil)
10291 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10292 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10293 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10295 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10297 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10298 (server (erc-compute-server))
10299 (port (erc-compute-port))
10300 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10301 password
10302 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10304 That is, if called with
10308 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10309 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10310 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10312 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10314 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10316 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10317 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10318 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10320 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10322 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10323 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10324 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10325 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10327 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("erc-" "define-erc-module")))
10331 ;;;***
10332 \f
10333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0
10334 ;;;;;; 0))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10336 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
10338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-auto" "autoaway")))
10340 ;;;***
10341 \f
10342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10343 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-")))
10347 ;;;***
10348 \f
10349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (0 0 0 0))
10350 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10351 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
10353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-" "button")))
10355 ;;;***
10356 \f
10357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (0 0 0 0))
10358 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10359 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
10361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-" "capab-identify")))
10363 ;;;***
10364 \f
10365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
10366 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10367 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
10369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10371 ;;;***
10372 \f
10373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10375 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
10377 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10378 Parser for /dcc command.
10379 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
10381 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
10383 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10385 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10386 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
10388 \(fn)" nil nil)
10390 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
10391 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
10393 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10394 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
10395 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
10396 that subcommand.
10398 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
10400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "pcomplete/erc-mode/" "dcc")))
10402 ;;;***
10403 \f
10404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
10405 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10407 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
10409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("notifications" "erc-notifications-")))
10411 ;;;***
10412 \f
10413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0
10414 ;;;;;; 0))
10415 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10417 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
10418 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
10420 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
10422 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
10423 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
10424 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
10425 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
10427 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
10429 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
10432 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10434 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
10435 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
10437 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
10439 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
10440 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
10442 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10444 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10445 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
10447 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10449 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10450 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
10452 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10454 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10455 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
10457 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10459 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
10460 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
10462 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10464 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10465 Select a detached EZBounce session.
10467 \(fn)" nil nil)
10469 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
10470 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
10472 \(fn)" nil nil)
10474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-")))
10476 ;;;***
10477 \f
10478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
10479 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10480 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
10482 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
10483 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
10484 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
10486 \(fn)" nil nil)
10488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-")))
10490 ;;;***
10491 \f
10492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10493 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-" "unmorse" "scrolltobottom" "smiley" "irccontrols" "noncommands" "keep-place" "move-to-prompt" "readonly")))
10497 ;;;***
10498 \f
10499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10500 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10504 ;;;***
10505 \f
10506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10507 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10508 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
10510 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
10511 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
10512 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
10513 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
10514 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
10515 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
10516 system.
10518 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
10520 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
10523 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
10525 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("erc-identd-" "identd")))
10527 ;;;***
10528 \f
10529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10530 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10532 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
10535 \(fn)" nil nil)
10537 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10539 ;;;***
10540 \f
10541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (0 0 0 0))
10542 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10543 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
10545 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-" "autojoin")))
10547 ;;;***
10548 \f
10549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10550 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10552 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "language" "iso-638-languages")))
10554 ;;;***
10555 \f
10556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
10557 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10558 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
10560 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-" "list")))
10562 ;;;***
10563 \f
10564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
10565 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10566 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
10568 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
10569 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
10570 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
10571 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
10572 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
10573 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
10575 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10577 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
10578 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
10579 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
10580 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10582 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
10583 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
10584 automatically.
10586 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
10587 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10589 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10591 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-" "log")))
10593 ;;;***
10594 \f
10595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
10596 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10597 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
10599 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
10600 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10602 \(fn)" t nil)
10604 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
10605 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10607 \(fn)" t nil)
10609 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
10610 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10612 \(fn)" t nil)
10614 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
10615 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10617 \(fn)" t nil)
10619 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
10620 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10622 \(fn)" t nil)
10624 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
10625 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10627 \(fn)" t nil)
10629 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10630 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10632 \(fn)" t nil)
10634 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10635 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10637 \(fn)" t nil)
10639 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-" "match")))
10641 ;;;***
10642 \f
10643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10644 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10645 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
10647 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("erc-menu-" "menu")))
10649 ;;;***
10650 \f
10651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0
10652 ;;;;;; 0))
10653 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10654 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
10656 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
10657 Show who's gone.
10659 \(fn)" nil nil)
10661 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-" "netsplit")))
10663 ;;;***
10664 \f
10665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10666 ;;;;;; 0))
10667 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10669 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10671 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10672 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10674 \(fn)" nil nil)
10676 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10677 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10679 \(fn)" t nil)
10681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-" "networks")))
10683 ;;;***
10684 \f
10685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (0 0 0 0))
10686 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10687 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
10689 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10690 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
10691 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
10692 with args, toggle notify status of people.
10694 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10696 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10699 \(fn)" nil nil)
10701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-" "notify")))
10703 ;;;***
10704 \f
10705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (0 0 0 0))
10706 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10707 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
10709 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-" "page")))
10711 ;;;***
10712 \f
10713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0
10714 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10715 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10716 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
10718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("pcomplete" "erc-pcomplet")))
10720 ;;;***
10721 \f
10722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
10723 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10724 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
10726 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("replace" "erc-replace-")))
10728 ;;;***
10729 \f
10730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
10731 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10732 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
10734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-" "ring")))
10736 ;;;***
10737 \f
10738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0
10739 ;;;;;; 0))
10740 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10741 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
10743 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
10744 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
10746 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10748 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
10750 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
10752 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
10754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-" "services")))
10756 ;;;***
10757 \f
10758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (0 0 0 0))
10759 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10760 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
10762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-" "sound")))
10764 ;;;***
10765 \f
10766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0
10767 ;;;;;; 0))
10768 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10770 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
10771 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
10772 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
10774 \(fn)" t nil)
10776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-")))
10778 ;;;***
10779 \f
10780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0
10781 ;;;;;; 0))
10782 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10783 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
10785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-" "spelling")))
10787 ;;;***
10788 \f
10789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
10790 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
10791 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
10793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-" "stamp")))
10795 ;;;***
10796 \f
10797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (0 0 0 0))
10798 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
10800 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
10801 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
10802 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
10803 for a description of this minor mode.")
10805 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
10807 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
10808 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
10809 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
10810 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10811 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10813 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
10814 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
10815 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
10816 keybindings will not do anything useful.
10818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10819 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
10821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-" "track")))
10823 ;;;***
10824 \f
10825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0
10826 ;;;;;; 0))
10827 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
10828 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
10830 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
10831 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
10832 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
10833 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10835 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10837 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
10838 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
10839 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10841 \(fn)" t nil)
10843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("truncate" "erc-max-buffer-size")))
10845 ;;;***
10846 \f
10847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10848 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
10849 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
10851 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
10852 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
10854 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-" "xdcc")))
10858 ;;;***
10859 \f
10860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
10861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
10863 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
10864 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
10866 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
10867 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
10869 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
10870 useful for assertions in BODY.
10872 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
10874 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
10875 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
10876 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
10880 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
10882 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
10884 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
10886 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10888 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
10889 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
10891 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
10892 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
10896 Returns the stats object.
10898 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10900 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
10901 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
10903 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
10904 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
10905 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
10906 the tests).
10908 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10910 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
10911 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
10913 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
10914 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
10915 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
10916 and how to display message.
10918 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
10920 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
10922 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
10923 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
10925 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
10927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert-")))
10929 ;;;***
10930 \f
10931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
10932 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
10934 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10936 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
10937 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
10939 \(fn)" t nil)
10941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-")))
10943 ;;;***
10944 \f
10945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10946 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
10948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
10950 ;;;***
10951 \f
10952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10953 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
10955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug")))
10957 ;;;***
10958 \f
10959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
10960 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
10962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell")))
10964 ;;;***
10965 \f
10966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
10967 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
10969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-")))
10971 ;;;***
10972 \f
10973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
10974 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
10976 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
10977 Emacs shell interactive mode.
10979 \(fn)" t nil)
10981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell")))
10983 ;;;***
10984 \f
10985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
10986 ;;;;;; 0))
10987 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
10989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-")))
10991 ;;;***
10992 \f
10993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
10994 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
10996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell-")))
10998 ;;;***
10999 \f
11000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11001 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
11003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell")))
11005 ;;;***
11006 \f
11007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
11010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
11012 ;;;***
11013 \f
11014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
11015 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/")))
11019 ;;;***
11020 \f
11021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11022 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11023 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11025 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11026 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11027 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11028 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11029 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11030 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11031 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11032 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11033 buffer selected (or created).
11035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11037 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11038 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11039 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11041 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11043 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11044 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11045 The result might be any Lisp object.
11046 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11047 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11048 corresponding to a successful execution.
11050 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11052 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11056 ;;;***
11057 \f
11058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11061 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11062 File name of tags table.
11063 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
11064 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
11065 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11066 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11067 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11069 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11070 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11071 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11072 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11074 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11076 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11077 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11079 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11080 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11081 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11083 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11085 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11086 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11087 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11089 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11091 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11092 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11093 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11094 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11095 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11097 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11099 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11104 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11106 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11108 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11109 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11110 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11112 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11114 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11115 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11117 \(fn)" t nil)
11119 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11120 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11121 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11122 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11125 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
11127 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11128 file the tag was in.
11130 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11132 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11133 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11134 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11135 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11136 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11137 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11138 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11139 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11140 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11142 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
11144 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11145 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11146 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11147 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11148 without directory names.
11150 \(fn)" nil nil)
11152 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11155 \(fn)" nil nil)
11156 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11157 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11158 (progn
11159 (load "etags")
11160 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11162 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11163 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11164 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11165 but does not select the buffer.
11166 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11168 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11169 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11170 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11171 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11174 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11176 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11178 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11180 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11182 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11184 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11185 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11186 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11187 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11189 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11190 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11191 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11192 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11195 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11197 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11199 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11201 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11203 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11205 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11207 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11208 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11209 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11210 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11211 around or before point.
11213 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11214 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11215 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11216 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11219 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11221 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11223 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11225 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11227 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11229 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11231 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11232 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11233 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11234 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11235 around or before point.
11237 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11238 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11239 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11240 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11243 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11245 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11247 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11249 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11251 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11253 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11255 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11256 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11257 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11259 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11260 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11261 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11262 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11265 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11267 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11269 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11271 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11273 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11275 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11277 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11279 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11280 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11282 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11283 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11284 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11286 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11287 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11289 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11290 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11292 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11294 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11296 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11297 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11299 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11300 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11301 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11302 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11303 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11305 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11307 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11308 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11309 Stops when a match is found.
11312 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11313 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11314 restricted to these files.
11316 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11318 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11320 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11321 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11322 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11325 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11326 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
11327 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
11329 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11330 produce the list of files to search.
11332 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11334 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11336 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11337 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11338 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11339 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11340 directory specification.
11342 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11344 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11345 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11347 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11349 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11351 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11352 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11353 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11354 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11356 \(fn)" t nil)
11358 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11359 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11360 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11361 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11364 \(fn)" t nil)
11366 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11369 \(fn)" nil nil)
11371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("xref-" "etags-" "snarf-tag-function" "select-tags-table-" "tag" "file-of-tag" "find-tag-" "list-tags-function" "last-tag" "initialize-new-tags-table" "verify-tags-table-function" "goto-tag-location-function" "next-file-list" "default-tags-table-function")))
11373 ;;;***
11374 \f
11375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11376 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11379 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11382 \(fn)" nil nil)
11384 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11385 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11387 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11388 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11390 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11391 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11392 primary language.
11394 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11395 even if the buffer is read-only.
11397 See also the descriptions of the variables
11398 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11400 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11402 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11403 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11405 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11406 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11408 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11409 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11410 primary language.
11412 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11413 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11415 See also the descriptions of the variables
11416 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11418 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11420 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11422 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11425 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11427 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11428 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11429 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11430 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11432 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11433 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11434 primary language.
11436 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11437 buffer is read-only.
11439 See also the descriptions of the variables
11440 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11441 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11443 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11445 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11446 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11448 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11449 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11451 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11452 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11453 the primary language.
11455 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11456 buffer is read-only.
11458 See also the descriptions of the variables
11459 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11460 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11462 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11464 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11468 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11470 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11471 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11473 \(fn)" t nil)
11475 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11476 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11478 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11479 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11480 be 1, 2, or 3.
11482 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11483 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11484 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11486 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11488 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11490 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11491 This function is deprecated.
11493 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11495 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11496 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11498 \(fn)" t nil)
11500 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11501 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11503 \(fn)" t nil)
11505 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11506 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11509 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11511 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11512 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11514 \(fn)" nil nil)
11516 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11517 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11519 \(fn)" nil nil)
11521 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11522 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11524 \(fn)" nil nil)
11526 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11527 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11529 \(fn)" nil nil)
11531 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11532 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11533 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11535 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11537 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11540 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("exit-ethiopic-environment" "ethio-")))
11544 ;;;***
11545 \f
11546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11547 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11549 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11550 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11551 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11552 server for future sessions.
11554 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11556 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11557 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11558 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11560 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11562 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11563 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11564 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11566 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11568 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11569 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11570 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11571 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11572 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11573 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11574 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11575 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11576 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11577 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11578 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11579 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11581 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11583 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11584 Display a form to query the directory server.
11585 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11586 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11588 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11590 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11591 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11592 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11594 \(fn)" t nil)
11596 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
11600 ;;;***
11601 \f
11602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11603 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11606 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11611 Display URL and make it clickable.
11616 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11621 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11626 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11631 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-")))
11637 ;;;***
11638 \f
11639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11640 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11643 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11644 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11649 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-")))
11655 ;;;***
11656 \f
11657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11658 ;;;;;; 0))
11659 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11662 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11668 ;;;***
11669 \f
11670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11671 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11675 ;;;***
11676 \f
11677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11678 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11682 ;;;***
11683 \f
11684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11685 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-")))
11689 ;;;***
11690 \f
11691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
11694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-")))
11696 ;;;***
11697 \f
11698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
11702 Create an empty ewoc.
11704 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
11706 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
11707 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
11708 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
11709 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
11710 `insert-before-markers'.
11712 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
11713 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
11714 respectively, of the ewoc.
11716 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
11717 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
11718 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
11724 ;;;***
11725 \f
11726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
11727 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
11730 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
11731 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
11732 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
11738 Fetch URL and render the page.
11739 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
11740 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
11746 Render FILE using EWW.
11751 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
11752 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
11757 Mode for browsing the web.
11767 Display the bookmarks.
11773 ;;;***
11774 \f
11775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
11776 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
11780 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
11786 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11788 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
11789 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
11794 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
11795 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
11796 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
11797 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
11798 executable.
11803 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
11804 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
11805 file modes.
11809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
11811 ;;;***
11812 \f
11813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
11817 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
11818 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
11819 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
11821 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
11823 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
11824 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
11825 to generate such functions.
11827 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
11828 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
11829 beginning of the expanded text.
11831 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
11832 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
11833 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
11834 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
11836 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
11841 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
11842 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
11847 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11848 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11853 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11854 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
11862 ;;;***
11863 \f
11864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
11865 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
11867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
11869 ;;;***
11870 \f
11871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
11872 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
11875 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
11876 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
11884 Key definitions:
11887 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11889 `f90-do-indent'
11890 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
11891 `f90-if-indent'
11892 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
11893 `f90-type-indent'
11894 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
11895 `f90-program-indent'
11896 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
11897 (default 2).
11898 `f90-associate-indent'
11899 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
11900 `f90-critical-indent'
11901 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
11902 `f90-continuation-indent'
11903 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
11904 `f90-comment-region'
11907 `f90-indented-comment-re'
11908 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
11910 `f90-directive-comment-re'
11913 `f90-break-delimiters'
11914 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
11916 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
11917 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
11918 (default t).
11919 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
11920 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
11921 `f90-smart-end'
11922 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
11923 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
11924 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
11925 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
11926 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
11927 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
11928 `f90-leave-line-no'
11929 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
11931 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
11932 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11938 ;;;***
11939 \f
11940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11941 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
11944 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
11945 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
11946 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
11948 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11949 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11950 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
11951 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
11952 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
11954 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
11955 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
11956 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
11957 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
11958 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
11959 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
11960 attributes.
11962 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
11963 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
11968 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
11969 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
11970 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
11975 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
11976 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
11977 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
11979 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11980 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11981 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
11983 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
11984 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
11985 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
11986 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
11991 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
11992 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
11994 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
11995 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
11996 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
11997 the same amount).
12002 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
12003 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
12005 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12006 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12007 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12008 will remove any scaling currently active.
12013 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
12014 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
12023 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12025 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12027 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12028 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12030 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12031 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12032 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12034 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12035 the face height as long as the input event read
12036 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12038 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12039 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12040 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12041 will remove any scaling currently active.
12043 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12044 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12045 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12046 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12047 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12052 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12053 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12054 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12055 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
12056 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12061 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12062 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12063 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12064 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12065 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12066 `buffer-face-mode'.
12068 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12069 local, and sets it to FACE.
12074 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12075 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12076 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12077 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12078 `face' text property.
12080 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12081 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12082 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12083 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12085 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12086 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12091 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12092 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12093 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12097 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("buffer-face-mode-" "text-scale-m" "face-" "internal-lisp-face-attributes")))
12099 ;;;***
12100 \f
12101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12106 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12107 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12108 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12113 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12118 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12119 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12120 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12125 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12126 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12127 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12128 backup file names and the like).
12133 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12134 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12135 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12136 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12137 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12138 internally by feedmail):
12140 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12141 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12142 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12143 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12145 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12146 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12147 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12148 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12149 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12155 ;;;***
12156 \f
12157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12158 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12161 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12162 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12163 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12165 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12166 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12171 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12172 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12173 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12174 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12175 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12176 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12183 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12184 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12185 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12186 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12187 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12192 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12193 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12194 Return value:
12195 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12196 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12197 * otherwise, nil
12202 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12203 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12208 Try to get a file name at point.
12209 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12214 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("find-file-literally-at-point" "ffap-" "dired-at-point-")))
12220 ;;;***
12221 \f
12222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12223 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12226 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12227 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12228 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12233 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12234 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12235 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12236 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12237 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12242 Add FILE to the file cache.
12247 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12248 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12253 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12254 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12259 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12260 This function does not use any external programs.
12261 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12262 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12263 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12268 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12269 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12270 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12271 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12272 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12273 \(directories) is done.
12277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-")))
12279 ;;;***
12280 \f
12281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12282 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12285 Handle file system monitoring event.
12286 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12288 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12290 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12294 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify-")))
12296 ;;;***
12297 \f
12298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12299 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12302 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12304 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12305 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12306 Local Variables list.
12308 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12309 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12310 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12315 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12320 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12322 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12323 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12324 the -*- line.
12326 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12327 then this function adds it.
12332 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12337 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12342 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12347 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12352 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12357 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("modify-" "read-file-local-variable")))
12363 ;;;***
12364 \f
12365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12369 Filesets initialization.
12370 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12376 ;;;***
12377 \f
12378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12379 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12383 Initiate the building of a find command.
12384 For example:
12391 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12392 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12398 ;;;***
12399 \f
12400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12401 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12404 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12405 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12409 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12415 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12416 and run Dired on those files.
12417 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12418 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12422 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12427 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12428 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12433 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "lookfor-dired" "kill-find")))
12440 ;;;***
12441 \f
12442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12443 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12445 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12446 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12447 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12448 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12449 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12450 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12456 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12457 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12459 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12466 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12467 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12469 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12470 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12472 Variables of interest include:
12474 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12475 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12476 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12478 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12479 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12480 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12482 - `ff-ignore-include'
12483 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12485 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12486 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12488 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12489 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12491 - `ff-special-constructs'
12492 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12493 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12494 extracting the filename from that construct.
12496 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12497 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12499 - `ff-search-directories'
12500 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12501 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12503 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12504 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12506 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12507 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12509 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12510 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12512 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12513 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12515 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12516 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12521 Visit the file you click on.
12526 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist" "cc-")))
12532 ;;;***
12533 \f
12534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12535 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12536 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12539 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12540 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library). If the
12541 optional OTHER-WINDOW argument (i.e., the command argument) is
12542 specified, pop to a different window before displaying the
12543 buffer.
12548 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12549 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12550 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12552 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12553 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12554 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12555 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12560 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12562 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12563 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12564 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12565 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12567 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12568 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12569 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12571 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12572 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12573 in `load-path'.
12578 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12580 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12581 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12582 places point before the definition.
12583 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12585 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12586 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12587 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12592 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12594 See `find-function' for more details.
12599 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12601 See `find-function' for more details.
12606 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12608 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12609 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12610 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12612 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12613 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12618 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12620 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12621 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12622 places point before the definition.
12624 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12626 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12627 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12628 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12633 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12635 See `find-variable' for more details.
12640 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12642 See `find-variable' for more details.
12647 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
12648 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12649 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
12650 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
12651 buffer nor display it.
12653 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
12654 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12659 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
12661 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
12662 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12663 places point before the definition.
12665 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12667 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
12668 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12669 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12674 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
12675 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12680 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
12681 See `find-function-on-key'.
12686 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
12687 See `find-function-on-key'.
12692 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
12697 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
12702 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
12706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-")))
12708 ;;;***
12709 \f
12710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
12711 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
12714 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
12719 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
12724 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
12728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
12730 ;;;***
12731 \f
12732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
12733 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
12737 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
12742 Display FILE's commentary section.
12743 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
12748 Find packages matching a given keyword.
12752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
12754 ;;;***
12755 \f
12756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
12757 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
12760 Toggle flow control handling.
12762 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
12767 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
12769 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
12771 to get the effect of a C-q.
12775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-")))
12777 ;;;***
12778 \f
12779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
12780 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
12792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-")))
12794 ;;;***
12795 \f
12796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
12797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
12801 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
12802 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
12803 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12804 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
12810 Turn flymake mode on.
12815 Turn flymake mode off.
12824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake" '("flymake-")))
12826 ;;;***
12827 \f
12828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
12829 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
12832 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
12838 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
12839 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
12840 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12841 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
12843 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
12844 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
12845 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
12847 Bindings:
12853 Hooks:
12854 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
12856 Remark:
12857 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
12858 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
12859 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
12861 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
12862 consider adding:
12864 in your init file.
12872 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
12877 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
12882 Turn Flyspell mode off.
12887 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
12892 Flyspell whole buffer.
12896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex")))
12898 ;;;***
12899 \f
12900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
12901 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
12904 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
12906 ;;;***
12907 \f
12908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
12909 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
12912 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
12917 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
12922 Toggle Follow mode.
12923 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
12924 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12925 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
12927 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
12928 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
12930 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
12931 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
12932 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
12934 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
12935 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
12936 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
12937 movement commands.
12939 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
12940 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
12941 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
12942 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
12943 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
12944 mileage may vary).
12946 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
12949 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
12951 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
12953 Keys specific to Follow mode:
12959 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
12960 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
12962 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
12963 the window will be visible after the scroll.
12965 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
12966 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
12968 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
12973 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
12974 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
12976 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
12977 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
12979 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
12980 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
12982 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
12987 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
12989 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
12990 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
12992 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
12993 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
12995 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13000 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
13002 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13003 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
13005 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13006 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13008 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13013 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
13015 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13016 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13017 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13018 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13019 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13020 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13022 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13023 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13024 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-")))
13030 ;;;***
13031 \f
13032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13033 ;;;;;; 0))
13034 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("charset-script-alist" "create-" "set" "standard-fontset-spec" "fontset-" "generate-fontset-menu" "xlfd-" "x-")))
13038 ;;;***
13039 \f
13040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13041 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13045 Toggle Footnote mode.
13046 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
13047 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13048 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13050 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13051 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13052 play around with the following keys:
13057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("footnote-" "Footnote-")))
13059 ;;;***
13060 \f
13061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13062 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec")))
13066 ;;;***
13067 \f
13068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13069 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13072 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13074 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13075 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13076 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13077 C-c < forms-first-record <
13078 C-c > forms-last-record >
13079 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13080 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13081 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13082 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13083 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13084 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13085 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13086 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13087 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13088 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13093 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13098 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms-")))
13104 ;;;***
13105 \f
13106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13110 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13111 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13114 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13118 Key definitions:
13121 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13123 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13125 `fortran-do-indent'
13126 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13127 `fortran-if-indent'
13128 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13129 `fortran-structure-indent'
13130 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13131 (default 3)
13132 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13133 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13134 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13135 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13136 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13137 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13138 nil don't change the indentation
13139 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13140 value of either
13141 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13142 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13143 depending on the continuation format in use.
13144 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13145 indentation for a line of code.
13146 (default `fixed')
13147 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13148 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13150 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13151 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13152 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13153 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13154 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13155 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13156 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13157 column 5.
13158 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13160 statements (default nil).
13161 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13163 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13164 `fortran-continuation-string'
13165 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13167 `fortran-comment-region'
13170 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13171 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13172 as typed (default t).
13173 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13174 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13176 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13177 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13183 ;;;***
13184 \f
13185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13186 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13189 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13191 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13192 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13197 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13199 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13200 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13205 Compile fortune file.
13207 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13208 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13213 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13215 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13216 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13217 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13218 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13223 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13224 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13225 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13230 Display a fortune cookie.
13231 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13232 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13233 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13234 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13238 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13240 ;;;***
13241 \f
13242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13243 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13245 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13246 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13249 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13250 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13254 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13256 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13257 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13259 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13260 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13261 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13262 intend to modify existing values, do
13264 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13266 before changing anything.
13268 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13269 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13271 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13272 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13273 to restore the frame.
13275 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13276 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13277 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13279 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13280 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13281 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13282 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13283 FILTER A filter function.
13285 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13286 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13288 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13290 where
13292 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13293 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13294 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13295 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13296 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13297 before restoring it.
13298 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13300 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13301 It must return:
13302 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13303 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13304 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13306 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13310 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13311 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13312 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13313 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13314 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13315 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13320 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13325 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13326 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13327 If nil, check all live frames.
13332 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13333 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13334 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13335 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13336 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13337 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13338 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13339 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13340 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13341 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13346 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13348 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13349 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13350 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13351 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13352 and window-state is not restored.
13354 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13355 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13357 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13358 t All existing frames can be reused.
13359 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13360 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13361 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13362 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13364 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13365 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13366 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13367 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13368 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13369 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13370 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13371 be created from that parameter alist.
13373 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13374 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13375 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13376 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13377 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13378 - the live frame just restored,
13379 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13380 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13381 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13384 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13385 nil Keep all frames.
13386 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13387 - FRAME, a live frame.
13388 - ACTION, which can be one of
13389 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13390 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13391 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13392 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13393 Return value is ignored.
13395 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13396 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13397 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13398 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13399 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13401 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13403 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13406 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13407 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13412 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13413 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13418 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13420 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13422 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-")))
13428 ;;;***
13429 \f
13430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13431 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-")))
13435 ;;;***
13436 \f
13437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13438 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13443 ;;;***
13444 \f
13445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13446 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13450 ;;;***
13451 \f
13452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13453 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13456 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13457 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13463 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13464 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13465 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13466 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13467 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13468 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13473 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13474 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13475 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13477 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
13478 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
13479 executable followed by command line options. The command line
13483 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13484 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13485 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13486 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13488 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13489 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13490 shown in some of the buffers.
13492 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13494 The following commands help control operation :
13496 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13497 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13499 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13500 detailed description of this mode.
13503 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13504 | GDB Toolbar |
13505 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13506 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13507 | | |
13508 | | |
13509 | | |
13510 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13511 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13512 | | (comint-mode) |
13513 | | |
13514 | | |
13515 | | |
13516 | | |
13517 | | |
13518 | | |
13519 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13520 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13521 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13522 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13523 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13524 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13528 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("gdb" "gud-" "def-gdb-" "breakpoint-" "nil")))
13530 ;;;***
13531 \f
13532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13533 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13534 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps-" "iter-")))
13538 ;;;***
13539 \f
13540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13544 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13545 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13549 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13551 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13552 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13553 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13554 documentation string instead.
13556 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
13557 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
13561 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
13562 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
13563 enders are actually possible.
13565 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
13566 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
13568 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
13569 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
13570 `font-lock-keywords'.
13572 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
13573 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
13574 runs the macro expansion.
13576 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
13577 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
13578 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
13580 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
13582 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
13589 Go into the generic mode MODE.
13594 Enter generic mode MODE.
13596 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
13598 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
13600 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
13601 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
13606 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
13607 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
13608 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
13609 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
13610 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
13611 regular expression that can be used as an element of
13612 `font-lock-keywords'.
13618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-")))
13620 ;;;***
13621 \f
13622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
13623 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
13625 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("generic-" "default-generic-mode")))
13627 ;;;***
13628 \f
13629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
13630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
13633 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
13634 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13635 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13636 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
13637 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
13641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
13643 ;;;***
13644 \f
13645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
13646 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
13649 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
13650 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
13655 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
13657 Guideline for numbers:
13658 1 - error messages
13659 3 - non-serious error messages
13660 5 - messages for things that take a long time
13661 7 - not very important messages on stuff
13662 9 - messages inside loops.
13667 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
13668 ARGS are passed to `message'.
13673 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
13678 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
13680 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
13681 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
13683 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
13684 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
13685 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
13687 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
13688 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
13693 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
13697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("gmm-" "defun-gmm")))
13699 ;;;***
13700 \f
13701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
13708 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
13713 Read network news.
13714 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
13715 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
13716 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
13717 name of an NNTP server to use.
13718 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
13719 server.
13724 Read news as a slave.
13729 Pop up a frame to read news.
13730 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
13731 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
13732 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
13733 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
13734 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
13736 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
13737 current display is used.
13742 Read network news.
13743 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
13744 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
13745 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
13751 ;;;***
13752 \f
13753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
13754 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
13757 Start Gnus unplugged.
13762 Start Gnus plugged.
13767 Read news as a slave unplugged.
13772 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
13774 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
13775 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
13776 customize gnus-agent to nil.
13778 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
13779 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
13780 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
13785 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
13790 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13791 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13792 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13793 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
13794 supported.
13799 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
13800 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13801 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13802 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
13803 supported.
13808 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
13813 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
13814 downloaded into the agent.
13819 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
13820 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
13821 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
13826 Start Gnus and fetch session.
13831 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
13836 Regenerate all agent covered files.
13837 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
13841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
13843 ;;;***
13844 \f
13845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
13846 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
13849 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
13853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("gnus-" "article-")))
13855 ;;;***
13856 \f
13857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
13858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
13860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
13862 ;;;***
13863 \f
13864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
13865 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
13867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
13869 ;;;***
13870 \f
13871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
13872 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
13873 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
13876 Set a bookmark for this article.
13881 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
13886 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
13887 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
13888 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
13889 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
13893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
13895 ;;;***
13896 \f
13897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
13898 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
13901 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
13903 Usage:
13904 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
13909 Generate the cache active file.
13914 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
13919 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13920 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
13921 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
13922 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
13923 supported.
13928 Delete GROUP from the cache.
13929 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
13930 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
13931 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
13932 supported.
13936 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-")))
13938 ;;;***
13939 \f
13940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
13941 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
13943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("turn-o" "gnus-")))
13945 ;;;***
13946 \f
13947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
13948 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
13950 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
13952 ;;;***
13953 \f
13954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13955 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
13957 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("gnus-" "category-fields")))
13959 ;;;***
13960 \f
13961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
13962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
13965 Delay this article by some time.
13966 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
13968 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
13969 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
13971 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
13972 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
13974 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
13975 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
13980 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
13985 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
13986 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
13987 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
13989 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
13990 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
13994 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-")))
13996 ;;;***
13997 \f
13998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
13999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
14001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-")))
14003 ;;;***
14004 \f
14005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
14006 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
14018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-")))
14020 ;;;***
14021 \f
14022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14026 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14032 ;;;***
14033 \f
14034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14038 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-")))
14044 ;;;***
14045 \f
14046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-")))
14051 ;;;***
14052 \f
14053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form")))
14058 ;;;***
14059 \f
14060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14064 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14071 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14073 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14078 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14083 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14085 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14086 different input formats.
14091 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14093 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14094 different input formats.
14099 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14100 The PNG is returned as a string.
14105 Convert FILE to a Face.
14106 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14107 726 bytes.
14112 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14114 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14119 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14123 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-")))
14125 ;;;***
14126 \f
14127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14128 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14129 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14132 Display gravatar in the From header.
14133 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14138 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14139 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-")))
14145 ;;;***
14146 \f
14147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14151 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14152 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14153 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14158 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14162 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14164 ;;;***
14165 \f
14166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-")))
14181 ;;;***
14182 \f
14183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14184 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar")))
14189 ;;;***
14190 \f
14191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14192 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14196 ;;;***
14197 \f
14198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14199 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14204 Run batched scoring.
14205 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14211 ;;;***
14212 \f
14213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-")))
14218 ;;;***
14219 \f
14220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14223 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-")))
14225 ;;;***
14226 \f
14227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14236 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14237 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14242 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14250 ;;;***
14251 \f
14252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14256 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14257 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14258 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14259 group parameters.
14261 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14262 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14263 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14264 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14266 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14267 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14268 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14269 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14270 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14271 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14272 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14273 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14274 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14275 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14280 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14281 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
14282 nil CATCH-ALL).
14284 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14285 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14290 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14291 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14293 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14298 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14299 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14301 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14303 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14304 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14305 existing groups are considered.
14307 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14308 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14309 returned.
14311 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14312 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14313 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14314 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14315 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14316 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14317 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14318 clauses will be generated.
14320 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14321 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14322 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14323 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14324 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14325 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14327 For example, given the following group parameters:
14329 nnml:mail.bar:
14332 nnml:mail.foo:
14337 nnml:mail.others:
14338 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-")))
14352 ;;;***
14353 \f
14354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14358 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14359 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14360 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14361 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14362 instead.
14364 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14367 Mail to ADDRESS.
14372 Like `message-reply'.
14376 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14380 ;;;***
14381 \f
14382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14383 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14387 Send a notification on new message.
14388 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14389 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14390 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14392 This is typically a function to add in
14393 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14399 ;;;***
14400 \f
14401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14405 Display picons in the From header.
14406 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14411 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14412 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14417 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14418 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14424 ;;;***
14425 \f
14426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14427 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14430 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14431 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14432 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14437 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14438 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14439 LIST1 is modified.
14444 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14445 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14455 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14456 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14461 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14462 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14469 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14470 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14475 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14476 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14481 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14482 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14487 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14493 ;;;***
14494 \f
14495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14496 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14497 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14500 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14505 Install the registry hooks.
14509 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-")))
14511 ;;;***
14512 \f
14513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14514 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14515 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14517 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
14519 ;;;***
14520 \f
14521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14522 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14524 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-")))
14526 ;;;***
14527 \f
14528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14529 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14531 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14533 ;;;***
14534 \f
14535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14536 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14539 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14540 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14541 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14542 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14543 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14548 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14549 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14550 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14551 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14560 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
14562 ;;;***
14563 \f
14564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
14565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
14568 Update the format specification near point.
14572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
14574 ;;;***
14575 \f
14576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
14579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-")))
14581 ;;;***
14582 \f
14583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
14584 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
14587 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
14591 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
14593 ;;;***
14594 \f
14595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
14596 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
14599 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
14600 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
14604 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
14606 ;;;***
14607 \f
14608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (0 0 0 0))
14609 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
14612 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
14617 Install the sync hooks.
14621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sync" '("gnus-sync-")))
14623 ;;;***
14624 \f
14625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14626 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
14628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
14630 ;;;***
14631 \f
14632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
14633 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
14635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-")))
14637 ;;;***
14638 \f
14639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
14640 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
14642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
14644 ;;;***
14645 \f
14646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
14647 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
14649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-")))
14651 ;;;***
14652 \f
14653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
14654 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
14656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-")))
14658 ;;;***
14659 \f
14660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
14661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
14664 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
14668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
14670 ;;;***
14671 \f
14672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
14673 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
14676 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
14677 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
14678 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
14679 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
14680 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
14686 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
14688 ;;;***
14689 \f
14690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
14691 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
14694 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
14696 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14697 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
14698 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
14700 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
14701 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
14702 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
14704 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
14707 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
14708 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
14714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-")))
14716 ;;;***
14717 \f
14718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14719 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
14724 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
14725 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
14726 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
14727 there, then load the URL at or before point.
14732 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
14733 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
14734 or to send e-mail.
14735 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
14736 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
14738 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
14739 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
14745 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
14746 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14747 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14748 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14753 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
14757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
14759 ;;;***
14760 \f
14761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
14762 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
14765 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
14766 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
14771 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
14775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
14777 ;;;***
14778 \f
14779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
14780 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
14789 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
14790 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
14791 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
14793 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14794 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14801 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14802 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14812 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
14816 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
14820 The default find program.
14821 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
14825 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
14826 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
14830 How to invoke find and grep.
14831 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
14832 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
14833 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
14834 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
14845 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
14846 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
14856 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
14861 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
14863 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
14866 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
14867 arguments.
14869 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
14870 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
14872 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
14873 can easily repeat a grep command.
14875 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
14876 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
14877 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
14878 list is empty).
14883 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
14884 Collect output in a buffer.
14886 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
14888 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
14889 easily repeat a find command.
14896 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
14897 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
14898 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
14899 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
14902 before it is executed.
14905 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
14906 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
14907 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
14914 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
14915 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
14916 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
14917 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
14920 before it is executed.
14923 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
14924 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
14925 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
14930 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
14931 to specify a command to run.
14936 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
14937 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
14938 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
14944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "grep" '("rgrep-default-command" "grep-" "kill-grep")))
14946 ;;;***
14947 \f
14948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (0 0 0 0))
14949 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
14952 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
14953 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
14954 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
14961 ;;;***
14962 \f
14963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gssapi" "gnus/gssapi.el" (0 0 0 0))
14964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gssapi.el
14966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gssapi" '("open-gssapi-stream" "gssapi-program")))
14968 ;;;***
14969 \f
14970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (0 0 0 0))
14971 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
14974 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14975 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
14976 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
14981 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14982 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14983 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14988 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14989 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14990 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14995 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14996 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14997 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14999 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
15000 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
15005 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15006 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15007 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15012 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15013 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15014 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15019 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15020 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15021 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15026 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
15029 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
15031 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
15032 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
15033 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
15034 original source file access method.
15036 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
15037 gud, see `gud-mode'.
15042 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
15047 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
15048 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
15049 for a description of this minor mode.
15050 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15051 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15057 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
15058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
15059 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15060 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
15064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gud" '("gdb-" "gud-")))
15066 ;;;***
15067 \f
15068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (0 0 0 0))
15069 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
15072 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
15073 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
15074 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
15075 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
15076 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
15077 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
15078 set it to.
15079 DO must return an Elisp expression.
15084 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
15085 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
15086 of PLACE.
15087 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
15088 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
15089 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
15090 and SETTER.
15091 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
15092 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
15099 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
15100 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
15101 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
15102 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
15113 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
15115 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
15118 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15119 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15120 well for simple place forms.
15121 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
15122 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
15123 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
15124 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
15125 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
15126 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
15134 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15135 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15136 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
15137 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
15139 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
15140 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
15141 (let ((temp VAL))
15142 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
15143 temp)
15144 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
15149 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
15150 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
15151 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
15152 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
15153 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
15160 Return a reference to PLACE.
15161 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
15162 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
15164 binding mode.
15170 ;;;***
15171 \f
15172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (0 0 0 0))
15173 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
15177 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
15178 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
15180 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
15181 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
15182 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
15183 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
15187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "handwrite" '("handwrite-" "menu-bar-handwrite-map")))
15189 ;;;***
15190 \f
15191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanja-util" "language/hanja-util.el" (0 0
15192 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15193 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/hanja-util.el
15195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanja-util" '("han")))
15197 ;;;***
15198 \f
15199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15200 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
15203 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
15208 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
15209 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
15210 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
15212 Repent before ring 31 moves.
15217 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
15218 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
15219 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
15220 to be updated.
15224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanoi" '("hanoi-")))
15226 ;;;***
15227 \f
15228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (0 0 0 0))
15229 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
15232 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15237 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15238 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
15243 Verify a hashcash payment
15248 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15249 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15250 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
15251 `mail-add-payment-async').
15256 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15257 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15258 Calculation is asynchronous.
15263 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
15264 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
15268 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hashcash" '("hashcash-")))
15270 ;;;***
15271 \f
15272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (0 0 0 0))
15273 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
15276 Return the help-echo string at point.
15277 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
15278 property, or nil, is returned.
15279 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
15280 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
15281 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
15286 Return the keyboard help string at point.
15287 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
15288 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
15289 If this produces no string either, return nil.
15294 Display local help in the echo area.
15295 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
15296 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
15297 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
15298 printed instead.
15300 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
15301 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
15302 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
15307 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15308 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15313 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15314 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
15319 Automatically show local help on point-over.
15320 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
15321 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
15322 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
15323 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
15324 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
15325 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
15326 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
15327 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
15328 a non-empty list disables the feature.
15330 This variable only takes effect after a call to
15331 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
15332 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
15333 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
15334 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15336 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
15337 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
15338 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
15339 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
15340 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
15341 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
15342 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
15348 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
15349 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
15350 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
15351 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
15352 considered different regions.
15354 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15355 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
15356 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
15357 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
15358 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
15359 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
15360 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
15361 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
15362 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
15367 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
15368 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15369 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15370 different regions.
15372 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15373 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
15374 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
15375 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
15376 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
15377 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
15378 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
15379 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
15381 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
15382 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
15383 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
15384 rarely happens in practice.
15389 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
15390 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15391 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15392 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
15393 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
15397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-at-pt" '("scan-buf-move-hook" "help-at-pt-")))
15399 ;;;***
15400 \f
15401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
15402 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
15405 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
15410 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
15411 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
15416 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
15417 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
15418 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
15419 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
15420 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
15421 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
15423 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
15424 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
15425 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
15426 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
15427 suitable file is found, return nil.
15437 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
15438 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
15439 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
15444 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
15445 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
15446 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
15447 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
15448 it is displayed along with the global value.
15453 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
15454 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
15455 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
15456 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
15457 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
15462 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
15463 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
15464 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15469 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
15470 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
15471 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
15472 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
15477 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
15482 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
15486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-fns" '("help-" "describe-")))
15488 ;;;***
15489 \f
15490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
15491 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
15494 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
15495 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
15496 window listing and describing the options.
15502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-macro" '("make-help-screen")))
15504 ;;;***
15505 \f
15506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
15507 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
15510 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
15511 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
15512 Commands:
15518 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
15523 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
15530 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
15531 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
15532 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
15535 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
15537 restore it properly when going back.
15542 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
15543 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
15544 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
15545 from `help-mode'.
15547 it does not already exist.
15552 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
15554 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
15555 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
15556 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
15557 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
15558 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
15559 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
15560 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
15561 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
15563 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
15564 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
15565 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
15566 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
15568 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
15569 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
15570 that.
15575 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
15576 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
15577 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
15578 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15579 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15584 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
15585 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
15586 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15587 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15592 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
15599 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
15600 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
15601 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
15605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-mode" '("help-" "describe-symbol-backends")))
15607 ;;;***
15608 \f
15609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (0 0 0 0))
15610 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
15613 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
15618 Provide help for current mode.
15622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "helper" '("Helper-")))
15624 ;;;***
15625 \f
15626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hex-util" "hex-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
15627 ;;; Generated autoloads from hex-util.el
15629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hex-util" '("encode-hex-string" "decode-hex-string")))
15631 ;;;***
15632 \f
15633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (0 0 0 0))
15634 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
15638 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
15639 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
15640 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
15642 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
15643 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
15646 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
15647 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
15648 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
15650 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
15651 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
15652 periods.
15654 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
15655 in hexl format.
15657 A sample format:
15659 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
15660 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
15661 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
15662 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
15663 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
15664 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
15665 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
15666 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
15667 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
15668 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
15669 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
15670 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
15671 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
15672 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
15673 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
15675 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
15676 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
15677 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
15679 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
15680 also supported.
15682 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
15684 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
15685 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
15686 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
15689 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
15690 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
15693 into the buffer at the current point.
15696 into the buffer at the current point.
15699 into the buffer at the current point.
15703 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
15704 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
15713 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
15714 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
15715 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
15720 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
15721 This discards the buffer's undo information.
15725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hexl" '("hexl-" "dehexlify-buffer")))
15727 ;;;***
15728 \f
15729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
15730 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
15733 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
15734 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
15735 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15736 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15738 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
15740 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
15741 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
15743 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
15744 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
15745 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
15746 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
15750 which can be called interactively, are:
15753 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15756 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
15757 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
15758 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
15761 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15764 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
15765 available face automatically.
15768 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
15771 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
15773 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
15775 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
15776 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
15777 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
15778 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
15779 function returns t.
15782 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
15784 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
15785 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
15786 form:
15787 Hi-lock: FOO
15789 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
15790 position (number of characters into buffer)
15791 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
15792 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
15793 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
15798 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
15799 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
15800 for a description of this minor mode.
15801 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15802 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15808 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
15809 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
15810 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
15811 ARG is omitted or nil.
15813 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
15814 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
15815 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
15822 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
15823 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15824 Use the global history list for FACE.
15826 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15827 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15828 highlighting will not update as you type.
15835 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
15836 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15837 Use the global history list for FACE.
15839 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15840 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15841 highlighting will not update as you type.
15848 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
15849 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15850 Use the global history list for FACE.
15852 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
15853 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
15854 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
15856 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15857 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15858 highlighting will not update as you type.
15865 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
15866 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
15867 unless you use a prefix argument.
15868 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
15870 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
15871 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
15878 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
15879 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
15880 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
15882 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
15887 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
15889 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
15890 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
15891 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
15895 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hi-lock" '("hi-lock-" "turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled")))
15897 ;;;***
15898 \f
15899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (0 0 0 0))
15900 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
15903 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
15904 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
15905 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15906 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15908 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
15909 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
15910 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
15911 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
15913 `hide-ifdef-env'
15914 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
15915 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
15916 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
15917 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
15918 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
15919 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
15920 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
15922 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
15923 An association list of defined symbol lists.
15924 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
15925 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
15926 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
15928 `hide-ifdef-lines'
15929 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
15930 #endif lines when hiding.
15932 `hide-ifdef-initially'
15933 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
15934 is activated.
15936 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
15937 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
15938 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
15944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideif" '("hif-" "hide-ifdef" "show-ifdef" "previous-ifdef" "next-ifdef" "up-ifdef" "down-ifdef" "backward-ifdef" "forward-ifdef" "intern-safe")))
15946 ;;;***
15947 \f
15948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (0 0 0 0))
15949 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
15951 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
15952 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
15953 Each element has the form
15954 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
15956 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
15957 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
15959 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
15960 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
15962 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
15963 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
15964 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
15965 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
15966 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
15967 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
15969 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
15970 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
15972 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
15973 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
15975 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
15976 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
15980 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
15981 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
15982 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
15983 if ARG is omitted or nil.
15985 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
15986 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
15987 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
15989 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
15990 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
15991 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
15993 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
15994 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
15996 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
15998 Key bindings:
16004 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
16008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideshow" '("hs-")))
16010 ;;;***
16011 \f
16012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (0 0 0 0))
16013 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
16016 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
16017 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
16018 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
16019 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16021 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
16022 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
16024 this on and off.
16026 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
16031 through various faces.
16033 buffer with the contents of a file
16039 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
16040 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
16041 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
16042 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16044 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
16045 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
16046 in a distinctive face.
16048 The default value can be customized with variable
16049 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
16051 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
16056 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
16057 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
16062 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16067 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16072 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
16074 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
16075 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
16076 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
16077 shown in the last face in the list.
16079 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
16080 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
16081 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
16088 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
16090 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
16092 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
16093 to save the file.
16095 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
16096 written to a temporary file for comparison.
16098 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16105 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
16107 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
16108 this function is called interactively.
16110 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
16111 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
16112 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
16114 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16121 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
16122 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
16123 for a description of this minor mode.
16124 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16125 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16131 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
16132 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
16133 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16134 ARG is omitted or nil.
16136 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
16137 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
16138 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
16142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hilit-chg" '("highlight-" "hilit-chg-" "global-highlight-changes")))
16144 ;;;***
16145 \f
16146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
16147 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
16150 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
16151 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
16152 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
16158 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
16159 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
16160 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
16161 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
16162 expansions.
16163 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
16165 undoes the expansion.
16170 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
16171 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
16172 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
16176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hippie-exp" '("hippie-expand-" "he-" "try-")))
16178 ;;;***
16179 \f
16180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (0 0 0 0))
16181 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
16184 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
16185 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16186 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16187 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16189 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
16190 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16191 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
16192 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
16193 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
16194 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
16196 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16197 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
16198 uses the function `hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' in
16199 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16204 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
16205 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
16206 for a description of this minor mode.
16207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16208 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16214 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
16215 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16216 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16217 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16219 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
16220 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all live
16221 windows.
16223 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-highlight'
16224 and `global-hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hl-line" '("hl-line-" "global-hl-line-")))
16230 ;;;***
16231 \f
16232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-def" "net/hmac-def.el" (0 0 0 0))
16233 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-def.el
16235 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-def" '("define-hmac-function")))
16237 ;;;***
16238 \f
16239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-md5" "net/hmac-md5.el" (0 0 0 0))
16240 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-md5.el
16242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-md5" '("hmac-md5" "md5-binary")))
16244 ;;;***
16245 \f
16246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (0 0 0 0))
16247 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
16249 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
16250 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
16257 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
16258 Oriental holidays.
16266 Local holidays.
16274 User defined holidays.
16281 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
16282 Jewish holidays.
16289 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
16290 Christian holidays.
16297 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
16298 Islamic holidays.
16305 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
16306 Bahá’à holidays.
16313 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
16314 Sun-related holidays.
16324 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
16325 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16326 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
16331 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
16332 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
16333 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
16334 displayed, use a different list. For example,
16336 (list-holidays 2006 2006
16337 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
16339 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
16340 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
16342 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
16343 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
16344 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
16345 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
16346 of a holiday list.
16348 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
16354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "holidays" '("holiday-" "calendar-")))
16356 ;;;***
16357 \f
16358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "net/html2text.el" (0 0 0 0))
16359 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/html2text.el
16362 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
16366 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "html2text" '("html2text-")))
16368 ;;;***
16369 \f
16370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (0 0 0 0))
16371 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
16375 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
16376 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
16377 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
16378 as possible.
16380 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
16381 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
16382 fontified display.
16384 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
16387 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
16388 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
16389 hyperlinks as appropriate.
16394 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
16395 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
16397 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
16401 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "htmlfontify" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-")))
16403 ;;;***
16404 \f
16405 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el"
16406 ;;;;;; (22359 22496 626933 643000))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
16409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-ext" '("ibuffer-" "filename" "shell-command-" "size" "alphabetic" "major-mode" "mode" "print" "predicate" "content" "name" "derived-mode" "used-mode" "query-replace" "rename-uniquely" "revert" "replace-regexp" "view-and-eval" "eval")))
16411 ;;;***
16412 \f
16413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
16414 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
16417 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
16419 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
16420 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
16421 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
16423 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
16424 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
16425 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
16426 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
16427 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
16428 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
16430 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
16431 title of the column.
16433 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
16434 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
16435 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
16436 change its definition, you should explicitly call
16437 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
16444 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
16445 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
16446 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
16447 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
16449 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
16450 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
16460 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
16461 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
16462 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
16463 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
16464 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
16466 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
16467 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
16468 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
16469 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
16470 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
16471 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
16472 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
16473 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
16474 values are:
16475 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
16476 t - the function it always modifies buffers
16477 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
16478 buffer's modification flag.
16479 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
16480 prompted before performing this operation.
16481 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
16482 operation is complete, in the form:
16484 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
16485 confirmation message, in the form:
16487 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
16488 macro for exactly what it does.
16490 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16497 Define a filter named NAME.
16498 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
16499 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
16500 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
16502 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
16503 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
16504 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
16505 bound to the current value of the filter.
16513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-macs" '("ibuffer-")))
16515 ;;;***
16516 \f
16517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
16518 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
16521 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
16522 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16523 buffers which are visiting a file.
16528 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
16529 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16530 buffers which are visiting a file.
16535 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
16536 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
16538 All arguments are optional.
16539 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
16541 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
16542 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
16543 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
16544 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
16545 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
16546 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
16547 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
16548 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
16549 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
16550 that value locally in this buffer.
16554 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuffer" '("ibuffer-" "filename" "process" "mark" "mod" "size" "name" "read-only")))
16556 ;;;***
16557 \f
16558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (0 0 0
16559 ;;;;;; 0))
16560 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
16564 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
16565 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
16566 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
16571 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
16572 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
16573 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
16574 ICAL-FILENAME.
16575 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
16576 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
16577 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16582 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
16583 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
16584 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
16585 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
16586 non-marking or not.
16591 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
16593 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
16594 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
16595 DIARY-FILE.
16597 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
16598 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
16599 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
16601 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
16602 non-marking.
16604 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
16605 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
16606 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16610 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icalendar" '("icalendar-")))
16612 ;;;***
16613 \f
16614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
16615 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
16618 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
16619 See the `icomplete-mode' command
16620 for a description of this minor mode.
16621 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16622 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16628 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
16629 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
16630 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16631 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16633 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
16634 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
16635 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
16636 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
16638 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
16641 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
16642 completions:
16652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icomplete" '("icomplete-")))
16654 ;;;***
16655 \f
16656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (0 0 0 0))
16657 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
16660 Major mode for editing Icon code.
16661 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
16662 Tab indents for Icon code.
16663 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16664 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16666 Variables controlling indentation style:
16667 icon-tab-always-indent
16668 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
16669 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16670 icon-auto-newline
16671 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
16672 inserted in Icon code.
16673 icon-indent-level
16674 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
16675 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16676 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16677 icon-continued-statement-offset
16678 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16679 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16680 icon-continued-brace-offset
16681 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16682 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
16683 icon-brace-offset
16684 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16685 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
16686 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16687 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16689 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
16690 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
16694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icon" '("indent-icon-exp" "icon-" "electric-icon-brace" "end-of-icon-defun" "beginning-of-icon-defun" "mark-icon-function" "calculate-icon-indent")))
16696 ;;;***
16697 \f
16698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-complete-structtag" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
16699 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el
16702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-complete-structtag" '("idlwave-")))
16704 ;;;***
16705 \f
16706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-help" "progmodes/idlw-help.el" (0 0 0
16707 ;;;;;; 0))
16708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-help.el
16710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-help" '("idlwave-")))
16712 ;;;***
16713 \f
16714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (0 0
16715 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
16719 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
16720 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
16721 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
16723 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
16724 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
16725 separate frames.
16727 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
16728 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
16730 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
16731 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
16732 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
16738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-shell" '("idlwave-")))
16740 ;;;***
16741 \f
16742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-toolbar" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
16743 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el
16746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-toolbar" '("idlwave-toolbar-")))
16748 ;;;***
16749 \f
16750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (0 0 0 0))
16751 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
16755 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
16757 The main features of this mode are
16759 1. Indentation and Formatting
16760 --------------------------
16761 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
16762 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
16765 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
16766 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
16767 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
16769 Comments are indented as follows:
16771 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
16772 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
16773 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
16775 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
16778 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
16779 relative to the first will be retained. Use
16781 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
16782 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
16784 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
16789 2. Routine Info
16790 ------------
16791 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
16792 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
16794 source file of a module. These commands know about system
16795 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
16796 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
16797 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
16798 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
16800 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
16802 3. Online IDL Help
16803 ---------------
16806 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
16807 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
16808 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
16810 4. Completion
16811 ----------
16813 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
16814 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
16815 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
16816 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
16817 upper case.
16819 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
16820 --------------------------------
16821 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
16836 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
16839 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
16840 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
16843 6. Automatic Case Conversion
16844 -------------------------
16845 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
16846 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
16848 7. Automatic END completion
16849 ------------------------
16850 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
16851 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
16853 8. Hooks
16854 -----
16855 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
16856 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
16858 9. Documentation and Customization
16859 -------------------------------
16860 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
16862 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
16863 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
16864 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
16865 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
16867 10.Keybindings
16868 -----------
16869 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
16871 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
16877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlwave" '("idlwave-")))
16879 ;;;***
16880 \f
16881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (0 0 0 0))
16882 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
16885 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
16886 The following values are possible:
16887 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
16888 displaying...)
16889 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
16890 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
16891 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
16893 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16899 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
16900 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16901 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
16902 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
16903 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
16904 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
16905 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
16906 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
16911 Switch to another buffer.
16912 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
16913 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
16914 in another frame.
16916 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
16917 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
16918 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
16919 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
16922 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
16923 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
16930 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
16931 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
16932 in a separate window.
16946 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
16947 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16948 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16953 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
16954 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16955 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16960 Kill a buffer.
16961 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16962 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16967 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
16968 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16969 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16974 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
16975 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16976 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16981 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
16986 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
16987 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
16988 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
16989 in another frame.
16991 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
16992 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
16993 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
16994 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
16995 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
16998 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
16999 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
17006 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
17007 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
17008 in a separate window.
17031 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17032 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17033 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17038 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17039 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17040 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17045 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
17046 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17047 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17052 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
17053 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17054 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17059 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
17060 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17061 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17066 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
17067 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17068 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17073 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
17074 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17075 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17080 Write current buffer to a file.
17081 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17082 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17087 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
17088 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17089 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17094 Call `dired' the Ido way.
17095 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17096 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17101 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
17102 Return the name of a buffer selected.
17103 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
17104 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
17105 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
17110 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
17111 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17112 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
17117 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
17118 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17119 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
17124 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
17125 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
17126 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
17127 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
17128 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
17129 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
17130 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
17131 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
17132 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
17133 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
17134 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
17135 with point positioned at the end.
17136 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
17137 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
17139 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
17143 ;;;***
17144 \f
17145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (0 0 0 0))
17146 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
17149 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
17150 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
17151 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
17155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ielm" '("inferior-emacs-lisp-mode" "ielm-")))
17157 ;;;***
17158 \f
17159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ietf-drums" "mail/ietf-drums.el" (0 0 0 0))
17160 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/ietf-drums.el
17162 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ietf-drums" '("ietf-drums-")))
17164 ;;;***
17165 \f
17166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
17167 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
17172 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
17173 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
17174 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17175 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
17180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iimage" '("iimage-" "turn-off-iimage-mode")))
17182 ;;;***
17183 \f
17184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (0 0 0 0))
17185 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
17188 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
17189 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17190 be determined.
17195 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
17196 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17197 be determined.
17202 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
17203 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17204 be determined.
17209 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
17210 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17211 be determined.
17216 Determine and return image type.
17217 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
17218 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17219 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17220 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
17221 use its file extension as image type.
17222 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
17227 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
17228 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
17233 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
17234 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
17236 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
17237 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
17238 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
17239 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
17240 must be available.
17245 Create an image.
17246 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
17247 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17248 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17249 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
17250 use its file extension as image type.
17251 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
17252 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
17253 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
17254 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
17256 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17258 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
17260 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
17265 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
17266 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
17267 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
17268 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
17269 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
17270 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
17271 POS may be an integer or marker.
17272 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17273 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17274 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17275 means display it in the right marginal area.
17280 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17281 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17282 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
17283 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
17284 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17285 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17286 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17287 means display it in the right marginal area.
17288 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
17289 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
17290 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
17291 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
17292 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
17297 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17298 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17299 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
17300 STRING is a single space.
17301 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17302 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17303 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17304 means display it in the right marginal area.
17305 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
17310 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
17311 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
17312 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
17317 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
17319 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
17321 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17322 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17323 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17324 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17325 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17326 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
17327 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
17328 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
17329 satisfied.
17331 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
17333 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17338 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
17340 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
17341 documentation string.
17343 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17344 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17345 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17346 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17347 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17348 string containing the actual image data. The first image
17349 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
17350 define SYMBOL.
17352 Example:
17362 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
17363 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
17364 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
17366 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
17367 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
17368 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
17369 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
17371 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
17375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image" '("image")))
17377 ;;;***
17378 \f
17379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
17380 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
17384 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
17385 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
17386 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
17387 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
17388 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
17393 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
17395 Convenience command that:
17397 - Opens dired in folder DIR
17398 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
17399 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
17401 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
17402 image files in dired and type
17405 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
17407 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
17408 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
17413 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17414 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
17415 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
17416 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
17417 another one).
17419 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
17420 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
17421 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
17423 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
17424 instead of erasing it first.
17426 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
17427 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
17428 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
17429 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
17430 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
17431 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
17436 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
17437 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
17438 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
17439 displayed.
17448 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
17453 Remove tag for selected file(s).
17454 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
17459 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
17464 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
17465 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
17466 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
17471 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17476 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
17481 Display file at point using an external viewer.
17486 Display current image file.
17487 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
17488 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
17493 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
17498 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
17499 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
17500 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
17501 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
17502 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
17503 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
17508 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
17509 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
17510 easy-to-use form.
17514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-dired" '("image-dired-")))
17516 ;;;***
17517 \f
17518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
17519 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
17521 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
17522 A list of image-file filename extensions.
17523 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
17524 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
17526 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
17527 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17528 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17534 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
17535 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
17536 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
17538 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
17539 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17540 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17546 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
17551 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
17552 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
17553 the command `insert-file-contents'.
17558 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
17559 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
17560 for a description of this minor mode.
17561 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17562 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17568 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
17569 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
17570 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17571 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17573 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
17574 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
17575 `image-file-name-regexps'.
17579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-file" '("image-file-")))
17581 ;;;***
17582 \f
17583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
17584 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
17587 Major mode for image files.
17588 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
17589 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
17591 Key bindings:
17597 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
17598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
17599 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17600 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17603 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
17604 actual image.
17609 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
17610 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
17611 displays an image file as text.
17620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-mode" '("image-")))
17622 ;;;***
17623 \f
17624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imap" "net/imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
17625 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/imap.el
17629 ;;;***
17630 \f
17631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
17632 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
17635 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
17637 Affects only the mouse index menu.
17639 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
17640 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
17641 in the buffer.
17643 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
17645 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
17646 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
17652 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
17653 Each element of this list should have the form
17655 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
17657 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
17658 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
17659 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
17660 matches are put).
17661 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
17662 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
17663 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
17664 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
17665 another element.
17666 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
17667 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
17668 the menu item.
17669 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
17670 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
17671 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
17672 the ARGUMENTS.
17674 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
17675 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
17676 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
17678 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
17679 create a buffer index.
17681 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
17682 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
17690 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
17692 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
17693 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
17694 called within a `save-excursion'.
17701 Function for finding the next index position.
17703 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
17704 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
17705 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
17706 file.
17708 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
17714 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
17716 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
17717 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
17723 Function to compare string with index item.
17725 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
17726 non-nil if they match.
17728 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
17729 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
17736 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
17747 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
17748 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
17749 See the command `imenu' for more information.
17756 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
17761 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
17762 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
17763 for more information.
17767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "imenu" '("imenu-")))
17769 ;;;***
17770 \f
17771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
17772 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
17775 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
17795 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
17799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ind-util" '("indian-" "ucs-to-is")))
17801 ;;;***
17802 \f
17803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
17804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
17807 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
17808 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
17809 to that buffer.
17810 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
17811 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
17812 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
17819 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inf-lisp" '("inferior-lisp-" "lisp-" "switch-to-lisp")))
17821 ;;;***
17822 \f
17823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (0 0 0 0))
17824 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
17826 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
17827 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
17828 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
17829 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
17830 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
17831 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
17832 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
17833 first in this list.
17835 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
17836 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
17837 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
17838 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
17839 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
17841 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
17842 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
17843 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
17846 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
17852 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
17853 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
17854 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
17855 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
17857 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
17858 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
17859 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
17860 with the top-level Info directory.
17862 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
17863 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
17867 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
17868 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
17869 in all the directories in that path.
17871 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
17876 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
17886 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
17887 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
17893 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
17894 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
17895 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
17900 Go to the Info directory node.
17905 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
17906 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
17907 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
17909 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
17914 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
17915 Build a menu of the possible matches.
17920 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
17921 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
17922 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
17923 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
17928 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
17930 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
17931 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
17936 Selecting other nodes:
17938 Follow a node reference you click on.
17939 This works with menu items, cross references, and
17941 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
17946 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
17956 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
17960 Moving within a node:
17962 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
17963 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
17964 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
17965 move up to the parent node.
17967 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
17968 if there is none.
17971 Advanced commands:
17973 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
17974 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
17975 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
17977 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
17981 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
17982 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
17983 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
17987 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
17993 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
17994 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
17995 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
17996 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
17997 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
18003 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
18004 KEY is a string.
18005 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
18006 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18007 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18008 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18013 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
18014 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
18019 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
18020 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
18025 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
18026 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
18027 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
18028 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
18029 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
18033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info" '("info-" "Info-")))
18035 ;;;***
18036 \f
18037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (0 0 0 0))
18038 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
18041 Throw away all cached data.
18042 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
18043 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
18044 system.
18050 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
18051 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
18052 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
18053 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
18054 one found at point.
18056 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
18062 Display the documentation of a file.
18063 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
18064 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
18065 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
18066 The default file name is the one found at point.
18068 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
18073 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
18078 Perform completion on file preceding point.
18082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-look" '("info-")))
18084 ;;;***
18085 \f
18086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
18087 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
18091 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
18092 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
18093 current info file is the default.
18095 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
18096 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
18097 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
18098 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
18099 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
18101 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
18102 validate node references within it. A message is given for
18103 missing target files once per source document. It could be
18104 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
18105 mistake in the reference.
18107 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
18108 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
18109 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
18112 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
18113 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
18114 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
18119 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
18120 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
18121 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
18122 checked.
18126 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
18127 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
18128 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
18129 should be harmless.
18134 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
18135 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
18136 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
18138 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
18139 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
18140 and can take a long time.
18145 Check docstring info node references in source files.
18146 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
18148 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
18150 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
18151 as per `info-xref-check' does.
18153 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
18155 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
18156 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
18157 all builtins).
18159 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
18160 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
18161 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
18162 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
18163 the sources handy.
18167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-xref" '("info-xref-")))
18169 ;;;***
18170 \f
18171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (0 0 0 0))
18172 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
18175 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
18185 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
18186 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
18187 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
18189 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
18190 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
18191 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
18193 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
18194 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
18195 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
18196 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
18201 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
18202 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
18207 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
18208 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
18209 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
18214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "informat" '("Info-validate-")))
18216 ;;;***
18217 \f
18218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (0 0 0 0))
18219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
18230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inline" '("inline-")))
18232 ;;;***
18233 \f
18234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (0 0 0 0))
18235 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
18239 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
18240 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
18244 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inversion" '("inversion-")))
18246 ;;;***
18247 \f
18248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (0
18249 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18250 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
18253 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
18258 Toggle input method in interactive search.
18267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearch-x" '("isearch-")))
18269 ;;;***
18270 \f
18271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (0 0 0 0))
18272 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
18276 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
18277 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
18278 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
18279 accessed via isearchb.
18283 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearchb" '("isearchb")))
18285 ;;;***
18286 \f
18287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-ascii" "international/iso-ascii.el" (0
18288 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18289 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-ascii.el
18291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-ascii" '("iso-ascii-")))
18293 ;;;***
18294 \f
18295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (0 0 0
18296 ;;;;;; 0))
18297 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
18300 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
18301 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18302 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
18303 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18308 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
18309 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
18310 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
18311 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18316 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
18317 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18318 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
18319 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18324 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18325 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18326 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
18327 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18332 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18333 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18334 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
18335 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18340 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
18341 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18342 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
18343 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18348 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
18349 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18350 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
18351 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18356 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
18358 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18363 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18365 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18370 Warn that format is read-only.
18375 Warn that format is write-only.
18380 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
18384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-cvt" '("iso-")))
18386 ;;;***
18387 \f
18388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
18389 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18390 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
18394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-transl" '("iso-transl-")))
18396 ;;;***
18397 \f
18398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (0 0 0 0))
18399 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
18404 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
18417 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
18418 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
18423 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
18425 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
18427 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
18429 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
18430 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
18431 The alist key must be a regular expression.
18432 Valid forms include:
18433 (KEY) - just skip the key.
18434 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
18435 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
18438 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\cref" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
18439 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
18440 First list is used raw.
18443 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
18446 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
18447 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
18448 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
18449 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
18455 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
18456 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
18457 in a window allowing you to choose one.
18459 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
18460 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
18461 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
18462 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
18463 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
18465 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
18466 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
18468 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
18469 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
18471 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
18472 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
18477 Return values:
18478 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
18479 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
18482 quit spell session exited.
18487 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
18488 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
18493 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
18495 Selections are:
18497 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
18498 SPC: Accept word this time.
18499 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
18500 `a': Accept word for this session.
18501 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
18502 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
18503 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
18504 `?': Show these commands.
18505 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
18506 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
18507 the aborted check to be completed later.
18508 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
18509 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
18510 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
18511 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
18512 `C-l': Redraw screen.
18513 `C-r': Recursive edit.
18514 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
18519 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
18520 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
18521 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
18526 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
18530 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
18535 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
18536 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
18537 amount for last line processed.
18542 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
18547 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
18552 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
18553 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
18558 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
18563 Try to complete the word before or at point.
18564 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
18565 sequence inside of a word.
18567 Standard ispell choices are then available.
18572 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
18577 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
18578 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
18579 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
18581 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
18582 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
18583 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
18584 available on the net.
18589 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
18590 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
18591 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18592 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18594 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
18595 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
18596 spelled.
18598 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
18600 SPC.
18603 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
18608 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
18609 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
18610 Don't check included messages.
18612 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
18613 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
18614 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
18616 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
18617 in your init file:
18623 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
18624 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
18629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ispell" '("ispell-" "check-ispell-version")))
18631 ;;;***
18632 \f
18633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-cnv" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
18634 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18635 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-cnv.el
18637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-cnv" '("skkdic-" "batch-skkdic-convert" "ja-dic-filename")))
18639 ;;;***
18640 \f
18641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-utl" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18642 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18643 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-utl.el
18645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-utl" '("skkdic-")))
18647 ;;;***
18648 \f
18649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (0 0
18650 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18651 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
18659 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
18660 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18661 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18662 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
18663 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
18664 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
18665 necessary to represent OBJ.
18670 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
18671 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18672 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18677 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
18678 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18679 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18680 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
18685 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
18686 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18687 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18692 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
18693 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
18694 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18699 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
18704 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
18705 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18706 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18707 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
18712 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
18713 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18714 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18715 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
18720 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18721 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
18725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "japan-util" '("japanese-")))
18727 ;;;***
18728 \f
18729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (0 0 0 0))
18730 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
18733 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
18734 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
18743 Uninstall jka-compr.
18744 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
18745 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
18746 by `jka-compr-installed'.
18750 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "jka-compr" '("jka-compr-" "compression-error")))
18752 ;;;***
18753 \f
18754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (0 0 0 0))
18755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
18759 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
18764 Major mode for editing JSX.
18766 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
18767 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
18768 locally, like so:
18770 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
18771 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
18777 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
18779 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "js" '("js-" "with-js")))
18781 ;;;***
18782 \f
18783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (0 0 0 0))
18784 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
18789 ;;;***
18790 \f
18791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kermit" "kermit.el" (0 0 0 0))
18792 ;;; Generated autoloads from kermit.el
18794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kermit" '("kermit-")))
18796 ;;;***
18797 \f
18798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (0 0 0 0))
18799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
18802 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18803 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18809 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
18810 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18816 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18817 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18823 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18824 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18830 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
18831 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
18832 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
18833 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
18834 keys are bound.
18836 Setup Binding
18837 -------------------------------------------------------------
18838 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
18839 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
18840 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
18841 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
18842 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
18843 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
18844 in the global and local keymaps.
18846 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
18847 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
18851 ;;;***
18852 \f
18853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (0 0 0
18854 ;;;;;; 0))
18855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
18858 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
18859 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
18861 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
18862 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
18863 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
18864 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
18865 shorter.
18867 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
18868 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
18869 the context of text formatting.
18873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kinsoku" '("kinsoku-")))
18875 ;;;***
18876 \f
18877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (0 0 0 0))
18878 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
18881 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
18882 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
18883 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
18884 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
18888 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
18889 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
18890 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18891 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
18892 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
18893 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
18899 ;;;***
18900 \f
18901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
18902 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
18907 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
18908 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
18909 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
18911 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
18912 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
18913 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
18915 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
18917 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
18918 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
18919 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
18923 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
18926 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
18927 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
18929 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
18930 defining the macro.
18933 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
18939 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18941 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
18942 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
18946 under that name.
18948 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
18949 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
18950 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
18952 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18954 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18956 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
18957 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
18959 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
18960 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
18961 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
18962 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
18964 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
18967 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
18969 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
18970 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
18971 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
18973 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
18974 macro.
18977 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
18979 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
18981 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
18986 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18988 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18989 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
18990 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
18993 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
18995 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18996 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
18997 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
18998 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
19000 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
19003 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19005 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
19006 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
19007 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
19009 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
19011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kmacro" '("kmacro-")))
19013 ;;;***
19014 \f
19015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (0 0
19016 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19017 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
19019 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
19020 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
19023 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
19026 \(fn)" nil nil)
19028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "korea-util" '("exit-korean-environment" "korean-key-bindings" "isearch-" "quail-hangul-switch-" "toggle-korean-input-method")))
19030 ;;;***
19031 \f
19032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
19033 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
19035 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
19038 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19040 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
19041 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
19042 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
19043 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
19044 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
19045 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
19047 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
19048 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
19050 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
19052 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
19053 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
19055 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19057 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
19060 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
19062 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
19065 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lao-util" '("lao-")))
19069 ;;;***
19070 \f
19071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (0 0
19072 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19073 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
19075 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
19078 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
19080 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
19082 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19083 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
19084 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
19086 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
19088 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
19089 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
19090 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
19092 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
19094 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19097 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
19099 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19101 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latexenc" '("latexenc-dont-use-")))
19103 ;;;***
19104 \f
19105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
19106 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19107 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
19109 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
19110 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
19111 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
19112 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
19113 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
19114 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
19115 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
19116 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
19118 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
19119 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
19121 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19124 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
19126 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
19127 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
19128 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
19129 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
19130 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
19131 `latin1-display-setup'.
19133 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
19135 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
19136 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
19137 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
19138 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
19140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19143 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
19145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latin1-disp" '("latin1-display-")))
19147 ;;;***
19148 \f
19149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (0 0 0
19150 ;;;;;; 0))
19151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
19153 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
19154 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
19156 \(fn)" t nil)
19158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ld-script" '("ld-script-")))
19160 ;;;***
19161 \f
19162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ldap" "net/ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19163 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ldap.el
19165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ldap" '("ldap-")))
19167 ;;;***
19168 \f
19169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "legacy-gnus-agent" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
19170 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el
19173 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "legacy-gnus-agent" '("gnus-agent-")))
19175 ;;;***
19176 \f
19177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (0 0
19178 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19179 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
19180 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
19182 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
19183 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
19184 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
19185 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
19187 For instance, the following code
19189 (let-alist alist
19190 (if (and .title .body)
19191 .body
19192 .site
19193 .site.contents))
19195 essentially expands to
19201 (if (and .title .body)
19202 .body
19203 .site
19204 .site.contents))
19206 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
19207 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
19208 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
19209 displayed in the example above.
19211 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
19213 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19215 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "let-alist" '("let-alist--")))
19217 ;;;***
19218 \f
19219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (0 0 0 0))
19220 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
19222 (autoload 'life "life" "\
19223 Run Conway's Life simulation.
19224 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
19225 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
19226 generations (this defaults to 1).
19228 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
19230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "life" '("life-")))
19232 ;;;***
19233 \f
19234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (0 0 0 0))
19235 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
19236 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
19238 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
19239 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
19240 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
19241 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
19242 if ARG is omitted or nil.
19244 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
19246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19248 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
19249 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
19250 See the `global-linum-mode' command
19251 for a description of this minor mode.
19252 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19253 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19254 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
19256 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
19258 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
19259 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
19260 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
19261 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
19262 ARG is omitted or nil.
19264 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
19265 `linum-on' would do it.
19266 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
19268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "linum" '("linum-")))
19272 ;;;***
19273 \f
19274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lisp-mnt" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" (0 0 0
19275 ;;;;;; 0))
19276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el
19278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lisp-mnt" '("lm-")))
19280 ;;;***
19281 \f
19282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19283 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
19285 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
19286 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
19287 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
19288 is nil, raise an error.
19290 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
19291 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
19292 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
19293 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
19294 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
19295 defined by the library.
19297 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
19298 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
19299 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
19300 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
19301 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
19302 proceeds.
19304 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
19305 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
19306 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
19307 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
19309 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "loadhist" '("unload-" "loadhist-hook-functions" "read-feature" "feature-" "file-")))
19313 ;;;***
19314 \f
19315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (0 0 0 0))
19316 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
19318 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
19319 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
19322 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
19324 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
19325 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
19326 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
19327 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
19329 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
19330 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
19331 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
19332 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
19333 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
19334 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
19335 the version.)
19337 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
19338 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
19340 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
19341 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
19343 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
19344 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
19346 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
19348 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
19349 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
19350 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
19351 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
19352 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
19353 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
19354 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
19355 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
19356 to constrain a big search.
19358 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
19360 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
19361 except that FILTER is not optional.
19363 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
19365 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "locate" '("locate-")))
19367 ;;;***
19368 \f
19369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19370 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
19372 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
19373 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
19374 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
19376 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
19377 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
19378 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
19381 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
19383 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
19384 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
19385 associated values:
19386 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
19387 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
19388 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
19389 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
19390 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
19392 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
19393 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
19394 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
19396 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-edit" '("log-edit-" "vc-log-")))
19400 ;;;***
19401 \f
19402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
19403 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
19405 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
19406 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
19408 \(fn)" t nil)
19410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-view" '("log-view-")))
19412 ;;;***
19413 \f
19414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19415 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
19417 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
19418 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
19420 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux)) "\
19423 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
19424 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
19425 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
19427 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
19428 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
19430 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
19435 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
19438 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
19440 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
19441 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
19442 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
19443 switch on this list.
19444 See `lpr-command'.")
19446 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
19448 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
19449 Name of program for printing a file.
19451 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
19452 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
19453 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
19454 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
19455 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
19456 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
19457 argument.")
19459 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
19461 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
19462 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
19463 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19464 for customization of the printer command.
19466 \(fn)" t nil)
19468 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
19469 Paginate and print buffer contents.
19471 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19472 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19473 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19474 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19476 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19477 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19479 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19480 for further customization of the printer command.
19482 \(fn)" t nil)
19484 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
19485 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
19486 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19487 for customization of the printer command.
19489 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19491 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
19492 Paginate and print the region contents.
19494 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19495 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19496 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19497 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19499 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19500 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19502 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19503 for further customization of the printer command.
19505 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19507 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lpr" '("lpr-" "print")))
19509 ;;;***
19510 \f
19511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
19512 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
19514 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
19515 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
19516 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
19518 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
19520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ls-lisp" '("ls-lisp-")))
19522 ;;;***
19523 \f
19524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (0 0 0 0))
19525 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
19527 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
19528 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
19529 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
19530 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
19532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lunar" '("lunar-" "diary-lunar-phases" "calendar-lunar-phases")))
19536 ;;;***
19537 \f
19538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
19539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
19541 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
19542 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
19544 \(fn)" t nil)
19546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "m4-mode" '("m4-")))
19548 ;;;***
19549 \f
19550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (0 0 0 0))
19551 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
19553 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19554 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
19555 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
19556 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
19559 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
19561 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19562 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
19563 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
19564 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
19565 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
19567 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
19568 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
19569 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
19570 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
19571 bindings.
19573 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
19574 use this command, and then save the file.
19576 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19578 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
19579 Query user during kbd macro execution.
19580 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
19581 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
19582 each time the macro executes.
19583 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
19591 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
19593 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
19594 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
19595 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
19596 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
19598 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
19599 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
19600 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
19601 execute.
19603 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
19604 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
19606 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
19607 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
19608 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
19609 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
19612 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
19613 looked like this:
19619 You could enter the names in this format:
19621 foo
19622 bar
19623 baz
19625 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
19631 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
19634 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
19635 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
19637 ;;;***
19638 \f
19639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19640 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
19642 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
19643 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
19644 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
19645 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
19646 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
19647 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
19649 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
19650 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
19651 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
19652 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
19653 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
19655 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
19656 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
19657 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
19658 consing a string.)
19660 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
19662 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
19663 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
19665 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
19667 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-extr" '("mail-extr-")))
19669 ;;;***
19670 \f
19671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
19674 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
19675 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
19677 \(fn)" nil nil)
19679 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
19682 \(fn)" nil nil)
19684 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
19685 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
19687 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
19689 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
19690 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
19691 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
19692 message.
19694 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
19696 \(fn)" nil nil)
19698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-hist" '("mail-hist-")))
19700 ;;;***
19701 \f
19702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-parse" "mail/mail-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
19703 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-parse.el
19705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-parse" '("mail-")))
19707 ;;;***
19708 \f
19709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-prsvr" "mail/mail-prsvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19710 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-prsvr.el
19712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-prsvr" '("mail-parse-")))
19714 ;;;***
19715 \f
19716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-source" "gnus/mail-source.el" (0 0 0
19717 ;;;;;; 0))
19718 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mail-source.el
19720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-source" '("mail-source")))
19722 ;;;***
19723 \f
19724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
19725 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
19727 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
19728 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
19729 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
19730 often correct parser.")
19732 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
19734 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
19735 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
19736 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
19737 a value which excludes your own email address.
19739 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
19740 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
19742 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
19744 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
19745 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
19747 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
19749 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19751 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
19752 we return it unconverted.
19754 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19755 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19757 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19759 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19761 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19762 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19764 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
19766 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19768 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19769 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19771 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19773 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19775 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19776 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19777 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
19778 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
19779 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
19780 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
19781 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
19782 as Rmail does.
19784 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
19786 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
19787 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
19788 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
19789 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
19790 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
19791 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
19792 matches may be returned from the message body.
19794 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
19796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-utils" '("mail-")))
19798 ;;;***
19799 \f
19800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
19801 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
19803 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
19804 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
19805 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
19806 for a description of this minor mode.
19807 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19808 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19809 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
19811 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
19813 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
19814 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
19815 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
19816 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
19817 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
19819 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
19820 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
19821 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
19822 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19826 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
19827 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
19829 \(fn)" nil nil)
19831 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
19832 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
19833 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19835 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
19837 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
19838 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
19839 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
19841 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
19842 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
19843 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
19844 double-quotes.
19846 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
19848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailabbrev" '("merge-mail-abbrevs" "mail-" "rebuild-mail-abbrevs")))
19850 ;;;***
19851 \f
19852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (0 0 0 0))
19853 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
19855 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
19857 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
19858 king@grassland.com
19859 If `parens', they look like:
19860 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19861 If `angles', they look like:
19862 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
19864 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
19866 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
19867 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
19868 If interactive, expand in header fields.
19869 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
19870 their `Resent-' variants.
19872 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
19873 removed from alias expansions.
19875 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
19877 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
19878 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
19879 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
19881 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
19882 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
19883 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
19884 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
19886 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
19888 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
19889 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
19890 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
19892 \(fn)" nil nil)
19894 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
19895 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
19896 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
19897 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
19899 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19901 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
19903 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailalias" '("mail-" "build-mail-aliases")))
19905 ;;;***
19906 \f
19907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailcap" "net/mailcap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19908 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mailcap.el
19910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailcap" '("mailcap-")))
19912 ;;;***
19913 \f
19914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (0 0 0 0))
19915 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
19917 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
19918 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
19919 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
19920 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
19922 \(fn)" nil nil)
19924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailclient" '("mailclient-")))
19926 ;;;***
19927 \f
19928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailheader" "mail/mailheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
19929 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailheader.el
19931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailheader" '("mail-header")))
19933 ;;;***
19934 \f
19935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mairix" "net/mairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
19936 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mairix.el
19938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mairix" '("mairix-")))
19940 ;;;***
19941 \f
19942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (0 0 0
19943 ;;;;;; 0))
19944 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
19946 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
19947 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
19949 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
19950 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
19951 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
19952 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
19953 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
19954 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
19956 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
19957 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
19958 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
19959 dependency, despite the colon.
19963 In the browser, use the following keys:
19967 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
19969 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
19970 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
19972 `makefile-target-colon':
19973 The string that gets appended to all target names
19974 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
19977 `makefile-macro-assign':
19978 The string that gets appended to all macro names
19979 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
19981 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
19982 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
19985 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
19986 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
19987 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
19989 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
19990 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
19992 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
19993 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
19994 up or down in the browser.
19996 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
19997 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
19999 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
20000 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
20002 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
20003 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
20004 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
20005 has been selected in the browser.
20007 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
20008 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
20009 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
20010 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
20011 filenames are omitted.
20013 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
20014 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
20015 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
20016 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
20017 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
20018 the backslash itself intact.
20019 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
20022 `makefile-browser-hook':
20023 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
20024 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
20026 `makefile-special-targets-list':
20027 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
20028 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
20029 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
20031 \(fn)" t nil)
20033 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
20034 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
20036 \(fn)" t nil)
20038 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20039 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
20041 \(fn)" t nil)
20043 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
20044 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
20046 \(fn)" t nil)
20048 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20049 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
20051 \(fn)" t nil)
20053 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
20054 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
20056 \(fn)" t nil)
20058 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "make-mode" '("makefile-")))
20060 ;;;***
20061 \f
20062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makeinfo" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
20063 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/makeinfo.el
20065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makeinfo" '("makeinfo-")))
20067 ;;;***
20068 \f
20069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (0 0 0 0))
20070 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
20072 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
20073 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
20074 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
20076 \(fn)" t nil)
20078 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makesum" '("double-column")))
20080 ;;;***
20081 \f
20082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (0 0 0 0))
20083 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
20085 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
20087 (autoload 'man "man" "\
20088 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
20089 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
20090 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
20091 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
20092 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
20093 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
20094 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
20095 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
20096 without running the man command.
20098 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
20102 cat(1)
20103 1 cat
20105 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
20107 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
20108 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
20110 -a chmod
20112 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
20113 otherwise look like a page name.
20115 /my/file/name.1.gz
20116 -l somefile.1
20119 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
20122 -k pattern
20124 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20126 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
20127 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
20129 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20131 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
20132 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
20134 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
20136 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "man" '("Man-" "man")))
20138 ;;;***
20139 \f
20140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mantemp" "progmodes/mantemp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mantemp.el
20143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mantemp" '("mantemp-")))
20145 ;;;***
20146 \f
20147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
20148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
20149 (push (purecopy '(map 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20151 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "map" '("map")))
20153 ;;;***
20154 \f
20155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (0 0 0 0))
20156 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
20157 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20159 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
20160 Toggle Master mode.
20161 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
20162 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20163 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20165 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
20166 using the following commands:
20170 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
20171 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
20172 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
20174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "master" '("master-")))
20178 ;;;***
20179 \f
20180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (0 0 0 0))
20181 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
20183 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
20184 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
20185 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
20186 for a description of this minor mode.
20187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20188 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20189 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
20191 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
20193 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
20194 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
20195 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
20196 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20197 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20199 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
20200 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
20201 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
20202 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
20204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mb-depth" '("minibuffer-depth-")))
20208 ;;;***
20209 \f
20210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (0 0 0 0))
20211 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
20212 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "md4" '("md4")))
20216 ;;;***
20217 \f
20218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (0 0 0 0))
20219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
20221 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
20223 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
20224 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
20226 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
20227 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
20228 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
20229 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
20230 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
20231 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
20232 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
20233 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
20235 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
20236 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
20237 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
20238 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
20240 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
20241 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
20242 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
20243 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
20244 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
20245 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
20246 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
20247 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
20248 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
20249 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
20250 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
20251 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
20252 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
20253 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
20254 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
20255 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
20256 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
20257 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
20258 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
20259 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
20260 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
20262 \(fn)" t nil)
20264 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
20265 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
20266 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
20267 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
20268 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
20270 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
20272 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
20273 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20275 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20277 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
20278 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
20280 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
20282 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
20285 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
20287 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
20288 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
20289 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
20291 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
20293 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
20294 Cancel an article you posted.
20295 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
20297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20299 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
20300 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
20301 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
20302 header line with the old Message-ID.
20304 \(fn)" t nil)
20306 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
20307 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
20309 \(fn)" t nil)
20311 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
20312 Forward the current message via mail.
20313 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
20314 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
20316 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
20318 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
20321 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
20323 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
20326 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
20328 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
20329 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
20331 \(fn)" t nil)
20333 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
20334 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
20336 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
20338 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
20339 Re-mail the current message.
20340 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
20341 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
20342 you.
20344 \(fn)" t nil)
20346 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
20347 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
20349 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20351 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
20352 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
20354 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20356 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
20357 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20359 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20361 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
20362 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20364 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20366 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
20367 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
20368 Works by overstriking characters.
20369 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20370 which specify the range to operate on.
20372 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20374 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
20375 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
20376 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20377 which specify the range to operate on.
20379 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "message" '("message-" "nil")))
20383 ;;;***
20384 \f
20385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (0 0 0
20386 ;;;;;; 0))
20387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
20388 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20390 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
20391 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
20393 \(fn)" t nil)
20395 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
20396 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
20398 \(fn)" t nil)
20400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "meta-mode" '("meta" "font-lock-match-meta-declaration-item-and-skip-to-next")))
20402 ;;;***
20403 \f
20404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (0 0 0 0))
20405 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
20407 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
20408 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20409 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
20411 \(fn)" t nil)
20413 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
20414 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20415 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20416 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20417 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20418 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20419 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
20421 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20423 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
20424 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
20425 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20426 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20427 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20428 means current).
20429 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20430 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20432 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20434 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
20435 Process current region through `metamail'.
20436 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20437 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20438 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20439 means current).
20440 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20441 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20443 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20445 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "metamail" '("metamail-")))
20447 ;;;***
20448 \f
20449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-acros" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" (0 0 0 0))
20450 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-acros.el
20452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-acros" '("mh-" "with-mh-folder-updating" "def")))
20454 ;;;***
20455 \f
20456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-alias" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-alias.el
20459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-alias" '("mh-")))
20461 ;;;***
20462 \f
20463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-buffers" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" (0 0 0 0))
20464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-buffers.el
20466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-buffers" '("mh-")))
20468 ;;;***
20469 \f
20470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20471 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
20473 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
20474 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20475 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20477 \(fn)" t nil)
20479 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
20480 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
20481 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20483 \(fn)" t nil)
20485 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
20486 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20488 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
20489 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
20492 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
20493 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
20495 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
20496 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
20498 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20500 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
20502 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
20503 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
20504 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
20505 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
20506 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
20507 as `compose-mail'.
20509 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
20510 initial Subject field, respectively.
20512 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
20513 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
20514 are strings.
20516 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
20517 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
20519 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20521 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
20522 Save draft and send message.
20524 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
20525 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
20529 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
20530 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
20531 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
20533 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
20534 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
20535 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
20536 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
20537 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
20538 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
20541 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
20543 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
20544 message and scan line.
20546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20548 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
20549 Quit editing and delete draft message.
20551 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
20552 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
20554 delete the draft message.
20556 \(fn)" t nil)
20558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-comp" '("mh-")))
20560 ;;;***
20561 \f
20562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-compat" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
20563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-compat.el
20565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-compat" '("mh-")))
20567 ;;;***
20568 \f
20569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (0 0 0 0))
20570 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
20571 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
20573 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20575 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
20577 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20579 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
20580 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
20582 \(fn)" t nil)
20584 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-e" '("mh-" "def")))
20586 ;;;***
20587 \f
20588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (0 0 0 0))
20589 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
20591 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
20592 Incorporate new mail with MH.
20593 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20595 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20596 the MH mail system.
20598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20600 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
20601 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
20602 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20604 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20605 the MH mail system.
20607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20609 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
20612 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
20613 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
20614 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
20615 separate command.
20617 Options that control this mode can be changed with
20619 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
20620 format.
20622 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
20624 Ranges
20625 ======
20626 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
20627 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
20628 can be used in several ways.
20631 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
20632 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
20633 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
20634 page):
20636 <num1>-<num2>
20637 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
20638 The range must be nonempty.
20640 <num>:N
20641 <num>:+N
20642 <num>:-N
20643 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
20644 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
20645 last.
20647 first:N
20648 prev:N
20649 next:N
20650 last:N
20651 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
20653 all
20654 All of the messages.
20656 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
20657 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
20659 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
20660 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
20661 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
20665 \(fn)" t nil)
20667 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-folder" '("mh-")))
20669 ;;;***
20670 \f
20671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-funcs" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-funcs.el
20674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-funcs" '("mh-")))
20676 ;;;***
20677 \f
20678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-identity" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" (0 0 0
20679 ;;;;;; 0))
20680 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-identity.el
20682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-identity" '("mh-")))
20684 ;;;***
20685 \f
20686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-inc" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20687 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-inc.el
20689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-inc" '("mh-inc-spool-")))
20691 ;;;***
20692 \f
20693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-junk" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" (0 0 0 0))
20694 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-junk.el
20696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-junk" '("mh-")))
20698 ;;;***
20699 \f
20700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-letter" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" (0 0 0 0))
20701 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-letter.el
20703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-letter" '("mh-")))
20705 ;;;***
20706 \f
20707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-limit" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" (0 0 0 0))
20708 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-limit.el
20710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-limit" '("mh-")))
20712 ;;;***
20713 \f
20714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" (0 0 0 0))
20715 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-mime.el
20717 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-mime" '("mh-")))
20719 ;;;***
20720 \f
20721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-print" "mh-e/mh-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
20722 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-print.el
20724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-print" '("mh-p")))
20726 ;;;***
20727 \f
20728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-scan" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" (0 0 0 0))
20729 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-scan.el
20731 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-scan" '("mh-")))
20733 ;;;***
20734 \f
20735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-search" "mh-e/mh-search.el" (0 0 0 0))
20736 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-search.el
20738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-search" '("mh-")))
20740 ;;;***
20741 \f
20742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-seq" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
20743 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-seq.el
20745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-seq" '("mh-")))
20747 ;;;***
20748 \f
20749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-show" "mh-e/mh-show.el" (0 0 0 0))
20750 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-show.el
20752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-show" '("mh-")))
20754 ;;;***
20755 \f
20756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-speed" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" (0 0 0 0))
20757 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-speed.el
20759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-speed" '("mh-")))
20761 ;;;***
20762 \f
20763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-thread" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" (0 0 0 0))
20764 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-thread.el
20766 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-thread" '("mh-")))
20768 ;;;***
20769 \f
20770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-tool-bar" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" (0 0 0
20771 ;;;;;; 0))
20772 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el
20774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-tool-bar" '("mh-tool-bar-")))
20776 ;;;***
20777 \f
20778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
20779 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
20781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-utils" '("mh-")))
20783 ;;;***
20784 \f
20785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-xface" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" (0 0 0 0))
20786 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-xface.el
20788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-xface" '("mh-")))
20790 ;;;***
20791 \f
20792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (0 0 0 0))
20793 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
20795 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
20796 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
20797 See the `midnight-mode' command
20798 for a description of this minor mode.
20799 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20800 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20801 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
20803 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
20805 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
20806 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
20808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20810 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
20811 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
20812 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
20813 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
20814 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
20815 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
20816 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
20817 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
20818 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
20819 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
20822 \(fn)" t nil)
20824 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
20825 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
20826 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
20827 to its second argument TM.
20829 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
20831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "midnight" '("midnight-" "clean-buffer-list-")))
20833 ;;;***
20834 \f
20835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (0 0 0 0))
20836 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
20838 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
20839 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
20840 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
20841 for a description of this minor mode.
20842 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20843 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20844 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
20846 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
20848 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
20849 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
20850 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
20851 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20852 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20854 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
20855 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
20856 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
20857 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
20858 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
20859 is modified to remove the default indication.
20861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20863 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "minibuf-eldef" '("minibuf")))
20865 ;;;***
20866 \f
20867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20868 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
20870 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
20871 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
20872 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
20873 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
20874 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
20875 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
20876 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
20877 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
20878 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
20880 \(fn)" t nil)
20882 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
20883 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
20884 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
20885 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
20886 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
20887 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
20889 The return value is always nil.
20891 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
20893 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misc" '("list-dynamic-libraries--" "backward-to-word" "forward-to-word" "upcase-char" "mark-" "zap-up-to-char" "copy-from-above-command")))
20895 ;;;***
20896 \f
20897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (0 0 0 0))
20898 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
20899 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
20901 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
20902 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
20904 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
20905 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
20906 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
20907 next occurrence.
20909 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
20910 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
20911 end of the search space).
20913 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
20914 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
20915 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
20916 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
20917 should return the previous buffer to search.
20919 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
20920 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
20921 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
20923 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
20924 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
20925 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
20926 Isearch starts.")
20928 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
20929 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
20930 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
20932 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
20933 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
20934 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
20936 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
20937 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
20939 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
20940 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
20941 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
20943 \(fn)" nil nil)
20945 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
20946 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
20947 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
20948 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20949 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
20950 whose names match the specified regexp.
20952 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
20954 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
20955 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
20956 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
20957 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20958 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
20959 whose names match the specified regexp.
20961 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
20963 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
20964 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
20965 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
20966 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
20967 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20968 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
20969 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
20971 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
20973 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
20974 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
20975 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
20976 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
20977 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20978 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
20979 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
20981 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
20983 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misearch" '("multi-isearch-" "misearch-unload-function")))
20985 ;;;***
20986 \f
20987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (0 0
20988 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20989 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
20990 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20992 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
20993 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
20995 \(fn)" t nil)
20997 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mixal-mode" '("mixal-")))
20999 ;;;***
21000 \f
21001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-archive" "gnus/mm-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
21002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-archive.el
21004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-archive" '("mm-")))
21006 ;;;***
21007 \f
21008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-bodies" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
21009 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-bodies.el
21011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-bodies" '("mm-")))
21013 ;;;***
21014 \f
21015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-decode" "gnus/mm-decode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-decode.el
21018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-decode" '("mm-")))
21020 ;;;***
21021 \f
21022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
21025 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
21026 Return a default encoding for FILE.
21028 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-encode" '("mm-")))
21032 ;;;***
21033 \f
21034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (0 0 0 0))
21035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
21037 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
21038 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
21040 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
21042 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
21043 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
21044 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21045 the entire message.
21046 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21048 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21050 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-extern" '("mm-extern-")))
21052 ;;;***
21053 \f
21054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (0 0 0 0))
21055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
21057 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
21058 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
21059 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21060 the entire message.
21061 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21063 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-partial" '("mm-partial-find-parts")))
21067 ;;;***
21068 \f
21069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
21070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
21072 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
21073 Insert file contents of URL.
21074 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
21076 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21078 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
21079 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
21081 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-url" '("mm-url-")))
21085 ;;;***
21086 \f
21087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-util" "gnus/mm-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
21088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-util.el
21090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-util" '("mm-")))
21092 ;;;***
21093 \f
21094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
21095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
21097 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
21098 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
21099 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
21100 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
21101 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
21103 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
21105 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
21106 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
21107 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
21109 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
21111 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-uu" '("mm-")))
21113 ;;;***
21114 \f
21115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-view" "gnus/mm-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
21116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-view.el
21118 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-view" '("mm-")))
21120 ;;;***
21121 \f
21122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (0 0 0 0))
21123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
21125 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
21126 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
21128 \(fn)" nil nil)
21130 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
21131 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
21132 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
21136 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
21138 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
21139 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
21143 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
21145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml" '("mime-to-mml" "mml-")))
21147 ;;;***
21148 \f
21149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-sec" "gnus/mml-sec.el" (0 0 0 0))
21150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-sec.el
21152 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-sec" '("mml-")))
21154 ;;;***
21155 \f
21156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-smime" "gnus/mml-smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
21157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-smime.el
21159 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-smime" '("mml-smime-")))
21161 ;;;***
21162 \f
21163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (0 0 0 0))
21164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
21166 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
21169 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21171 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
21174 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml1991" '("mml1991-")))
21178 ;;;***
21179 \f
21180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (0 0 0 0))
21181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
21183 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
21186 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21188 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
21191 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21193 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
21196 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21198 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
21201 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21203 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21206 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21208 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
21211 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21213 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21216 \(fn)" nil nil)
21218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml2015" '("mml2015-")))
21220 ;;;***
21221 \f
21222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (0 0 0 0))
21223 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
21225 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
21227 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mode-local" '("make-obsolete-overload" "mode-local-" "deactivate-mode-local-bindings" "def" "describe-mode-local-" "xref-mode-local-" "overload-" "fetch-overload" "function-overload-p" "set" "with-mode-local" "activate-mode-local-bindings" "new-mode-local-bindings" "get-mode-local-parent")))
21229 ;;;***
21230 \f
21231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (0 0 0 0))
21232 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
21234 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
21236 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
21237 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
21238 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
21239 followed by the first character of the construct.
21256 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
21257 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
21258 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
21260 \(fn)" t nil)
21262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "modula2" '("m3-font-lock-keywords" "m2-")))
21264 ;;;***
21265 \f
21266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (0 0 0 0))
21267 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
21269 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
21270 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
21272 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21274 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
21275 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21277 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21279 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
21280 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
21282 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21284 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
21285 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21287 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21289 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "morse" '("nato-alphabet" "morse-code")))
21291 ;;;***
21292 \f
21293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-copy" "mouse-copy.el" (0 0 0 0))
21294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-copy.el
21296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-copy" '("mouse-")))
21298 ;;;***
21299 \f
21300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (0 0 0 0))
21301 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
21303 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
21307 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
21308 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
21310 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21311 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21312 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21315 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
21317 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
21318 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
21319 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
21320 hemisphere you're in.)
21322 To test this function, evaluate:
21325 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21327 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
21330 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
21333 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21334 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21335 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21338 middle button in Tk text widgets.
21340 To test this function, evaluate:
21343 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-drag" '("mouse-")))
21347 ;;;***
21348 \f
21349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21350 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
21352 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
21353 Main entry point for MPC.
21355 \(fn)" t nil)
21357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpc" '("mpc-" "tag-browser-tagtypes")))
21359 ;;;***
21360 \f
21361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (0 0 0 0))
21362 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
21364 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
21365 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
21367 \(fn)" t nil)
21369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpuz" '("mpuz-")))
21371 ;;;***
21372 \f
21373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (0 0 0 0))
21374 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
21376 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
21377 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
21378 See the `msb-mode' command
21379 for a description of this minor mode.
21380 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21381 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21382 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
21384 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
21386 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
21387 Toggle Msb mode.
21388 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
21389 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
21390 if ARG is omitted or nil.
21392 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
21393 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
21395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "msb" '("mouse-select-buffer" "msb")))
21399 ;;;***
21400 \f
21401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mspools" "mail/mspools.el" (0 0 0 0))
21402 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mspools.el
21404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mspools" '("mspools-")))
21406 ;;;***
21407 \f
21408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (0
21409 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21410 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
21412 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
21413 Display a list of all character sets.
21415 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
21416 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
21417 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
21418 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
21419 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
21421 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21422 but still shows the full information.
21424 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21426 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
21427 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
21428 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
21430 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
21431 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
21432 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
21433 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
21434 meanings of these arguments.
21436 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
21438 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
21439 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
21441 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21443 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
21444 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
21446 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21448 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21449 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
21451 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21453 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
21454 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
21457 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
21458 in place of `..':
21459 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21460 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21461 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
21462 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
21463 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
21464 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
21465 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21466 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21467 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21468 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21469 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21470 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21471 `default-process-coding-system' for read
21472 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
21473 `default-process-coding-system' for write
21474 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
21476 \(fn)" t nil)
21478 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21479 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
21481 \(fn)" t nil)
21483 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
21484 Display a list of all coding systems.
21485 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
21487 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21488 but still contains full information about each coding system.
21490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21492 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
21493 Display a list of all coding categories.
21495 \(fn)" nil nil)
21497 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
21498 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
21499 The font must be already used by Emacs.
21501 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
21503 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
21504 Display information about FONTSET.
21505 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
21507 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
21509 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
21510 Display a list of all fontsets.
21511 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
21512 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
21513 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
21515 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21517 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
21518 Display information about all input methods.
21520 \(fn)" t nil)
21522 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
21523 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
21525 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
21526 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
21527 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
21528 system which uses fontsets).
21530 \(fn)" t nil)
21532 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
21533 Show log of font listing and opening.
21534 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
21535 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
21537 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
21539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-diag" '("insert-section" "list-" "print-" "describe-font-internal" "charset-history" "non-iso-charset-alist" "sort-listed-character-sets")))
21541 ;;;***
21542 \f
21543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (0
21544 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21545 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
21547 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
21548 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
21550 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
21551 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
21553 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
21554 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
21556 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
21558 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
21559 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
21560 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
21561 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
21562 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
21563 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
21564 buffer; see also `char-width'.
21566 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
21567 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
21568 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
21569 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
21570 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
21571 middle of a character in STR.
21573 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
21574 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
21576 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
21577 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
21578 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
21579 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
21580 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
21582 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
21584 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
21585 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
21587 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
21588 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
21589 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
21591 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
21592 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
21593 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
21595 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21596 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
21597 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
21598 are considered.
21599 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
21600 longer than KEYSEQ.
21601 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
21603 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
21605 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21606 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
21607 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
21608 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
21609 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
21610 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
21611 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
21612 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
21613 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
21614 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
21615 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
21617 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
21619 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
21620 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
21622 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21624 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
21625 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
21627 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21629 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
21630 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
21632 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21634 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
21635 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
21637 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21639 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
21640 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
21641 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
21642 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
21643 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
21645 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21646 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
21648 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
21649 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
21650 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
21651 coding systems ordered by priority.
21653 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
21655 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
21657 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
21658 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
21659 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
21660 language environment LANG-ENV.
21662 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
21664 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
21665 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
21666 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
21667 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
21668 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
21669 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
21671 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
21673 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
21674 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
21675 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
21676 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21677 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21678 QUALITY can be:
21679 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21680 excessive work.
21681 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21682 part of the file/buffer.
21683 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21685 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21687 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
21688 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
21689 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
21690 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21691 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21692 QUALITY can be:
21693 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21694 excessive work.
21695 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21696 part of the file/buffer.
21697 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21699 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-util" '("filepos-to-bufferpos--dos" "truncate-string-ellipsis")))
21703 ;;;***
21704 \f
21705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (0 0 0 0))
21706 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
21708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mwheel" '("mouse-wheel-" "mwheel-")))
21710 ;;;***
21711 \f
21712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
21713 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
21715 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
21716 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
21718 \(fn)" t nil)
21720 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
21721 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
21723 \(fn)" t nil)
21725 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
21726 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
21728 \(fn)" t nil)
21730 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
21731 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
21733 \(fn)" t nil)
21735 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
21736 Run route and display diagnostic output.
21738 \(fn)" t nil)
21740 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
21741 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
21743 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
21745 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
21746 Ping HOST.
21747 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
21748 `ping-program-options'.
21750 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21752 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
21753 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
21755 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21757 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
21758 Run nslookup program.
21760 \(fn)" t nil)
21762 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
21763 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
21765 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21767 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
21768 Run dig program.
21770 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21772 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
21773 Run ftp program.
21775 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21777 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
21778 Finger USER on HOST.
21780 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
21782 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
21783 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
21784 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
21785 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
21787 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
21789 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
21792 \(fn)" t nil)
21794 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
21795 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
21797 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
21799 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
21800 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
21802 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
21804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "net-utils" '("nslookup-" "net" "whois-" "ftp-" "finger-X.500-host-regexps" "route-program" "run-network-program" "smbclient" "ifconfig-program" "iwconfig-program" "ipconfig" "dig-program" "dns-lookup-program" "arp-program" "ping-program" "traceroute-program")))
21806 ;;;***
21807 \f
21808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21809 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
21811 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
21812 Return a user name/password pair.
21813 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
21814 listed in the PORTS list.
21816 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
21818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "netrc" '("netrc-")))
21820 ;;;***
21821 \f
21822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (0
21823 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21824 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
21826 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
21827 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
21828 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
21829 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
21830 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
21831 closes it.
21833 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
21834 make it unique.
21835 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
21836 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
21837 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
21838 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
21839 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer or
21840 integer string specifying a port number to connect to.
21842 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
21843 values:
21845 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
21846 nil or `network'
21847 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
21848 the parameters :success and :capability-command
21849 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
21850 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
21851 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
21852 an unencrypted connection.
21853 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
21854 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
21855 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
21856 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
21857 returned object is a killed process.
21858 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
21859 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
21860 `shell' -- A shell connection.
21862 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
21863 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
21864 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
21865 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
21866 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
21867 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
21868 or nil if none could be found.
21869 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
21870 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
21872 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
21874 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
21875 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
21876 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
21878 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
21879 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
21882 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
21883 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
21886 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
21887 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
21888 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
21889 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
21891 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
21892 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
21894 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
21895 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
21896 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
21897 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
21898 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
21899 or STARTTLS connections.
21901 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
21902 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
21904 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
21905 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
21907 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
21908 a greeting from the server.
21910 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
21911 asynchronously, if possible.
21913 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
21914 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
21915 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
21916 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
21917 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
21919 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
21921 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
21923 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "network-stream" '("network-stream-")))
21925 ;;;***
21926 \f
21927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (0 0
21928 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21929 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
21931 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
21932 Check whether newsticker is running.
21933 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
21934 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
21936 \(fn)" nil nil)
21938 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
21939 Start the newsticker.
21940 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
21941 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
21942 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
21943 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
21945 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
21947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-backend" '("newsticker-")))
21949 ;;;***
21950 \f
21951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
21952 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
21953 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
21955 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
21956 Start newsticker plainview.
21958 \(fn)" t nil)
21960 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-plainview" '("newsticker-")))
21962 ;;;***
21963 \f
21964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (0 0 0
21965 ;;;;;; 0))
21966 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
21968 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
21969 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
21971 \(fn)" t nil)
21973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-reader" '("newsticker-")))
21975 ;;;***
21976 \f
21977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (0 0 0
21978 ;;;;;; 0))
21979 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
21981 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
21982 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
21983 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
21984 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
21985 empty.
21987 \(fn)" nil nil)
21989 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
21990 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
21991 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
21992 running already.
21994 \(fn)" t nil)
21996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-ticker" '("newsticker-")))
21998 ;;;***
21999 \f
22000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (0
22001 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22002 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
22004 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
22005 Start newsticker treeview.
22007 \(fn)" t nil)
22009 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-treeview" '("newsticker-")))
22011 ;;;***
22012 \f
22013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (0 0 0 0))
22014 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
22016 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newsticker" '("newsticker-version")))
22018 ;;;***
22019 \f
22020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnagent" "gnus/nnagent.el" (0 0 0 0))
22021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnagent.el
22023 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnagent" '("nnagent-")))
22025 ;;;***
22026 \f
22027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnbabyl" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnbabyl.el
22030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnbabyl" '("nnbabyl-")))
22032 ;;;***
22033 \f
22034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (0 0 0 0))
22035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
22037 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
22038 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
22040 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndiary" '("nndiary-")))
22044 ;;;***
22045 \f
22046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndir" "gnus/nndir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22047 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndir.el
22049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndir" '("nndir-")))
22051 ;;;***
22052 \f
22053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
22056 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
22057 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
22058 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
22059 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
22060 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
22061 symbol in the alist.
22063 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
22065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndoc" '("nndoc-")))
22067 ;;;***
22068 \f
22069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndraft" "gnus/nndraft.el" (0 0 0 0))
22070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndraft.el
22072 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndraft" '("nndraft-")))
22074 ;;;***
22075 \f
22076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nneething" "gnus/nneething.el" (0 0 0 0))
22077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nneething.el
22079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nneething" '("nneething-")))
22081 ;;;***
22082 \f
22083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (0 0 0 0))
22084 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
22086 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
22087 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
22088 This command does not work if you use short group names.
22090 \(fn)" t nil)
22092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnfolder" '("nnfolder-")))
22094 ;;;***
22095 \f
22096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nngateway" "gnus/nngateway.el" (0 0 0 0))
22097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nngateway.el
22099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nngateway" '("nngateway-")))
22101 ;;;***
22102 \f
22103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnheader" "gnus/nnheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
22104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnheader.el
22106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnheader" '("nntp-" "nnheader-" "mail-header-" "make-" "gnus-")))
22108 ;;;***
22109 \f
22110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnimap" "gnus/nnimap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22111 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnimap.el
22113 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnimap" '("nnimap")))
22115 ;;;***
22116 \f
22117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnir" "gnus/nnir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnir.el
22120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnir" '("nnir-" "gnus-")))
22122 ;;;***
22123 \f
22124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmail" "gnus/nnmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
22125 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmail.el
22127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmail" '("nnmail-")))
22129 ;;;***
22130 \f
22131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmaildir" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmaildir.el
22134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmaildir" '("nnmaildir-")))
22136 ;;;***
22137 \f
22138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
22139 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
22141 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmairix" '("nnmairix-")))
22143 ;;;***
22144 \f
22145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmbox" "gnus/nnmbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
22146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmbox.el
22148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmbox" '("nnmbox-")))
22150 ;;;***
22151 \f
22152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmh" "gnus/nnmh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmh.el
22155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmh" '("nnmh-")))
22157 ;;;***
22158 \f
22159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22160 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
22162 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
22163 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
22165 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnml" '("nnml-")))
22169 ;;;***
22170 \f
22171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnnil" "gnus/nnnil.el" (0 0 0 0))
22172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnnil.el
22174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnnil" '("nnnil-")))
22176 ;;;***
22177 \f
22178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnoo" "gnus/nnoo.el" (0 0 0 0))
22179 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnoo.el
22181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnoo" '("nnoo-" "def")))
22183 ;;;***
22184 \f
22185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnregistry" "gnus/nnregistry.el" (0 0 0 0))
22186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnregistry.el
22188 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnregistry" '("nnregistry-")))
22190 ;;;***
22191 \f
22192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnrss" "gnus/nnrss.el" (0 0 0 0))
22193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnrss.el
22195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnrss" '("nnrss-")))
22197 ;;;***
22198 \f
22199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnspool" "gnus/nnspool.el" (0 0 0 0))
22200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnspool.el
22202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnspool" '("news-inews-program" "nnspool-")))
22204 ;;;***
22205 \f
22206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nntp" "gnus/nntp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22207 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nntp.el
22209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nntp" '("nntp-")))
22211 ;;;***
22212 \f
22213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnvirtual" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" (0 0 0 0))
22214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnvirtual.el
22216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnvirtual" '("nnvirtual-")))
22218 ;;;***
22219 \f
22220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnweb" "gnus/nnweb.el" (0 0 0 0))
22221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnweb.el
22223 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnweb" '("nnweb-")))
22225 ;;;***
22226 \f
22227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "notifications" "notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
22228 ;;; Generated autoloads from notifications.el
22230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "notifications" '("notifications-")))
22232 ;;;***
22233 \f
22234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (0 0 0 0))
22235 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
22237 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
22239 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
22240 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
22241 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
22243 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
22246 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
22248 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
22249 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
22250 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22251 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
22252 to future sessions.
22254 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22256 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
22257 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
22258 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22259 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
22260 future sessions.
22262 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "novice" '("en/disable-command")))
22266 ;;;***
22267 \f
22268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (0 0
22269 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22270 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
22272 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
22273 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
22275 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
22276 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
22277 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
22279 \(fn)" t nil)
22281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nroff-mode" '("nroff-")))
22283 ;;;***
22284 \f
22285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nsm" "net/nsm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22286 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/nsm.el
22288 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nsm" '("network-security-level" "nsm-")))
22290 ;;;***
22291 \f
22292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22293 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
22294 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ntlm" '("ntlm-")))
22298 ;;;***
22299 \f
22300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-enc" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22301 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-enc.el
22303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-enc" '("nxml-")))
22305 ;;;***
22306 \f
22307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-maint" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22308 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-maint.el
22310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-maint" '("nxml-insert-target-repertoire-glyph-set")))
22312 ;;;***
22313 \f
22314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
22315 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
22317 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
22318 Major mode for editing XML.
22321 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
22322 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
22324 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
22325 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
22326 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
22331 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
22333 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
22334 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
22335 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
22336 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
22337 instead of C-c.
22339 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
22340 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
22341 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
22342 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
22344 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
22347 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
22348 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
22351 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
22354 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
22359 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
22360 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
22361 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
22362 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
22364 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
22366 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
22369 \(fn)" t nil)
22370 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
22372 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-mode" '("nxml-")))
22374 ;;;***
22375 \f
22376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-ns" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
22377 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-ns.el
22379 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-ns" '("nxml-ns-")))
22381 ;;;***
22382 \f
22383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-outln" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" (0 0 0 0))
22384 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-outln.el
22386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-outln" '("nxml-")))
22388 ;;;***
22389 \f
22390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-parse" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
22391 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-parse.el
22393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-parse" '("nxml-")))
22395 ;;;***
22396 \f
22397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-rap" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22398 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-rap.el
22400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-rap" '("nxml-")))
22402 ;;;***
22403 \f
22404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-util" "nxml/nxml-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
22405 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-util.el
22407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-util" '("nxml-")))
22409 ;;;***
22410 \f
22411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-C" "org/ob-C.el" (0 0 0 0))
22412 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-C.el
22414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-C" '("org-babel-")))
22416 ;;;***
22417 \f
22418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-R" "org/ob-R.el" (0 0 0 0))
22419 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-R.el
22421 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-R" '("org-babel-")))
22423 ;;;***
22424 \f
22425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-asymptote" "org/ob-asymptote.el" (0 0 0
22426 ;;;;;; 0))
22427 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-asymptote.el
22429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-asymptote" '("org-babel-")))
22431 ;;;***
22432 \f
22433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-awk" "org/ob-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
22434 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-awk.el
22436 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-awk" '("org-babel-")))
22438 ;;;***
22439 \f
22440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-calc" "org/ob-calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22441 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-calc.el
22443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-calc" '("org-babel-")))
22445 ;;;***
22446 \f
22447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-clojure" "org/ob-clojure.el" (0 0 0 0))
22448 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-clojure.el
22450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-clojure" '("org-babel-")))
22452 ;;;***
22453 \f
22454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-comint" "org/ob-comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22455 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-comint.el
22457 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-comint" '("org-babel-comint-")))
22459 ;;;***
22460 \f
22461 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-core" "org/ob-core.el"
22462 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 652549 735000))
22463 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-core.el
22465 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-core" '("org-")))
22467 ;;;***
22468 \f
22469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-css" "org/ob-css.el" (0 0 0 0))
22470 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-css.el
22472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-css" '("org-babel-")))
22474 ;;;***
22475 \f
22476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ditaa" "org/ob-ditaa.el" (0 0 0 0))
22477 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ditaa.el
22479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ditaa" '("org-")))
22481 ;;;***
22482 \f
22483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-dot" "org/ob-dot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22484 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-dot.el
22486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-dot" '("org-babel-")))
22488 ;;;***
22489 \f
22490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-emacs-lisp" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" (0 0
22491 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22492 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-emacs-lisp.el
22494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-emacs-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22496 ;;;***
22497 \f
22498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-eval" "org/ob-eval.el" (0 0 0 0))
22499 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-eval.el
22501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-eval" '("org-babel-")))
22503 ;;;***
22504 \f
22505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-exp" "org/ob-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22506 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-exp.el
22508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-exp" '("org-")))
22510 ;;;***
22511 \f
22512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-fortran" "org/ob-fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
22513 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-fortran.el
22515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-fortran" '("org-babel-")))
22517 ;;;***
22518 \f
22519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-gnuplot" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22520 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-gnuplot.el
22522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-gnuplot" '("org-babel-" "*org-babel-gnuplot-")))
22524 ;;;***
22525 \f
22526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-haskell" "org/ob-haskell.el" (0 0 0 0))
22527 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-haskell.el
22529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-haskell" '("org-babel-")))
22531 ;;;***
22532 \f
22533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-io" "org/ob-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
22534 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-io.el
22536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-io" '("org-babel-")))
22538 ;;;***
22539 \f
22540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-java" "org/ob-java.el" (0 0 0 0))
22541 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-java.el
22543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-java" '("org-babel-")))
22545 ;;;***
22546 \f
22547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-js" "org/ob-js.el" (0 0 0 0))
22548 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-js.el
22550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-js" '("org-babel-")))
22552 ;;;***
22553 \f
22554 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
22555 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 139192 607000))
22556 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
22558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-keys" '("org-babel-")))
22560 ;;;***
22561 \f
22562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-latex" "org/ob-latex.el" (0 0 0 0))
22563 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-latex.el
22565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-latex" '("org-babel-" "convert-pdf")))
22567 ;;;***
22568 \f
22569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ledger" "org/ob-ledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
22570 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ledger.el
22572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ledger" '("org-babel-")))
22574 ;;;***
22575 \f
22576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lilypond" "org/ob-lilypond.el" (0 0 0 0))
22577 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lilypond.el
22579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lilypond" '("org-babel-" "lilypond-mode")))
22581 ;;;***
22582 \f
22583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lisp" "org/ob-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22584 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lisp.el
22586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22588 ;;;***
22589 \f
22590 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el"
22591 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 143192 607000))
22592 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
22594 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lob" '("org-babel-")))
22596 ;;;***
22597 \f
22598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-makefile" "org/ob-makefile.el" (0 0 0 0))
22599 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-makefile.el
22601 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-makefile" '("org-babel-")))
22603 ;;;***
22604 \f
22605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-maxima" "org/ob-maxima.el" (0 0 0 0))
22606 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-maxima.el
22608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-maxima" '("org-babel-")))
22610 ;;;***
22611 \f
22612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-mscgen" "org/ob-mscgen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22613 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-mscgen.el
22615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-mscgen" '("org-babel-")))
22617 ;;;***
22618 \f
22619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ocaml" "org/ob-ocaml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22620 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ocaml.el
22622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ocaml" '("org-babel-")))
22624 ;;;***
22625 \f
22626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-octave" "org/ob-octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22627 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-octave.el
22629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-octave" '("org-babel-")))
22631 ;;;***
22632 \f
22633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-org" "org/ob-org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22634 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-org.el
22636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-org" '("org-babel-")))
22638 ;;;***
22639 \f
22640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-perl" "org/ob-perl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22641 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-perl.el
22643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-perl" '("org-babel-")))
22645 ;;;***
22646 \f
22647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-picolisp" "org/ob-picolisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22648 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-picolisp.el
22650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-picolisp" '("org-babel-")))
22652 ;;;***
22653 \f
22654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-plantuml" "org/ob-plantuml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22655 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-plantuml.el
22657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-plantuml" '("org-")))
22659 ;;;***
22660 \f
22661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-python" "org/ob-python.el" (0 0 0 0))
22662 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-python.el
22664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-python" '("org-babel-")))
22666 ;;;***
22667 \f
22668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ref" "org/ob-ref.el" (0 0 0 0))
22669 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ref.el
22671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ref" '("org-babel-")))
22673 ;;;***
22674 \f
22675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ruby" "org/ob-ruby.el" (0 0 0 0))
22676 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ruby.el
22678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ruby" '("org-babel-")))
22680 ;;;***
22681 \f
22682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sass" "org/ob-sass.el" (0 0 0 0))
22683 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sass.el
22685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sass" '("org-babel-")))
22687 ;;;***
22688 \f
22689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scala" "org/ob-scala.el" (0 0 0 0))
22690 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scala.el
22692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scala" '("org-babel-")))
22694 ;;;***
22695 \f
22696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scheme" "org/ob-scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
22697 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scheme.el
22699 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scheme" '("org-babel-")))
22701 ;;;***
22702 \f
22703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-screen" "org/ob-screen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22704 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-screen.el
22706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-screen" '("org-babel-")))
22708 ;;;***
22709 \f
22710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sh" "org/ob-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22711 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sh.el
22713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sh" '("org-babel-")))
22715 ;;;***
22716 \f
22717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shen" "org/ob-shen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22718 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shen.el
22720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shen" '("org-babel-")))
22722 ;;;***
22723 \f
22724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sql" "org/ob-sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
22725 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sql.el
22727 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sql" '("org-babel-" "dbstring-mysql")))
22729 ;;;***
22730 \f
22731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sqlite" "org/ob-sqlite.el" (0 0 0 0))
22732 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sqlite.el
22734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sqlite" '("org-babel-")))
22736 ;;;***
22737 \f
22738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-table" "org/ob-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
22739 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-table.el
22741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-table" '("org-")))
22743 ;;;***
22744 \f
22745 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
22746 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 716549 735000))
22747 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
22749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-tangle" '("org-babel-")))
22751 ;;;***
22752 \f
22753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
22756 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
22757 Major mode for editing Octave code.
22759 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
22760 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
22761 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
22762 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
22764 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
22766 Key bindings:
22769 \(fn)" t nil)
22771 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
22772 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
22773 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
22775 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
22777 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
22778 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
22780 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
22781 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
22782 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
22784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22786 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
22788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "octave" '("octave-" "inferior-octave-")))
22790 ;;;***
22791 \f
22792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ogonek" "international/ogonek.el" (0 0 0 0))
22793 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ogonek.el
22795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ogonek" '("ogonek-")))
22797 ;;;***
22798 \f
22799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
22800 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
22802 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
22804 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
22812 Customization:
22814 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
22815 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
22816 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
22817 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
22818 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
22819 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
22820 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
22821 Directories to search when finding external units.
22822 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
22823 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
22825 Coloring:
22827 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
22828 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
22830 \(fn)" t nil)
22832 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "opascal" '("opascal-")))
22834 ;;;***
22835 \f
22836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22837 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
22839 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
22840 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
22842 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
22844 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
22845 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
22846 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
22847 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
22848 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
22849 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
22851 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
22853 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
22854 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
22855 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
22856 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
22857 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
22859 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
22861 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
22862 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
22864 \(fn)" nil nil)
22866 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
22867 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
22869 \(fn)" nil nil)
22871 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
22872 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
22875 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
22876 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
22877 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
22878 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
22879 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
22880 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
22881 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
22882 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
22883 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
22884 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
22886 The following commands are available:
22890 \(fn)" t nil)
22892 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
22893 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
22895 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
22896 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
22897 in special contexts.
22899 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
22900 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
22901 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
22902 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
22903 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
22904 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
22905 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
22906 properties in the buffer.
22907 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
22908 including any drawers.
22910 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
22912 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
22913 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
22914 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
22915 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
22916 From this state, you can move to one of the children
22917 and zoom in further.
22918 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
22919 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
22921 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
22922 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
22923 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
22924 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
22925 times right after creating a new headline.
22927 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
22928 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
22929 is negative, go up that many levels.
22931 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
22932 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
22933 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
22935 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
22936 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
22937 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
22938 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
22940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22942 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
22943 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
22945 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
22947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22948 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
22950 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
22951 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
22952 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
22953 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
22954 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
22955 defined by Org-mode).
22957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22959 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
22960 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
22962 \(fn)" nil nil)
22964 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
22965 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
22967 \(fn)" nil nil)
22969 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
22970 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
22971 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
22972 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
22973 call CMD.
22975 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
22977 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
22979 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
22982 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
22983 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
22984 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
22986 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
22987 part of Org's core.
22989 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
22990 active region.
22992 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22994 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
22995 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
22996 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
22998 \(fn)" t nil)
23000 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
23001 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
23002 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
23003 Org-mode syntax.
23005 \(fn)" t nil)
23007 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
23008 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
23010 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
23012 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
23013 Switch between Org buffers.
23014 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
23015 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
23017 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
23018 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
23020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23022 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
23024 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
23026 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
23027 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
23028 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
23029 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
23031 \(fn)" t nil)
23033 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
23034 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
23036 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
23038 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
23039 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
23040 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
23042 \(fn)" t nil)
23044 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
23045 Reload all org lisp files.
23046 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
23048 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
23050 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
23051 Call the customize function with org as argument.
23053 \(fn)" t nil)
23055 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org" '("org" "turn-on-org-cdlatex")))
23057 ;;;***
23058 \f
23059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (0 0 0 0))
23060 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
23062 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23063 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
23065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23067 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23068 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
23069 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
23070 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
23072 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
23073 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
23074 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
23075 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
23076 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
23077 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
23078 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
23079 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
23080 e Export views to associated files.
23081 s Search entries for keywords.
23082 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
23083 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
23084 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23085 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
23086 Press several times to get the desired effect.
23087 > Remove a previous restriction.
23090 C Configure custom agenda commands.
23092 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
23093 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
23094 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
23096 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
23097 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
23099 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
23100 \(if active).
23102 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
23104 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23105 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23106 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23107 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23108 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23109 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23110 before running the agenda command.
23112 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23114 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
23115 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23116 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23117 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23118 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23119 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23120 before running the agenda command.
23122 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
23123 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
23125 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
23127 category The category of the item
23128 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
23129 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
23130 todo selected in TODO match
23131 tagsmatch selected in tags match
23132 diary imported from diary
23133 deadline a deadline on given date
23134 scheduled scheduled on given date
23135 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
23136 closed entry was closed on given date
23137 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
23138 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
23139 block entry has date block including g. date
23140 todo The todo keyword, if any
23141 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
23142 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
23143 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
23144 extra Sting with extra planning info
23145 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
23146 priority-n The computed numerical priority
23147 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
23149 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23151 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23152 Store agenda views.
23154 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
23156 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23157 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
23159 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23161 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
23162 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
23163 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
23164 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
23166 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
23167 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
23168 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
23170 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
23171 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
23173 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
23174 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
23176 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
23178 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
23179 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
23181 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
23182 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
23183 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
23184 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
23185 EDIT-AT.
23187 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
23188 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
23189 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
23190 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
23191 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
23194 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
23195 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
23196 including newlines.
23198 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
23199 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
23200 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
23201 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
23202 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
23203 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
23204 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
23206 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
23208 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
23209 as a whole, to include whitespace.
23211 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
23212 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
23213 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
23214 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
23215 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
23216 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
23217 Boolean search must match as full words.
23219 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
23220 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23222 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
23224 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
23225 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
23226 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
23228 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
23229 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
23231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23233 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
23234 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
23235 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
23237 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
23239 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
23240 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
23241 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
23242 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
23243 `org-stuck-projects'.
23245 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23247 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
23248 Return diary information from org files.
23250 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
23251 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
23252 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
23253 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
23255 The call in the diary file should look like this:
23257 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
23259 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
23260 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
23262 &%%(org-diary)
23264 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
23265 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
23266 So the example above may also be written as
23268 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
23270 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
23271 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
23272 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
23274 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23276 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
23277 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
23279 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
23281 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
23282 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
23283 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
23284 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
23285 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
23287 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
23289 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23290 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
23291 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
23293 \(fn)" t nil)
23295 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
23296 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
23298 appointments.
23300 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
23301 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
23303 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
23304 for filtering entries out.
23306 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
23307 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
23308 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
23310 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
23311 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
23316 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
23319 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
23320 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
23321 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
23322 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
23323 details and examples.
23325 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
23326 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
23328 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23330 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-agenda" '("org-")))
23332 ;;;***
23333 \f
23334 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-archive"
23335 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" (22164 57535 151192 607000))
23336 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
23338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-archive" '("org-")))
23340 ;;;***
23341 \f
23342 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el"
23343 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 151192 607000))
23344 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
23346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-attach" '("org-attach-")))
23348 ;;;***
23349 \f
23350 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
23351 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 151192 607000))
23352 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
23354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bbdb" '("org-bbdb-")))
23356 ;;;***
23357 \f
23358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-bibtex" "org/org-bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
23359 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bibtex.el
23361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bibtex" '("org-")))
23363 ;;;***
23364 \f
23365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (0 0 0 0))
23366 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
23368 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
23369 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
23371 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
23373 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
23374 Capture something.
23376 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
23377 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
23378 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
23380 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
23383 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
23384 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
23385 stored.
23387 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
23389 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
23390 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
23391 will be bypassed.
23393 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
23394 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
23395 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
23396 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
23398 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
23400 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
23401 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
23403 \(fn)" t nil)
23405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-capture" '("org-")))
23407 ;;;***
23408 \f
23409 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
23410 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 764549 735000))
23411 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
23413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-clock" '("org-")))
23415 ;;;***
23416 \f
23417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23418 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
23420 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
23421 Remove all currently active column overlays.
23423 \(fn)" t nil)
23425 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
23428 \(fn)" nil nil)
23430 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
23431 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
23432 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
23434 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
23436 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
23437 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
23439 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
23441 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
23442 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
23444 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
23446 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
23447 Write the column view table.
23448 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
23450 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
23451 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
23452 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
23453 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
23454 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
23456 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
23457 using `org-id-find'.
23458 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
23459 a hline before each level <= that number.
23460 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
23461 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
23462 :skip-empty-rows
23463 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
23464 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
23466 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
23468 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
23469 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
23471 \(fn)" t nil)
23473 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
23474 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
23476 \(fn)" t nil)
23478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-colview" '("org-")))
23480 ;;;***
23481 \f
23482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
23483 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
23485 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
23486 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
23488 \(fn)" nil t)
23490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-compat" '("org-")))
23492 ;;;***
23493 \f
23494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-crypt" "org/org-crypt.el" (0 0 0 0))
23495 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-crypt.el
23497 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-crypt" '("org-")))
23499 ;;;***
23500 \f
23501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-ctags" "org/org-ctags.el" (0 0 0 0))
23502 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ctags.el
23504 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-ctags" '("org-ctags-" "y-or-n-minibuffer")))
23506 ;;;***
23507 \f
23508 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-datetree"
23509 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (22164 57535 155192 607000))
23510 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
23512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-datetree" '("org-datetree-")))
23514 ;;;***
23515 \f
23516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-docview" "org/org-docview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23517 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docview.el
23519 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-docview" '("org-docview-")))
23521 ;;;***
23522 \f
23523 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-element"
23524 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" (22189 60738 609741 19000))
23525 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-element.el
23527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-element" '("org-element-")))
23529 ;;;***
23530 \f
23531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-entities" "org/org-entities.el" (0 0 0
23532 ;;;;;; 0))
23533 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-entities.el
23535 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-entities" '("replace-amp" "org-entit")))
23537 ;;;***
23538 \f
23539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eshell" "org/org-eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
23540 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eshell.el
23542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eshell" '("org-eshell-")))
23544 ;;;***
23545 \f
23546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-faces" "org/org-faces.el" (0 0 0 0))
23547 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-faces.el
23549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-faces" '("org-")))
23551 ;;;***
23552 \f
23553 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el"
23554 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 780549 735000))
23555 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
23557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-feed" '("org-feed-")))
23559 ;;;***
23560 \f
23561 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-footnote"
23562 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (22164 57535 159192 607000))
23563 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
23565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-footnote" '("org-footnote-")))
23567 ;;;***
23568 \f
23569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-gnus" "org/org-gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
23570 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-gnus.el
23572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-gnus" '("org-gnus-")))
23574 ;;;***
23575 \f
23576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-habit" "org/org-habit.el" (0 0 0 0))
23577 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-habit.el
23579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-habit" '("org-")))
23581 ;;;***
23582 \f
23583 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
23584 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 159192 607000))
23585 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
23587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-id" '("org-id-")))
23589 ;;;***
23590 \f
23591 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
23592 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 159192 607000))
23593 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
23595 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-indent" '("org-")))
23597 ;;;***
23598 \f
23599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-info" "org/org-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
23600 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-info.el
23602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-info" '("org-info-")))
23604 ;;;***
23605 \f
23606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-inlinetask" "org/org-inlinetask.el" (0
23607 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
23608 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-inlinetask.el
23610 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-inlinetask" '("org-inlinetask-")))
23612 ;;;***
23613 \f
23614 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
23615 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 163192 607000))
23616 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
23618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-irc" '("org-irc-")))
23620 ;;;***
23621 \f
23622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-list" "org/org-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
23623 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-list.el
23625 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-list" '("org-")))
23627 ;;;***
23628 \f
23629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macro" "org/org-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
23630 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macro.el
23632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macro" '("org-macro-")))
23634 ;;;***
23635 \f
23636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
23637 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
23639 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
23640 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
23642 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
23644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macs" '("org-")))
23646 ;;;***
23647 \f
23648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mhe" "org/org-mhe.el" (0 0 0 0))
23649 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mhe.el
23651 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mhe" '("org-mhe-")))
23653 ;;;***
23654 \f
23655 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el"
23656 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 629741 19000))
23657 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
23659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mobile" '("org-mobile-")))
23661 ;;;***
23662 \f
23663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mouse" "org/org-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
23664 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mouse.el
23666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mouse" '("org-mouse-")))
23668 ;;;***
23669 \f
23670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-pcomplete" "org/org-pcomplete.el" (0 0
23671 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23672 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-pcomplete.el
23674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-pcomplete" '("org-" "pcomplete/org-mode/")))
23676 ;;;***
23677 \f
23678 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
23679 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 163192 607000))
23680 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
23682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-plot" '("org-plot")))
23684 ;;;***
23685 \f
23686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-protocol" "org/org-protocol.el" (0 0 0
23687 ;;;;;; 0))
23688 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-protocol.el
23690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-protocol" '("org-protocol-")))
23692 ;;;***
23693 \f
23694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-rmail" "org/org-rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
23695 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-rmail.el
23697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-rmail" '("org-rmail-")))
23699 ;;;***
23700 \f
23701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-src" "org/org-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
23702 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-src.el
23704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-src" '("org-")))
23706 ;;;***
23707 \f
23708 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
23709 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 167192 607000))
23710 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
23712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-table" '("org" "*orgtbl-")))
23714 ;;;***
23715 \f
23716 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
23717 ;;;;;; (22320 25516 956613 268000))
23718 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
23720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-timer" '("org-timer-")))
23722 ;;;***
23723 \f
23724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (0 0 0 0))
23725 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
23727 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
23728 The release version of org-mode.
23729 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23731 \(fn)" nil nil)
23733 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
23734 The Git version of org-mode.
23735 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23737 \(fn)" nil nil)
23739 ;;;***
23740 \f
23741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-w3m" "org/org-w3m.el" (0 0 0 0))
23742 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-w3m.el
23744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-w3m" '("org-w3m-")))
23746 ;;;***
23747 \f
23748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (0 0 0 0))
23749 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
23750 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23751 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23753 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
23754 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
23755 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
23756 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
23758 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
23759 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
23760 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
23761 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
23764 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
23765 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
23766 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
23767 are used when point is on a heading line.
23769 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
23770 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
23771 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
23773 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
23774 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
23776 \(fn)" t nil)
23778 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
23779 Toggle Outline minor mode.
23780 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
23781 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23782 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23784 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
23786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23787 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
23789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "outline" '("outline-")))
23791 ;;;***
23792 \f
23793 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox" "org/ox.el"
23794 ;;;;;; (22189 60739 13741 19000))
23795 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox.el
23797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox" '("org-export-")))
23799 ;;;***
23800 \f
23801 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-ascii" "org/ox-ascii.el"
23802 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 961741 19000))
23803 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-ascii.el
23805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-ascii" '("org-ascii-")))
23807 ;;;***
23808 \f
23809 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-beamer" "org/ox-beamer.el"
23810 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 195192 607000))
23811 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-beamer.el
23813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-beamer" '("org-beamer-")))
23815 ;;;***
23816 \f
23817 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-html" "org/ox-html.el"
23818 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 195192 607000))
23819 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-html.el
23821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-html" '("org-html-")))
23823 ;;;***
23824 \f
23825 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-icalendar"
23826 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" (22274 16187 224759 99000))
23827 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-icalendar.el
23829 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-icalendar" '("org-icalendar-")))
23831 ;;;***
23832 \f
23833 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-latex" "org/ox-latex.el"
23834 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 199192 607000))
23835 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-latex.el
23837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-latex" '("org-latex-")))
23839 ;;;***
23840 \f
23841 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-man" "org/ox-man.el"
23842 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 199192 607000))
23843 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-man.el
23845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-man" '("org-man-")))
23847 ;;;***
23848 \f
23849 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-md" "org/ox-md.el"
23850 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 199192 607000))
23851 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-md.el
23853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-md" '("org-md-")))
23855 ;;;***
23856 \f
23857 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-odt" "org/ox-odt.el"
23858 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 203192 607000))
23859 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-odt.el
23861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-odt" '("org-odt-")))
23863 ;;;***
23864 \f
23865 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-org" "org/ox-org.el"
23866 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 860549 735000))
23867 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-org.el
23869 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-org" '("org-org-")))
23871 ;;;***
23872 \f
23873 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-publish" "org/ox-publish.el"
23874 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 997741 19000))
23875 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-publish.el
23877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-publish" '("org-publish-")))
23879 ;;;***
23880 \f
23881 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-texinfo" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
23882 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 203192 607000))
23883 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-texinfo.el
23885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-texinfo" '("org-texinfo-")))
23887 ;;;***
23888 \f
23889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (0 0 0 0))
23890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
23891 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23893 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
23894 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
23895 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
23896 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
23900 activate the package system at any time.")
23902 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
23904 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
23905 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
23906 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
23907 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
23908 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
23909 it to the file.
23910 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
23911 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
23912 loading packages twice.
23913 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
23914 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
23915 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
23917 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
23919 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
23920 Import keys from FILE.
23922 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
23924 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
23925 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
23926 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
23927 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
23928 and make them available for download.
23929 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
23930 downloads in the background.
23932 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
23934 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
23935 Install the package PKG.
23936 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
23937 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
23939 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
23940 `package-selected-packages'.
23942 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
23943 to install it but still mark it as selected.
23945 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
23947 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
23948 Install a package from the current buffer.
23949 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
23950 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
23951 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
23953 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
23954 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
23955 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
23957 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
23959 \(fn)" t nil)
23961 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
23962 Install a package from a file.
23963 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
23964 directory.
23966 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23968 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
23969 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
23970 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
23972 \(fn)" t nil)
23974 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
23975 Reinstall package PKG.
23976 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
23977 object.
23979 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
23981 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
23982 Remove packages that are no more needed.
23984 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
23985 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
23986 will be deleted.
23988 \(fn)" t nil)
23990 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
23991 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
23993 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
23995 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
23996 Display a list of packages.
23997 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
23998 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
23999 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
24001 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
24003 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
24005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package" '("package-" "define-package" "describe-package-1" "bad-signature")))
24007 ;;;***
24008 \f
24009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package-x" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" (0 0
24010 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package-x.el
24013 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package-x" '("package-")))
24015 ;;;***
24016 \f
24017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "page-ext" "textmodes/page-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
24018 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/page-ext.el
24020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "page-ext" '("previous-page" "pages-" "sort-pages-" "original-page-delimiter" "add-new-page" "next-page" "ctl-x-ctl-p-map")))
24022 ;;;***
24023 \f
24024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (0 0 0 0))
24025 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
24027 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
24028 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
24029 See the `show-paren-mode' command
24030 for a description of this minor mode.
24031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24032 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24033 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
24035 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
24037 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
24038 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
24039 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
24040 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24041 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24043 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
24044 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
24045 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
24047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "paren" '("show-paren-")))
24051 ;;;***
24052 \f
24053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (0 0
24054 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24055 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
24056 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
24058 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
24059 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
24060 STRING should be on something resembling an RFC2822 string, a la
24062 somewhat liberal in what format it accepts, and will attempt to
24064 The values returned are identical to those of `decode-time', but
24065 any values that are unknown are returned as nil.
24067 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24069 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "parse-time" '("parse-")))
24071 ;;;***
24072 \f
24073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
24074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
24076 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
24078 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24080 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
24083 Other useful functions are:
24095 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
24097 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
24098 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
24099 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
24100 Indentation for case statements.
24101 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
24102 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
24103 mark after an end.
24104 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
24105 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
24106 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
24107 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
24108 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24109 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
24110 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
24111 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
24112 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
24113 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
24115 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
24116 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
24118 \(fn)" t nil)
24120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pascal" '("pascal-" "electric-pascal-")))
24122 ;;;***
24123 \f
24124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (0 0 0
24125 ;;;;;; 0))
24126 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
24128 (defvar password-cache t "\
24129 Whether to cache passwords.")
24131 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
24133 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
24134 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
24135 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
24137 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
24139 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
24140 Check if KEY is in the cache.
24142 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
24144 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "password-cache" '("password-")))
24146 ;;;***
24147 \f
24148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (0 0 0 0))
24149 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
24151 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
24152 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
24153 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
24155 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
24157 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
24158 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
24160 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
24161 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
24162 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
24164 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
24166 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
24167 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
24168 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
24169 quoted.)
24171 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
24172 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
24173 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
24174 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
24176 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
24178 _ matches anything.
24179 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
24180 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
24181 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
24182 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
24183 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
24186 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
24187 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
24188 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
24189 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
24190 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
24192 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
24194 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
24195 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
24196 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
24197 which is the value being matched.
24198 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
24199 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
24201 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
24202 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
24204 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24206 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24208 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
24209 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
24211 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24213 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24215 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
24216 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
24217 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
24218 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
24219 variable name being but a special case of it).
24221 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
24223 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
24225 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
24227 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
24228 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24229 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24230 of the form (PAT EXP).
24232 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24234 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24236 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
24237 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24238 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24239 of the form (PAT EXP).
24240 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
24241 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
24242 any kind of error.
24244 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24246 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24248 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
24251 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
24253 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24255 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
24256 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
24257 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
24258 to this macro.
24260 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24262 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
24264 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
24266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcase" '("pcase-")))
24268 ;;;***
24269 \f
24270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24271 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
24273 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
24274 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
24276 \(fn)" nil nil)
24278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-cvs" '("pcmpl-cvs-")))
24280 ;;;***
24281 \f
24282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (0 0 0 0))
24283 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
24285 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24286 Completion for `gzip'.
24288 \(fn)" nil nil)
24290 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24291 Completion for `bzip2'.
24293 \(fn)" nil nil)
24295 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24296 Completion for GNU `make'.
24298 \(fn)" nil nil)
24300 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24301 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
24303 \(fn)" nil nil)
24305 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24306 Completion for the GNU find utility.
24308 \(fn)" nil nil)
24310 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
24312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-gnu" '("pcmpl-gnu-")))
24314 ;;;***
24315 \f
24316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (0 0 0 0))
24317 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
24319 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
24320 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
24322 \(fn)" nil nil)
24324 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24325 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
24327 \(fn)" nil nil)
24329 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24330 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
24332 \(fn)" nil nil)
24334 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-linux" '("pcomplete-pare-list" "pcmpl-linux-")))
24336 ;;;***
24337 \f
24338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (0 0 0 0))
24339 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
24341 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
24342 Completion for the `rpm' command.
24344 \(fn)" nil nil)
24346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-rpm" '("pcmpl-rpm-")))
24348 ;;;***
24349 \f
24350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (0 0 0 0))
24351 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
24353 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
24354 Completion for `cd'.
24356 \(fn)" nil nil)
24358 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
24360 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
24361 Completion for `rmdir'.
24363 \(fn)" nil nil)
24365 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
24366 Completion for `rm'.
24368 \(fn)" nil nil)
24370 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
24371 Completion for `xargs'.
24373 \(fn)" nil nil)
24375 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
24377 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
24378 Completion for `which'.
24380 \(fn)" nil nil)
24382 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
24383 Completion for the `chown' command.
24385 \(fn)" nil nil)
24387 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24388 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
24390 \(fn)" nil nil)
24392 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
24393 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
24395 \(fn)" nil nil)
24397 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24398 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
24399 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
24401 \(fn)" nil nil)
24403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-unix" '("pcmpl-")))
24405 ;;;***
24406 \f
24407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
24408 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
24410 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
24411 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
24413 \(fn)" nil nil)
24415 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
24416 Completion for the `ack' command.
24417 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
24418 long options.
24420 \(fn)" nil nil)
24422 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
24424 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
24425 Completion for the `ag' command.
24427 \(fn)" nil nil)
24429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-x" '("pcmpl-x-")))
24431 ;;;***
24432 \f
24433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
24434 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
24436 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
24437 Support extensible programmable completion.
24438 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
24439 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
24441 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
24443 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
24444 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
24446 \(fn)" t nil)
24448 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
24449 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24450 This will modify the current buffer.
24452 \(fn)" t nil)
24454 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
24455 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
24457 \(fn)" t nil)
24459 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
24460 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24461 This will modify the current buffer.
24463 \(fn)" t nil)
24465 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
24466 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
24468 \(fn)" t nil)
24470 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
24471 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
24473 \(fn)" t nil)
24475 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
24476 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
24477 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
24478 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
24479 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
24481 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
24483 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
24484 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
24486 \(fn)" nil nil)
24488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcomplete" '("pcomplete-")))
24490 ;;;***
24491 \f
24492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24493 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
24495 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
24496 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
24497 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
24498 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24500 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
24502 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
24504 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
24505 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
24506 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
24508 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24509 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24510 FLAGS is ignored.
24512 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
24514 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
24515 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
24516 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
24517 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24518 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24520 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24521 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24523 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24525 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
24526 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24527 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24530 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24531 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
24532 passed to cvs.
24534 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
24536 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
24537 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24538 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24539 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24541 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24542 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24544 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24546 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
24547 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
24548 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
24550 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
24552 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
24553 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
24554 A value of nil means never do it.
24555 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
24556 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
24557 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
24559 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
24561 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
24562 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
24563 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
24565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs" '("cvs-" "defun-cvs-mode")))
24567 ;;;***
24568 \f
24569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24570 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
24572 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
24573 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
24575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-defs" '("cvs-")))
24577 ;;;***
24578 \f
24579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-info" "vc/pcvs-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
24580 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-info.el
24582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-info" '("cvs-")))
24584 ;;;***
24585 \f
24586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-parse" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
24587 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-parse.el
24589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-parse" '("cvs-")))
24591 ;;;***
24592 \f
24593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-util" "vc/pcvs-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
24594 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-util.el
24596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-util" '("cvs-")))
24598 ;;;***
24599 \f
24600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (0 0 0
24601 ;;;;;; 0))
24602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
24603 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24604 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24605 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24606 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24607 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24608 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24610 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
24611 Major mode for editing Perl code.
24612 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
24613 Tab indents for Perl code.
24615 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
24616 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24618 Variables controlling indentation style:
24619 `perl-tab-always-indent'
24620 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
24621 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24622 `perl-tab-to-comment'
24623 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
24624 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
24625 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
24626 `perl-nochange'
24627 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
24628 `perl-indent-level'
24629 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
24630 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
24631 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
24632 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
24633 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
24634 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
24635 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
24636 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
24637 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
24638 `perl-brace-offset'
24639 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
24640 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
24641 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
24642 this far to the right of the start of its line.
24643 `perl-label-offset'
24644 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
24645 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
24646 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
24648 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
24649 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
24650 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
24651 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
24652 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
24653 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
24654 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
24656 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
24658 \(fn)" t nil)
24660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "perl-mode" '("perl-" "mark-perl-function" "indent-perl-exp")))
24662 ;;;***
24663 \f
24664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (0 0 0 0))
24665 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
24667 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
24668 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
24670 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
24671 afterwards settable by these commands:
24688 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
24689 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
24690 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
24691 with these commands:
24695 Move to column following last
24703 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
24705 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
24709 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
24712 You can manipulate text with these commands:
24717 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
24720 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
24730 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
24731 by supplying an argument.
24733 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
24735 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
24736 they are not by default assigned to keys.
24738 \(fn)" t nil)
24740 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
24742 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "picture" '("picture-")))
24744 ;;;***
24745 \f
24746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (0 0 0 0))
24747 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
24748 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
24750 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
24751 Start a Pinentry service.
24753 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
24754 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
24756 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
24757 will not be shown.
24759 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
24761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pinentry" '("pinentry-")))
24763 ;;;***
24764 \f
24765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" (0 0 0 0))
24766 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
24768 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
24769 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
24771 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
24773 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
24774 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
24776 \(fn)" t nil)
24778 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "plstore" '("plstore-")))
24780 ;;;***
24781 \f
24782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (0 0 0 0))
24783 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
24785 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
24786 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
24787 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
24789 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
24791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "po" '("po-")))
24793 ;;;***
24794 \f
24795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (0 0 0 0))
24796 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
24798 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
24799 Play pong and waste time.
24800 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
24801 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
24807 \(fn)" t nil)
24809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pong" '("pong-")))
24811 ;;;***
24812 \f
24813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" (0 0 0 0))
24814 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
24816 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
24817 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
24818 Use streaming commands.
24820 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
24822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pop3" '("pop3-")))
24824 ;;;***
24825 \f
24826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (0 0 0 0))
24827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
24829 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
24830 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
24831 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
24832 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
24834 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
24836 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
24837 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
24839 \(fn)" nil nil)
24841 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
24842 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
24843 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
24844 can handle, whenever this is possible.
24845 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
24847 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
24849 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
24850 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
24851 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
24853 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
24855 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
24856 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
24858 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
24860 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
24861 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
24862 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
24863 Ignores leading comment characters.
24865 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24867 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
24868 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
24869 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
24870 Ignores leading comment characters.
24872 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pp" '("pp-")))
24876 ;;;***
24877 \f
24878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (0 0 0 0))
24879 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
24880 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24882 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
24883 Activate the printing interface buffer.
24885 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
24889 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24891 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
24892 Preview directory using ghostview.
24894 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24895 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24896 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24897 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24899 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24900 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24901 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24902 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24903 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24904 file name.
24906 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24908 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24910 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
24911 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
24913 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24914 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24915 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24916 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24918 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24919 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24920 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24921 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24922 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24923 file name.
24925 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24927 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24929 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
24930 Print directory using PostScript printer.
24932 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24933 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24934 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24935 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24937 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24938 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24939 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24940 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24941 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24942 file name.
24944 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24946 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24948 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
24949 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
24951 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
24953 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24954 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24955 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24956 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24958 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24959 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24960 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24961 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24962 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24963 file name.
24965 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24967 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24969 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
24970 Preview buffer using ghostview.
24972 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
24973 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
24974 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24976 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
24977 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
24978 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
24979 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
24981 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24983 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
24984 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
24986 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
24987 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
24988 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
24990 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
24991 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
24992 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
24993 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
24995 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24997 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
24998 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
25000 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25001 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25002 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25004 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25005 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25006 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25007 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25009 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25011 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
25012 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25014 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25016 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25017 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25018 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25020 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25021 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25022 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25023 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25025 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25027 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
25028 Preview region using ghostview.
25030 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25032 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25034 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25035 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
25037 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25039 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25041 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
25042 Print region using PostScript printer.
25044 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25046 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25048 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
25049 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25051 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25053 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25055 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
25056 Preview major mode using ghostview.
25058 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25060 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25062 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25063 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
25065 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25067 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25069 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
25070 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
25072 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25074 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25076 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
25077 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
25079 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25081 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25083 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
25084 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
25085 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25086 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25088 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25089 matching.
25091 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25092 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25094 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25096 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25098 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
25099 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
25100 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25101 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25103 \(fn)" t nil)
25105 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
25106 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
25107 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25108 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25110 \(fn)" t nil)
25112 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
25113 Print directory using text printer.
25115 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25116 matching.
25118 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25119 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25121 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25123 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25125 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
25126 Print buffer using text printer.
25128 \(fn)" t nil)
25130 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
25131 Print region using text printer.
25133 \(fn)" t nil)
25135 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
25136 Print major mode using text printer.
25138 \(fn)" t nil)
25140 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
25141 Preview spooled PostScript.
25143 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25144 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25145 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25147 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25148 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25149 PostScript image in a file with that name.
25151 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25153 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25154 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
25156 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25157 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25158 instead of sending it to the printer.
25160 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25161 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25162 image in a file with that name.
25164 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25166 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
25167 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25169 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25170 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25171 instead of sending it to the printer.
25173 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25174 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25175 image in a file with that name.
25177 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25179 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
25180 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25182 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25183 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25184 instead of sending it to the printer.
25186 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25187 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25188 image in a file with that name.
25190 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25192 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
25193 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25195 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25197 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
25198 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25200 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25202 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25203 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
25205 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25207 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
25208 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
25210 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25212 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
25213 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25215 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25217 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
25218 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
25220 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
25221 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25222 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
25223 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25225 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25226 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
25227 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
25228 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
25229 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
25230 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
25231 file name.
25233 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25235 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
25236 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
25238 \(fn)" t nil)
25240 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
25241 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
25243 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25244 right.
25245 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25246 bottom.
25248 \(fn)" t nil)
25250 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
25251 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
25253 \(fn)" t nil)
25255 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
25256 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
25258 \(fn)" t nil)
25260 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
25261 Toggle printing with faces.
25263 \(fn)" t nil)
25265 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
25266 Toggle spooling.
25268 \(fn)" t nil)
25270 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
25271 Toggle duplex.
25273 \(fn)" t nil)
25275 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
25276 Toggle tumble.
25278 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25279 right.
25280 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25281 bottom.
25283 \(fn)" t nil)
25285 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
25286 Toggle landscape.
25288 \(fn)" t nil)
25290 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
25291 Toggle upside-down.
25293 \(fn)" t nil)
25295 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
25296 Toggle line number.
25298 \(fn)" t nil)
25300 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
25301 Toggle zebra stripes.
25303 \(fn)" t nil)
25305 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
25306 Toggle printing header.
25308 \(fn)" t nil)
25310 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
25311 Toggle printing header frame.
25313 \(fn)" t nil)
25315 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
25316 Toggle menu lock.
25318 \(fn)" t nil)
25320 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
25321 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
25323 \(fn)" t nil)
25325 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
25326 Toggle auto mode.
25328 \(fn)" t nil)
25330 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
25331 Customization of the `printing' group.
25333 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25335 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
25336 Customization of the `lpr' group.
25338 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25340 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
25341 Help for the printing package.
25343 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25345 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
25346 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
25348 \(fn)" t nil)
25350 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
25351 Interactively select a text printer.
25353 \(fn)" t nil)
25355 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
25356 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
25358 \(fn)" t nil)
25360 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
25361 Show current ps-print settings.
25363 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25365 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
25366 Show current printing settings.
25368 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25370 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
25371 Show current lpr settings.
25373 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25375 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
25376 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
25378 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25379 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25380 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25381 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
25384 Interactively, you have the following situations:
25386 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25387 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
25388 immediately be done using the current active printer.
25390 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25391 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25392 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
25393 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
25394 current active printer.
25396 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25397 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
25398 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25399 printer.
25401 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25402 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
25403 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
25404 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
25405 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25408 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
25409 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
25411 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
25413 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
25414 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
25415 be done using the new current active printer.
25417 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
25418 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25419 printer.
25421 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
25422 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
25423 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
25424 instead of sending it to the printer.
25426 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
25427 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25428 printer.
25430 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
25433 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25434 are both set to t.
25436 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
25438 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
25439 Fast fire function for text printing.
25441 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25442 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25443 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25444 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
25446 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25447 user for a new active text printer.
25449 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
25451 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
25453 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
25454 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25455 printer.
25457 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
25459 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25460 are both set to t.
25462 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
25464 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "printing" '("pr-" "lpr-setup")))
25466 ;;;***
25467 \f
25468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (0 0 0 0))
25469 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
25471 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
25472 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
25474 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
25475 the process information.
25477 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
25479 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
25480 Proced buffers.
25482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25484 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "proced" '("proced-")))
25486 ;;;***
25487 \f
25488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (0 0 0 0))
25489 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
25491 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
25492 Start/restart profilers.
25493 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
25494 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
25495 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
25497 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
25499 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
25500 Open profile FILENAME.
25502 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25504 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
25505 Open profile FILENAME.
25507 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25509 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
25510 Open profile FILENAME.
25512 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "profiler" '("profiler-")))
25516 ;;;***
25517 \f
25518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (0 0 0 0))
25519 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
25521 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
25522 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
25523 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
25524 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
25525 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
25526 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
25528 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
25530 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
25531 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
25533 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
25535 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25537 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
25538 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
25540 pattern to search for.
25542 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25544 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
25545 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
25546 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25547 recognized.
25549 \(fn)" t nil)
25551 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
25552 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
25553 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25554 recognized.
25556 \(fn)" t nil)
25558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "project" '("project-")))
25560 ;;;***
25561 \f
25562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (0 0 0 0))
25563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
25565 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
25566 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
25568 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
25569 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
25571 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
25573 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
25576 Commands:
25579 \(fn)" t nil)
25581 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
25582 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
25583 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
25585 \(fn)" t nil)
25587 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
25588 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
25589 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
25591 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25593 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "prolog" '("prolog-" "mercury-mode-map")))
25595 ;;;***
25596 \f
25597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (0 0 0 0))
25598 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
25600 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
25601 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
25604 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
25606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-bdf" '("bdf-")))
25608 ;;;***
25609 \f
25610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
25611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
25612 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
25614 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
25615 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
25617 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
25619 The following variables hold user options, and can
25620 be set through the `customize' command:
25622 `ps-mode-tab'
25623 `ps-mode-paper-size'
25624 `ps-mode-print-function'
25625 `ps-run-prompt'
25626 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
25627 `ps-run-x'
25628 `ps-run-dumb'
25629 `ps-run-init'
25630 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
25631 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
25640 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
25641 The keymap for this second window is:
25646 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
25647 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
25648 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
25649 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
25650 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
25652 \(fn)" t nil)
25654 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mode" '("ps-")))
25656 ;;;***
25657 \f
25658 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el"
25659 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 655192 607000))
25660 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
25662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mule" '("ps-mule-")))
25664 ;;;***
25665 \f
25666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
25667 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
25668 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25670 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
25671 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
25672 See `ps-paper-type'.")
25674 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
25676 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
25677 Specify the size of paper to format for.
25678 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
25679 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
25681 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
25683 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
25684 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
25686 Valid values are:
25688 nil Do not print colors.
25690 t Print colors.
25692 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
25693 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
25695 Any other value is treated as t.")
25697 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
25699 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
25700 Customization of ps-print group.
25702 \(fn)" t nil)
25704 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
25705 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25707 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25708 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
25709 sending it to the printer.
25711 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25712 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25713 image in a file with that name.
25715 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25717 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25718 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25719 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25720 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25721 so it has a way to determine color values.
25723 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25725 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
25726 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25727 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
25729 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25731 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25732 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25733 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25734 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25735 so it has a way to determine color values.
25737 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25739 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
25740 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25741 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
25742 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
25744 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25746 \(fn)" t nil)
25748 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25749 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25750 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
25751 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
25752 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
25754 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25756 \(fn)" t nil)
25758 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
25759 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25760 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
25762 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25764 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25766 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25767 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25768 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25769 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25770 so it has a way to determine color values.
25772 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25774 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25776 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
25777 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25779 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25780 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25781 instead of sending it to the printer.
25783 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25784 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25785 image in a file with that name.
25787 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25789 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
25790 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
25791 Done using the current ps-print setup.
25795 \(fn)" t nil)
25797 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
25798 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
25799 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
25801 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
25803 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
25804 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
25805 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
25807 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
25809 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
25810 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
25812 \(fn)" nil nil)
25814 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
25815 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
25817 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
25818 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
25820 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
25821 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
25823 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
25825 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
25827 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
25829 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
25830 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
25832 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
25833 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
25835 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
25836 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
25838 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
25840 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
25842 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
25844 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
25845 foreground and background colors respectively.
25847 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
25848 bold - use bold font.
25849 italic - use italic font.
25850 underline - put a line under text.
25851 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
25852 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
25853 shadow - text will have a shadow.
25854 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
25855 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
25857 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
25859 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
25861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-print" '("ps-")))
25863 ;;;***
25864 \f
25865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-samp" "ps-samp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25866 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-samp.el
25868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-samp" '("ps-")))
25870 ;;;***
25871 \f
25872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (0 0 0 0))
25873 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
25874 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
25876 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
25877 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
25878 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
25880 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
25882 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
25883 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
25884 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
25886 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
25888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pulse" '("pulse-")))
25890 ;;;***
25891 \f
25892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "puny" "net/puny.el" (0 0 0 0))
25893 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/puny.el
25895 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "puny" '("puny-")))
25897 ;;;***
25898 \f
25899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
25900 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
25901 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25905 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
25907 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
25908 Run an inferior Python process.
25910 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
25911 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
25912 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
25913 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
25914 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
25916 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
25917 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
25918 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
25919 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
25921 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
25923 process buffer for a list of commands.)
25925 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
25927 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
25928 Major mode for editing Python files.
25932 \(fn)" t nil)
25934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "python" '("python-" "run-python-internal" "inferior-python-mode")))
25936 ;;;***
25937 \f
25938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
25941 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
25942 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
25943 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
25944 coding-system.
25946 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
25949 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
25950 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
25951 them into characters should be done separately.
25953 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
25955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "qp" '("quoted-printable-")))
25957 ;;;***
25958 \f
25959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (0 0 0 0))
25960 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
25962 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
25963 Return the title of the current Quail package.
25965 \(fn)" nil nil)
25967 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
25968 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
25969 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
25971 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
25972 `quail-activate', which see.
25974 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
25976 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
25977 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
25978 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
25979 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
25980 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
25981 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
25982 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
25984 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
25985 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
25986 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
25987 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
25988 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
25989 shown.
25990 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
25992 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
25993 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
25996 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
25997 list of candidates.
25999 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
26000 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
26001 command to be called.
26003 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
26004 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
26005 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
26006 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
26008 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
26009 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
26010 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
26011 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
26012 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
26013 to t.
26015 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
26016 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
26017 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
26018 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
26020 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
26021 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
26022 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
26023 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
26024 defines no translations for single character keys.
26026 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
26027 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
26028 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
26029 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
26030 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
26031 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
26033 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
26034 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
26037 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
26040 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
26041 covers Quail translation region.
26043 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
26044 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
26045 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
26046 for it) is inserted.
26048 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
26049 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
26050 vs. corresponding command to be called.
26052 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
26053 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
26054 non-Quail commands.
26056 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
26058 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26059 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
26061 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
26062 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
26063 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
26064 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
26065 you type is correctly handled.
26067 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
26069 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26070 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
26072 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
26073 keyboard type.
26075 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
26077 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
26078 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
26079 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
26080 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26081 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
26082 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26083 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26084 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26085 for the translation.
26086 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26088 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26089 it is used to handle KEY.
26091 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
26092 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
26093 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
26094 the following annotation types are supported.
26096 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
26097 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
26099 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
26100 candidate list.
26102 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
26103 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
26104 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
26105 inserted.
26107 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
26108 generated for the following translations.
26110 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
26112 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
26113 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26115 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26116 which to install MAP.
26118 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
26120 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26122 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
26123 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
26125 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26126 which to install MAP.
26128 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
26130 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26132 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
26133 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
26134 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26135 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
26136 a function, or a cons.
26137 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26138 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26139 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26140 for the translation.
26141 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
26142 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
26143 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
26144 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
26145 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26147 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26148 it is used to handle KEY.
26150 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
26151 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
26152 current Quail package.
26154 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
26155 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26157 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
26159 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
26160 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
26162 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
26163 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26165 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
26167 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
26168 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
26170 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
26172 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
26173 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
26174 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
26175 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
26176 of the Emacs source tree.
26178 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
26181 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
26182 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
26183 of each directory.
26185 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
26187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail" '("quail-")))
26189 ;;;***
26190 \f
26191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ethiopic" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" (0
26192 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26193 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ethiopic.el
26195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ethiopic" '("ethio-select-a-translation")))
26197 ;;;***
26198 \f
26199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (0 0
26200 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26201 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
26203 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
26204 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
26205 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
26206 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
26208 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26210 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/hangul" '("hangul" "alphabetp" "notzerop")))
26212 ;;;***
26213 \f
26214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/indian" "leim/quail/indian.el" (0 0
26215 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26216 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/indian.el
26218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/indian" '("inscript-" "quail-")))
26220 ;;;***
26221 \f
26222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ipa" "leim/quail/ipa.el" (0 0 0 0))
26223 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ipa.el
26225 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ipa" '("ipa-x-sampa-")))
26227 ;;;***
26228 \f
26229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/japanese" "leim/quail/japanese.el" (0
26230 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26231 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/japanese.el
26233 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/japanese" '("quail-japanese-")))
26235 ;;;***
26236 \f
26237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lao" "leim/quail/lao.el" (0 0 0 0))
26238 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lao.el
26240 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lao" '("lao-" "quail-lao-update-translation")))
26242 ;;;***
26243 \f
26244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lrt" "leim/quail/lrt.el" (0 0 0 0))
26245 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lrt.el
26247 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lrt" '("quail-lrt-update-translation")))
26249 ;;;***
26250 \f
26251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/sisheng" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" (0
26252 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26253 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/sisheng.el
26255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/sisheng" '("quail-make-sisheng-rules" "sisheng-")))
26257 ;;;***
26258 \f
26259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/thai" "leim/quail/thai.el" (0 0 0 0))
26260 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/thai.el
26262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/thai" '("thai-generate-quail-map")))
26264 ;;;***
26265 \f
26266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/tibetan" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" (0
26267 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26268 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/tibetan.el
26270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/tibetan" '("quail-tib" "tibetan-")))
26272 ;;;***
26273 \f
26274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
26275 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26276 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
26278 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
26279 Activate UCS input method.
26280 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
26282 While this input method is active, the variable
26283 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
26285 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
26287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/uni-input" '("ucs-input-")))
26289 ;;;***
26290 \f
26291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/viqr" "leim/quail/viqr.el" (0 0 0 0))
26292 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/viqr.el
26294 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/viqr" '("viet-quail-define-rules")))
26296 ;;;***
26297 \f
26298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (0 0 0 0))
26299 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
26301 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
26302 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
26303 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
26304 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
26306 To make use of this do something like:
26308 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
26310 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
26312 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
26313 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
26315 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
26316 buffer, this default action can be modified via
26317 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26319 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26321 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
26322 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
26324 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26326 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
26327 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
26329 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
26330 is decided.
26332 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
26334 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
26335 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
26337 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
26338 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
26339 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26341 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26343 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
26344 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
26346 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26348 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
26349 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
26351 \(fn)" t nil)
26353 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
26354 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
26356 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
26360 \(fn)" t nil)
26362 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
26363 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
26365 \(fn)" t nil)
26367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quickurl" '("quickurl-")))
26369 ;;;***
26370 \f
26371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "radix-tree" "emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el" (0
26372 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26373 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el
26375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "radix-tree" '("radix-tree-")))
26377 ;;;***
26378 \f
26379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (0 0 0 0))
26380 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
26382 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
26383 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
26385 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
26387 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
26389 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26391 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
26393 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
26396 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
26398 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
26399 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
26400 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
26401 for a description of this minor mode.
26402 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26403 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26404 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
26406 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
26408 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
26409 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
26410 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26411 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26412 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26416 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rcirc" '("rcirc-" "defun-rcirc-command" "set-rcirc-" "with-rcirc-")))
26418 ;;;***
26419 \f
26420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (0
26421 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26422 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
26424 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
26426 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
26427 Construct a regexp interactively.
26430 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
26433 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
26435 \(fn)" t nil)
26437 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "re-builder" '("reb-" "re-builder-unload-function")))
26439 ;;;***
26440 \f
26441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26442 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
26444 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
26445 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
26446 See the `recentf-mode' command
26447 for a description of this minor mode.
26448 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26449 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26450 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
26452 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
26454 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
26456 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
26457 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26458 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26462 were operated on recently.
26464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "recentf" '("recentf-")))
26468 ;;;***
26469 \f
26470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
26471 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
26473 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
26474 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
26475 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
26476 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
26477 ends.
26479 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26480 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
26481 to be deleted.
26483 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26485 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26486 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26487 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26489 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26490 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26491 deleted.
26493 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
26495 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26496 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26497 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26499 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
26501 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
26502 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26504 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26505 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
26507 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26508 deleted.
26510 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
26511 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
26512 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
26513 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
26514 even beep.)
26516 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26518 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
26519 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26521 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26523 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
26524 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
26526 \(fn)" t nil)
26528 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26529 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
26530 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
26531 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
26532 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
26533 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
26534 and point is at the lower right corner.
26536 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
26538 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
26539 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26541 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
26542 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
26544 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26545 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
26546 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
26548 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26550 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
26552 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
26553 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
26554 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
26555 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
26556 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
26558 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26559 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
26561 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26563 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
26564 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
26565 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
26567 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
26569 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26571 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
26573 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26574 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26576 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26577 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
26578 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
26580 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26582 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
26583 Blank out the region-rectangle.
26584 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
26586 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26587 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
26588 rectangle which were empty.
26590 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26592 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
26593 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
26595 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
26596 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
26597 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
26598 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
26600 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
26602 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
26603 Toggle the region as rectangular.
26604 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
26606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rect" '("rectangle-" "clear-rectangle-line" "spaces-string" "string-rectangle-" "delete-" "ope" "killed-rectangle" "extract-rectangle-" "apply-on-rectangle")))
26610 ;;;***
26611 \f
26612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refbib" "textmodes/refbib.el" (0 0 0 0))
26613 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refbib.el
26615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refbib" '("r2b-")))
26617 ;;;***
26618 \f
26619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refer" "textmodes/refer.el" (0 0 0 0))
26620 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refer.el
26622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refer" '("refer-")))
26624 ;;;***
26625 \f
26626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (0 0 0 0))
26627 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
26629 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
26630 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
26631 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
26632 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26633 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26635 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
26636 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
26637 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
26638 auto-filling.
26642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refill" '("refill-")))
26646 ;;;***
26647 \f
26648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (0 0 0 0))
26649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
26650 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
26651 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
26652 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
26653 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
26655 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
26656 Turn on RefTeX mode.
26658 \(fn)" nil nil)
26660 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
26667 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
26668 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
26672 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
26675 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
26676 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
26679 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
26680 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
26682 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
26686 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
26687 on the menu bar.
26689 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26693 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
26694 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
26695 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
26697 \(fn)" nil nil)
26699 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex" '("reftex-")))
26701 ;;;***
26702 \f
26703 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-auc" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
26704 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26705 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-auc.el
26707 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-auc" '("reftex-")))
26709 ;;;***
26710 \f
26711 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-cite"
26712 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26713 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
26715 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-cite" '("reftex-")))
26717 ;;;***
26718 \f
26719 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-dcr" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
26720 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26721 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-dcr.el
26723 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-dcr" '("reftex-")))
26725 ;;;***
26726 \f
26727 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-global"
26728 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26729 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
26731 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-global" '("reftex-")))
26733 ;;;***
26734 \f
26735 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-index"
26736 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
26739 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-index" '("reftex-")))
26741 ;;;***
26742 \f
26743 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-parse"
26744 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26745 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
26747 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-parse" '("reftex-")))
26749 ;;;***
26750 \f
26751 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-ref" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
26752 ;;;;;; (22189 60739 277741 19000))
26753 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-ref.el
26755 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-ref" '("reftex-")))
26757 ;;;***
26758 \f
26759 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-sel" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
26760 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 815192 607000))
26761 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-sel.el
26763 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-sel" '("reftex-")))
26765 ;;;***
26766 \f
26767 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-toc" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
26768 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 815192 607000))
26769 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-toc.el
26771 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-toc" '("reftex-")))
26773 ;;;***
26774 \f
26775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (0
26776 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26777 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
26778 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26779 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26780 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26781 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
26783 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-vars" '("reftex-")))
26785 ;;;***
26786 \f
26787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (0
26788 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26789 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
26791 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
26792 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
26793 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
26794 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
26795 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
26796 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
26801 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
26803 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
26806 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
26808 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
26809 Return the depth of REGEXP.
26810 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
26811 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
26813 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
26815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regexp-opt" '("regexp-opt-")))
26817 ;;;***
26818 \f
26819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (0 0 0 0))
26820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
26821 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
26823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regi" '("regi-")))
26825 ;;;***
26826 \f
26827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "registry" "registry.el" (0 0 0 0))
26828 ;;; Generated autoloads from registry.el
26830 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "registry" '("registry-")))
26832 ;;;***
26833 \f
26834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (0 0 0 0))
26835 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
26836 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
26838 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
26839 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
26840 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
26841 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
26843 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
26845 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
26847 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
26848 Call `remember' in another frame.
26850 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
26852 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
26853 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
26854 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
26856 \(fn)" t nil)
26858 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
26859 Extract diary entries from the region.
26861 \(fn)" nil nil)
26863 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
26864 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
26865 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
26866 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
26868 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
26870 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
26871 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
26872 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
26873 minor mode.
26875 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
26877 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
26878 Return the buffer.
26880 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
26882 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
26884 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
26886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "remember" '("remember-")))
26888 ;;;***
26889 \f
26890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (0 0 0 0))
26891 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
26892 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
26894 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
26895 Repeat most recently executed command.
26896 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
26897 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
26898 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
26900 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
26901 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
26902 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
26903 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
26905 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
26909 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
26911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "repeat" '("repeat-")))
26913 ;;;***
26914 \f
26915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (0 0 0 0))
26916 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
26918 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
26919 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
26921 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
26922 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
26923 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
26924 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
26925 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
26926 and point is left after the salutation.
26928 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
26929 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
26930 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
26931 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
26932 left after that text.
26934 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
26935 is non-nil.
26937 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
26938 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
26939 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
26940 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
26942 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
26944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reporter" '("reporter-")))
26946 ;;;***
26947 \f
26948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (0 0 0 0))
26949 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
26951 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
26952 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
26953 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
26954 visibility of comments that precede it.
26955 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
26956 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
26957 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
26958 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
26959 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
26960 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
26961 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
26962 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
26963 the comment lines.
26964 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
26965 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
26966 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
26967 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
26968 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
26970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26972 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reposition" '("repos-count-screen-lines")))
26974 ;;;***
26975 \f
26976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (0 0 0 0))
26977 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
26979 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
26980 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
26981 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
26982 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26983 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26985 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
26986 reveals invisible text around point.
26988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26990 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
26991 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
26992 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
26993 for a description of this minor mode.
26994 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26995 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26996 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
26998 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
27000 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27001 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
27002 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
27004 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
27005 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27006 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reveal" '("reveal-")))
27012 ;;;***
27013 \f
27014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc1843" "international/rfc1843.el" (0 0 0
27015 ;;;;;; 0))
27016 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/rfc1843.el
27018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
27020 ;;;***
27021 \f
27022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2045" "mail/rfc2045.el" (0 0 0 0))
27023 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2045.el
27025 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2045" '("rfc2045-encode-string")))
27027 ;;;***
27028 \f
27029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2047" "mail/rfc2047.el" (0 0 0 0))
27030 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2047.el
27032 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2047" '("rfc2047-")))
27034 ;;;***
27035 \f
27036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2104" "net/rfc2104.el" (0 0 0 0))
27037 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rfc2104.el
27039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2104" '("rfc2104-")))
27041 ;;;***
27042 \f
27043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2231" "mail/rfc2231.el" (0 0 0 0))
27044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2231.el
27046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2231" '("rfc2231-")))
27048 ;;;***
27049 \f
27050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2368" "mail/rfc2368.el" (0 0 0 0))
27051 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2368.el
27053 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2368" '("rfc2368-")))
27055 ;;;***
27056 \f
27057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc822" "mail/rfc822.el" (0 0 0 0))
27058 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc822.el
27060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc822" '("rfc822-")))
27062 ;;;***
27063 \f
27064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
27065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
27067 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
27068 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
27070 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27072 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
27073 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
27075 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
27077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ring" '("ring-")))
27079 ;;;***
27080 \f
27081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27082 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
27084 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
27085 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
27086 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
27087 other arguments for `rlogin'.
27089 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
27091 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
27092 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
27093 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
27094 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
27096 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
27097 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
27099 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
27100 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
27102 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
27103 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
27104 INPUT-ARGS.
27106 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
27107 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
27108 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
27109 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
27110 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
27112 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
27113 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
27114 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
27115 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
27117 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
27118 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
27119 variable.
27121 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27123 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rlogin" '("rlogin-")))
27125 ;;;***
27126 \f
27127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
27128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
27130 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
27131 Name of user's primary mail file.")
27133 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
27135 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
27137 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
27138 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
27139 Its name should end with a slash.")
27141 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
27142 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
27144 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
27145 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
27146 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
27148 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
27150 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
27151 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
27152 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
27153 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
27154 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
27155 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
27156 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
27158 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
27159 sent by you under different user names.
27160 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
27162 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
27164 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
27166 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27168 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
27169 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
27170 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
27171 explicitly.")
27173 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27175 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
27176 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
27177 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
27178 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
27179 which normally happens once for each message,
27180 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
27181 To make a change in this variable take effect
27182 for a message that you have already viewed,
27185 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27187 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
27188 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
27189 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
27190 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
27192 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
27194 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
27195 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
27197 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27200 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
27201 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
27203 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
27205 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
27206 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
27207 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
27208 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
27209 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
27212 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
27214 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
27215 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
27217 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
27220 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
27222 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
27224 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
27225 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
27227 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
27228 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
27230 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
27232 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
27233 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
27235 This is set to nil by default.")
27237 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
27238 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
27239 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
27240 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
27241 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
27242 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
27243 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
27245 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
27246 Read and edit incoming mail.
27247 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
27248 file in RMAIL Mode.
27251 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
27252 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
27253 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
27254 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
27256 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
27258 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
27260 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
27262 All normal editing commands are turned off.
27263 Instead, these commands are available:
27279 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
27280 till a deleted message is found.
27281 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
27294 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
27299 (label defaults to last one specified).
27300 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
27310 \(fn)" t nil)
27312 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
27313 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
27315 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
27317 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
27318 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
27320 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
27322 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail" '("rmail-" "mail-")))
27324 ;;;***
27325 \f
27326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail-spam-filter" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
27327 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27328 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail-spam-filter.el
27330 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail-spam-filter" '("rmail-" "rsf-")))
27332 ;;;***
27333 \f
27334 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27335 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27336 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
27338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailedit" '("rmail-")))
27340 ;;;***
27341 \f
27342 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailkwd" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
27343 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27344 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
27346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailkwd" '("rmail-")))
27348 ;;;***
27349 \f
27350 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el"
27351 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27352 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
27354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailmm" '("rmail-")))
27356 ;;;***
27357 \f
27358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (0 0 0 0))
27359 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
27360 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
27362 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
27363 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
27364 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
27365 case it writes Babyl.
27367 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
27368 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
27369 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27370 `rmail-default-file'.
27372 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
27373 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
27374 buffer, updates it accordingly.
27376 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
27377 the header display is currently pruned.
27379 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
27380 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
27381 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
27382 messages after output.
27384 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
27386 message (if writing a file directly).
27388 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
27389 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
27391 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27393 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
27394 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
27395 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
27396 i) the header is output as currently seen
27397 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
27398 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
27400 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
27401 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
27402 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
27404 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27406 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
27407 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
27408 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
27410 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
27411 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27412 `rmail-default-body-file'.
27414 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
27415 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
27416 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
27418 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailout" '("rmail-")))
27422 ;;;***
27423 \f
27424 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el"
27425 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27426 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
27428 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsort" '("rmail-")))
27430 ;;;***
27431 \f
27432 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
27433 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 835192 607000))
27434 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
27436 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsum" '("rmail-")))
27438 ;;;***
27439 \f
27440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (0 0 0 0))
27441 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
27443 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
27444 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
27445 Return a pattern.
27447 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
27449 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-cmpct" '("rng-")))
27451 ;;;***
27452 \f
27453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-dt" "nxml/rng-dt.el" (0 0 0 0))
27454 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-dt.el
27456 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-dt" '("rng-dt-")))
27458 ;;;***
27459 \f
27460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-loc" "nxml/rng-loc.el" (0 0 0 0))
27461 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-loc.el
27463 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-loc" '("rng-")))
27465 ;;;***
27466 \f
27467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-maint" "nxml/rng-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
27468 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-maint.el
27470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-maint" '("rng-")))
27472 ;;;***
27473 \f
27474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-match" "nxml/rng-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
27475 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-match.el
27477 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-match" '("rng-")))
27479 ;;;***
27480 \f
27481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (0 0 0 0))
27482 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
27484 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
27485 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
27486 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
27487 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
27489 \(fn)" t nil)
27491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-nxml" '("rng-")))
27493 ;;;***
27494 \f
27495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-parse" "nxml/rng-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
27496 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-parse.el
27498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-parse" '("rng-parse-")))
27500 ;;;***
27501 \f
27502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-pttrn" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" (0 0 0 0))
27503 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-pttrn.el
27505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-pttrn" '("rng-")))
27507 ;;;***
27508 \f
27509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-uri" "nxml/rng-uri.el" (0 0 0 0))
27510 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-uri.el
27512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-uri" '("rng-")))
27514 ;;;***
27515 \f
27516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-util" "nxml/rng-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
27517 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-util.el
27519 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-util" '("rng-")))
27521 ;;;***
27522 \f
27523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (0 0 0 0))
27524 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
27526 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
27527 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
27529 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
27530 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
27531 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
27532 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
27533 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
27535 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
27536 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
27537 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
27538 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
27540 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
27541 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
27543 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
27544 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
27545 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
27546 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
27547 to use for finding the schema.
27549 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
27551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-valid" '("rng-")))
27553 ;;;***
27554 \f
27555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (0 0 0 0))
27556 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
27558 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
27560 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
27561 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
27562 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
27563 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
27564 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
27565 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
27566 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
27567 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
27568 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
27569 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
27570 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
27571 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
27572 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
27573 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
27574 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
27575 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
27576 must be equal.
27578 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
27580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-xsd" '("rng-xsd-" "xsd-duration-reference-dates")))
27582 ;;;***
27583 \f
27584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27585 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
27587 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
27588 Define a robin package.
27590 NAME is the string of this robin package.
27591 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
27592 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
27593 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
27595 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
27596 one replaces the old one.
27598 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
27600 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
27601 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
27603 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
27604 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
27605 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
27607 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
27609 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
27610 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
27612 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
27614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "robin" '("robin-")))
27616 ;;;***
27617 \f
27618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (0 0 0 0))
27619 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
27621 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
27622 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
27624 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
27626 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
27627 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
27629 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27631 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
27632 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
27634 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27636 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
27637 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
27638 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
27640 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
27641 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
27642 in ROT13.
27644 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
27646 \(fn)" t nil)
27648 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
27649 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
27651 \(fn)" t nil)
27653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rot13" '("rot13-")))
27655 ;;;***
27656 \f
27657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (0 0 0 0))
27658 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
27661 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
27662 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
27665 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
27666 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
27667 highlighting.
27671 \(fn)" t nil)
27673 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
27674 Toggle ReST minor mode.
27675 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
27676 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27677 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27679 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
27680 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
27681 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
27683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rst" '("rst-")))
27687 ;;;***
27688 \f
27689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rtree" "rtree.el" (0 0 0 0))
27690 ;;; Generated autoloads from rtree.el
27692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rtree" '("rtree-")))
27694 ;;;***
27695 \f
27696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (0 0 0
27697 ;;;;;; 0))
27698 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
27699 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
27701 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
27702 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
27706 \(fn)" t nil)
27708 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
27710 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
27712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruby-mode" '("ruby-")))
27714 ;;;***
27715 \f
27716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
27717 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
27718 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
27720 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
27721 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
27722 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
27724 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
27725 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
27726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
27727 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
27728 if ARG is omitted or nil.
27730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruler-mode" '("ruler-")))
27734 ;;;***
27735 \f
27736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (0 0 0 0))
27737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
27739 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
27740 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
27741 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
27742 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
27744 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
27746 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
27747 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
27748 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
27750 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
27751 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
27752 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
27754 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
27755 notation.
27757 STRING
27758 matches string STRING literally.
27760 CHAR
27761 matches character CHAR literally.
27763 `not-newline', `nonl'
27764 matches any character except a newline.
27766 `anything'
27767 matches any character
27769 `(any SET ...)'
27770 `(in SET ...)'
27771 `(char SET ...)'
27772 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
27773 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
27774 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
27776 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
27777 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
27778 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
27779 `word', or one of their synonyms.
27781 `(not (any SET ...))'
27782 matches any character not in SET ...
27784 `line-start', `bol'
27785 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
27786 in the text being matched
27788 `line-end', `eol'
27789 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
27791 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
27792 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
27793 string being matched against.
27795 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
27796 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
27797 string being matched against.
27799 `buffer-start'
27800 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
27801 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
27803 `buffer-end'
27804 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
27805 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
27807 `point'
27808 matches the empty string, but only at point.
27810 `word-start', `bow'
27811 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
27813 `word-end', `eow'
27814 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
27816 `word-boundary'
27817 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
27818 word.
27820 `(not word-boundary)'
27821 `not-word-boundary'
27822 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
27823 word.
27825 `symbol-start'
27826 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
27828 `symbol-end'
27829 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
27831 `digit', `numeric', `num'
27832 matches 0 through 9.
27834 `control', `cntrl'
27835 matches ASCII control characters.
27837 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
27838 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
27840 `blank'
27841 matches space and tab only.
27843 `graphic', `graph'
27844 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
27845 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
27846 unassigned by Unicode.
27848 `printing', `print'
27849 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
27851 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
27852 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
27853 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
27855 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
27856 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
27857 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
27859 `ascii'
27860 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
27862 `nonascii'
27863 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
27865 `lower', `lower-case'
27866 matches anything lower-case.
27868 `upper', `upper-case'
27869 matches anything upper-case.
27871 `punctuation', `punct'
27872 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
27873 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
27875 `space', `whitespace', `white'
27876 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
27878 `word', `wordchar'
27879 matches anything that has word syntax.
27881 `not-wordchar'
27882 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
27884 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
27885 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
27886 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
27905 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
27906 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
27908 `(category CATEGORY)'
27909 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
27910 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
27952 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
27953 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
27955 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27956 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27957 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27958 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27959 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
27961 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27962 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27963 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
27964 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
27966 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27967 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27968 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
27969 group number N.
27971 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27972 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27973 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
27974 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
27975 regular expression.
27977 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
27978 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
27980 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
27981 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
27983 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
27984 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
27986 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
27987 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
27989 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
27990 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
27991 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
27993 `(* SEXP ...)'
27994 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
27995 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
27997 `(*? SEXP ...)'
27998 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
27999 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28001 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
28002 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
28003 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
28005 `(+ SEXP ...)'
28006 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28008 `(+? SEXP ...)'
28009 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28011 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
28012 `(optional SEXP ...)'
28013 `(opt SEXP ...)'
28014 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
28016 `(? SEXP ...)'
28017 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28019 `(?? SEXP ...)'
28020 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28022 `(repeat N SEXP)'
28023 `(= N SEXP ...)'
28024 matches N occurrences.
28026 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
28027 matches N or more occurrences.
28029 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
28030 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
28031 matches N to M occurrences.
28033 `(backref N)'
28034 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
28036 `(eval FORM)'
28037 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
28038 `regexp-quote' it.
28040 `(regexp REGEXP)'
28041 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
28043 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
28045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rx" '("rx-")))
28047 ;;;***
28048 \f
28049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl" "net/sasl.el" (0 0 0 0))
28050 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl.el
28052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl" '("sasl-")))
28054 ;;;***
28055 \f
28056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-cram" "net/sasl-cram.el" (0 0 0 0))
28057 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-cram.el
28059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-cram" '("sasl-cram-md5-")))
28061 ;;;***
28062 \f
28063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-digest" "net/sasl-digest.el" (0 0 0 0))
28064 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-digest.el
28066 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-digest" '("sasl-digest-md5-")))
28068 ;;;***
28069 \f
28070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28071 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
28072 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
28074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-ntlm" '("sasl-ntlm-")))
28076 ;;;***
28077 \f
28078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-scram-rfc" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" (0
28079 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28080 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-scram-rfc.el
28082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-scram-rfc" '("sasl-scram-")))
28084 ;;;***
28085 \f
28086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (0 0 0 0))
28087 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
28088 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
28090 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
28091 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
28092 See the `savehist-mode' command
28093 for a description of this minor mode.
28094 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28095 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28096 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
28098 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
28100 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
28101 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
28102 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
28103 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28104 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28106 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
28107 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
28108 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
28109 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
28111 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
28112 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
28113 histories, which is probably undesirable.
28115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28117 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "savehist" '("savehist-")))
28119 ;;;***
28120 \f
28121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (0 0 0 0))
28122 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
28124 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
28125 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
28126 See the `save-place-mode' command
28127 for a description of this minor mode.
28128 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28129 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28130 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
28132 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
28134 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
28135 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
28136 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
28137 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
28139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28141 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
28142 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
28143 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
28144 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
28145 even in a later Emacs session.
28147 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
28148 the argument is positive.
28150 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
28151 file:
28153 \(save-place-mode 1)
28155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "saveplace" '("save-place" "load-save-place-alist-from-file")))
28159 ;;;***
28160 \f
28161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sb-image" "sb-image.el" (0 0 0 0))
28162 ;;; Generated autoloads from sb-image.el
28164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sb-image" '("speedbar-" "defimage-speedbar")))
28166 ;;;***
28167 \f
28168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
28169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
28171 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
28172 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
28173 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28175 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
28176 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
28177 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
28178 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
28180 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
28182 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
28184 Commands:
28185 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28186 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28189 \(fn)" t nil)
28191 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
28192 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
28193 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28195 Commands:
28196 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28197 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28199 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
28200 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
28201 that variable's value is a string.
28203 \(fn)" t nil)
28205 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scheme" '("scheme-" "dsssl-")))
28207 ;;;***
28208 \f
28209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
28212 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
28213 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
28214 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
28218 \(fn)" t nil)
28220 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "score-mode" '("gnus-score-" "score-mode-")))
28222 ;;;***
28223 \f
28224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (0 0 0 0))
28225 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
28227 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
28228 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
28229 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
28230 for a description of this minor mode.
28231 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28232 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28233 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
28235 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
28237 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
28238 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
28239 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
28240 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28241 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28243 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
28244 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
28246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-all" '("scroll-all-")))
28250 ;;;***
28251 \f
28252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-bar" "scroll-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
28253 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-bar.el
28255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-bar" '("set-scroll-bar-mode" "scroll-bar-" "toggle-" "horizontal-scroll-bar" "get-scroll-bar-mode" "previous-scroll-bar-mode")))
28257 ;;;***
28258 \f
28259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
28260 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
28262 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
28263 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
28264 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28265 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28266 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
28267 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
28268 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
28269 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
28271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28273 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-lock" '("scroll-lock-")))
28275 ;;;***
28276 \f
28277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (0 0 0 0))
28278 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
28279 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
28280 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
28282 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "secrets" '("secrets-")))
28284 ;;;***
28285 \f
28286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (0 0 0 0))
28287 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
28288 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28290 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
28291 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
28292 The possible elements of this list include the following:
28294 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
28295 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
28296 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
28297 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
28298 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
28299 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
28300 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
28301 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
28302 keybinding for tag names.
28303 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
28304 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
28305 of the symbol under point.
28306 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
28307 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
28308 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
28309 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
28310 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
28311 syntax tokens.
28312 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
28314 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
28316 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
28317 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
28318 See the `semantic-mode' command
28319 for a description of this minor mode.
28320 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28321 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28322 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
28324 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
28326 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
28327 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
28328 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
28329 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28330 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28332 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
28333 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
28334 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
28335 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
28336 Semantic mode.
28340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28342 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic" '("semantic-" "bovinate")))
28344 ;;;***
28345 \f
28346 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze"
28347 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28348 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze.el
28350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze" '("semantic-a")))
28352 ;;;***
28353 \f
28354 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/complete"
28355 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" (22164 57533 947192
28356 ;;;;;; 607000))
28357 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el
28359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/complete" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28361 ;;;***
28362 \f
28363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/debug" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
28364 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28365 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el
28367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/debug" '("semantic-analyze")))
28369 ;;;***
28370 \f
28371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/fcn" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
28372 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28373 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el
28375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/fcn" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28377 ;;;***
28378 \f
28379 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/refs"
28380 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28381 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el
28383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/refs" '("semantic-")))
28385 ;;;***
28386 \f
28387 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine"
28388 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28389 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine.el
28391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine" '("semantic-")))
28393 ;;;***
28394 \f
28395 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/c"
28396 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" (22362 1462 517419 679000))
28397 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el
28399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/c" '("semantic" "c++-mode" "c-mode")))
28401 ;;;***
28402 \f
28403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/debug" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
28404 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28405 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el
28407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/debug" '("semantic-")))
28409 ;;;***
28410 \f
28411 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/el"
28412 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" (22362 16472 646303 103000))
28413 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el
28415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/el" '("lisp-mode" "emacs-lisp-mode" "semantic-")))
28417 ;;;***
28418 \f
28419 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/gcc"
28420 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28421 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el
28423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/gcc" '("semantic-")))
28425 ;;;***
28426 \f
28427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
28428 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28429 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
28431 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
28432 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
28434 \(fn)" t nil)
28436 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/grammar" '("bovine-")))
28438 ;;;***
28439 \f
28440 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/make"
28441 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28442 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el
28444 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/make" '("semantic-" "makefile-mode")))
28446 ;;;***
28447 \f
28448 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/scm"
28449 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28450 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el
28452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/scm" '("semantic-")))
28454 ;;;***
28455 \f
28456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/chart" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
28457 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28458 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/chart.el
28460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/chart" '("semantic-chart-")))
28462 ;;;***
28463 \f
28464 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/complete"
28465 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" (22362 1462 529419 679000))
28466 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/complete.el
28468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/complete" '("semantic-")))
28470 ;;;***
28471 \f
28472 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ctxt"
28473 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28474 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ctxt.el
28476 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ctxt" '("semantic-")))
28478 ;;;***
28479 \f
28480 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db"
28481 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" (22362 1462 533419 679000))
28482 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db.el
28484 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db" '("semanticdb-")))
28486 ;;;***
28487 \f
28488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-debug" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
28489 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28490 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-debug.el
28492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-debug" '("semanticdb-")))
28494 ;;;***
28495 \f
28496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ebrowse" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
28497 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28498 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el
28500 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ebrowse" '("semanticdb-" "c++-mode")))
28502 ;;;***
28503 \f
28504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
28505 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28506 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-el.el
28508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-el" '("semanticdb-" "emacs-lisp-mode")))
28510 ;;;***
28511 \f
28512 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-file"
28513 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" (22220 16330 615423 271000))
28514 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-file.el
28516 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-file" '("semanticdb-")))
28518 ;;;***
28519 \f
28520 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-find"
28521 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28522 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-find.el
28524 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-find" '("semanticdb-")))
28526 ;;;***
28527 \f
28528 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-global"
28529 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28530 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-global.el
28532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-global" '("semanticdb-")))
28534 ;;;***
28535 \f
28536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-javascript" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
28537 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28538 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el
28540 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-javascript" '("semanticdb-" "javascript-mode")))
28542 ;;;***
28543 \f
28544 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-mode"
28545 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" (22220 16330 615423 271000))
28546 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-mode.el
28548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-mode" '("semanticdb-")))
28550 ;;;***
28551 \f
28552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ref" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el"
28553 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28554 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ref.el
28556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ref" '("semanticdb-ref-")))
28558 ;;;***
28559 \f
28560 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-typecache"
28561 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28562 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el
28564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-typecache" '("semanticdb-")))
28566 ;;;***
28567 \f
28568 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/debug"
28569 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/debug.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28570 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/debug.el
28572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/debug" '("semantic-debug-")))
28574 ;;;***
28575 \f
28576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/decorate" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
28577 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28578 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate.el
28580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate" '("semantic-")))
28582 ;;;***
28583 \f
28584 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/include"
28585 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" (22362 1462 541419 679000))
28586 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el
28588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/include" '("semantic-decoration-")))
28590 ;;;***
28591 \f
28592 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/mode"
28593 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el" (22362 1462 545419 679000))
28594 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el
28596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/mode" '("semantic-" "define-semantic-decoration-style")))
28598 ;;;***
28599 \f
28600 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/dep"
28601 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28602 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/dep.el
28604 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/dep" '("semantic-" "defcustom-mode-local-semantic-dependency-system-include-path")))
28606 ;;;***
28607 \f
28608 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/doc"
28609 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/doc.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28610 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/doc.el
28612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/doc" '("semantic-doc")))
28614 ;;;***
28615 \f
28616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/ede-grammar" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
28617 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el
28620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ede-grammar" '("semantic-ede-")))
28622 ;;;***
28623 \f
28624 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/edit"
28625 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28626 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/edit.el
28628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/edit" '("semantic-")))
28630 ;;;***
28631 \f
28632 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/find"
28633 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" (22164 57533 959192 607000))
28634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/find.el
28636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/find" '("semantic-")))
28638 ;;;***
28639 \f
28640 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/format"
28641 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/format.el" (22362 1462 553419 679000))
28642 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/format.el
28644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/format" '("semantic-")))
28646 ;;;***
28647 \f
28648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/fw" "cedet/semantic/fw.el" (0 0 0
28649 ;;;;;; 0))
28650 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/fw.el
28652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/fw" '("semantic")))
28654 ;;;***
28655 \f
28656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
28657 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28658 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar.el
28660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar" '("semantic-")))
28662 ;;;***
28663 \f
28664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar-wy" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el"
28665 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28666 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el
28668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar-wy" '("semantic-grammar-wy--")))
28670 ;;;***
28671 \f
28672 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/html"
28673 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" (22164 57533 971192 607000))
28674 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/html.el
28676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/html" '("html-helper-mode" "semantic-")))
28678 ;;;***
28679 \f
28680 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia"
28681 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia.el" (22362 1462 561419 679000))
28682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia.el
28684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia" '("semantic-ia-")))
28686 ;;;***
28687 \f
28688 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia-sb"
28689 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" (22164 57533 971192 607000))
28690 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el
28692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia-sb" '("semantic-ia-s")))
28694 ;;;***
28695 \f
28696 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/idle"
28697 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" (22362 1462 569419 679000))
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/idle.el
28700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/idle" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-idle-summary-mode" "define-semantic-idle-service")))
28702 ;;;***
28703 \f
28704 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/imenu"
28705 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" (22362 1462 573419 679000))
28706 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/imenu.el
28708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/imenu" '("semantic-")))
28710 ;;;***
28711 \f
28712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/java" "cedet/semantic/java.el" (0
28713 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28714 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/java.el
28716 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/java" '("semantic-")))
28718 ;;;***
28719 \f
28720 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex"
28721 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" (22362 16472 670303 103000))
28722 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex.el
28724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex" '("semantic-" "define-lex")))
28726 ;;;***
28727 \f
28728 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex-spp"
28729 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" (22362 16472 662303 103000))
28730 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el
28732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex-spp" '("semantic-lex-" "define-lex-spp-")))
28734 ;;;***
28735 \f
28736 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/mru-bookmark"
28737 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" (22362 1462 593419 679000))
28738 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el
28740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/mru-bookmark" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode")))
28742 ;;;***
28743 \f
28744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/sb" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" (0 0 0
28745 ;;;;;; 0))
28746 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sb.el
28748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sb" '("semantic-sb-")))
28750 ;;;***
28751 \f
28752 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/scope"
28753 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" (22164 57533 983192 607000))
28754 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/scope.el
28756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/scope" '("semantic-")))
28758 ;;;***
28759 \f
28760 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/senator"
28761 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" (22189 60738 73741 19000))
28762 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/senator.el
28764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/senator" '("semantic-up-reference" "senator-")))
28766 ;;;***
28767 \f
28768 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/sort"
28769 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" (22164 57533 983192 607000))
28770 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sort.el
28772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sort" '("semantic-")))
28774 ;;;***
28775 \f
28776 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref"
28777 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" (22362 16472 682303 103000))
28778 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref.el
28780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref" '("semantic-symref-")))
28782 ;;;***
28783 \f
28784 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/cscope"
28785 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" (22294 1450 520812 63000))
28786 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el
28788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/cscope" '("semantic-symref-cscope--line-re")))
28790 ;;;***
28791 \f
28792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/symref/filter" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
28793 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28794 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el
28796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/filter" '("semantic-symref-")))
28798 ;;;***
28799 \f
28800 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/global"
28801 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" (22294 1450 536812 63000))
28802 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/global.el
28804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/global" '("semantic-symref-global--line-re")))
28806 ;;;***
28807 \f
28808 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/grep"
28809 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" (22294 1450 612812 63000))
28810 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el
28812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/grep" '("semantic-symref-")))
28814 ;;;***
28815 \f
28816 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/idutils"
28817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" (22294 1450 612812 63000))
28818 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el
28820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/idutils" '("semantic-symref-idutils--line-re")))
28822 ;;;***
28823 \f
28824 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/list"
28825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" (22164 57533 987192 607000))
28826 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/list.el
28828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/list" '("semantic-symref-")))
28830 ;;;***
28831 \f
28832 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag"
28833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" (22164 57533 991192 607000))
28834 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag.el
28836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag" '("semantic-")))
28838 ;;;***
28839 \f
28840 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-file"
28841 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" (22164 57533 987192 607000))
28842 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-file.el
28844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-file" '("semantic-prototype-file")))
28846 ;;;***
28847 \f
28848 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-ls"
28849 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" (22164 57533 991192 607000))
28850 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el
28852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-ls" '("semantic-")))
28854 ;;;***
28855 \f
28856 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-write"
28857 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el" (22164 57533 991192 607000))
28858 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-write.el
28860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-write" '("semantic-tag-write-")))
28862 ;;;***
28863 \f
28864 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/texi"
28865 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/texi.el" (22257 7109 253189 216000))
28866 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/texi.el
28868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/texi" '("semantic-")))
28870 ;;;***
28871 \f
28872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/util" "cedet/semantic/util.el" (0
28873 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28874 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util.el
28876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util" '("semantic-")))
28878 ;;;***
28879 \f
28880 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/util-modes"
28881 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el" (22164 57534 3192 607000))
28882 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util-modes.el
28884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util-modes" '("semantic-")))
28886 ;;;***
28887 \f
28888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el"
28889 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28890 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent.el
28892 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent" '("wisent-" "define-wisent-lexer")))
28894 ;;;***
28895 \f
28896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/comp" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
28897 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28898 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el
28900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/comp" '("wisent-")))
28902 ;;;***
28903 \f
28904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
28905 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28906 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
28908 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
28909 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
28911 \(fn)" t nil)
28913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/grammar" '("wisent-")))
28915 ;;;***
28916 \f
28917 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/java-tags"
28918 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
28919 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el
28921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/java-tags" '("semantic-" "wisent-java-parse-error")))
28923 ;;;***
28924 \f
28925 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/javascript"
28926 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
28927 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el
28929 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/javascript" '("js-mode" "semantic-" "wisent-javascript-jv-expand-tag")))
28931 ;;;***
28932 \f
28933 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/python"
28934 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
28935 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el
28937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/python" '("wisent-python-" "semantic-" "python-")))
28939 ;;;***
28940 \f
28941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
28942 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28943 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el
28945 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/wisent" '("wisent-" "$region" "$nterm" "$action")))
28947 ;;;***
28948 \f
28949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
28950 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
28952 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
28955 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
28956 king@grassland.com
28957 If `parens', they look like:
28958 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
28959 If `angles', they look like:
28960 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
28962 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
28963 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
28965 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
28967 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
28968 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
28969 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
28970 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
28972 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
28973 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
28974 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
28975 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
28977 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
28979 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
28980 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
28981 This is done when the message is initialized,
28982 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
28984 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
28986 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
28987 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
28988 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
28990 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
28992 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
28993 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
28994 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
28995 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
28996 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
28997 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
28998 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
29000 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
29002 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
29003 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
29005 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
29007 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
29008 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
29009 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
29010 be a Babyl file.")
29012 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
29014 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
29015 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
29016 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
29017 when you first send mail.")
29019 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
29021 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
29022 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
29023 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
29024 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
29025 This file need not actually exist.")
29027 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
29029 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
29030 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
29032 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
29034 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
29035 Alist of mail address aliases,
29036 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
29037 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
29038 can specify a different file name.)
29039 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
29040 alias ALIAS MEANING")
29042 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
29043 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
29044 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
29046 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
29048 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
29049 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
29050 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
29052 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
29054 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
29055 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
29056 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
29057 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
29058 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
29059 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
29060 in the cited portion of the message.
29062 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
29063 instead of no action.")
29065 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
29067 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
29068 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
29069 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
29070 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
29071 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
29073 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
29075 (defvar mail-signature t "\
29076 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
29077 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
29078 If a string, that string is inserted.
29080 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
29081 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
29082 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
29084 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
29086 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
29087 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
29089 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
29091 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
29092 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
29093 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
29095 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
29096 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
29098 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
29100 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
29101 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
29102 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
29103 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
29105 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
29107 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
29108 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
29109 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
29111 \(fn)" nil nil)
29113 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
29115 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
29118 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29120 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
29121 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
29122 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
29127 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
29139 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
29140 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
29142 \(fn)" t nil)
29144 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
29145 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
29147 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
29149 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
29151 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
29152 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29153 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
29154 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
29155 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
29156 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29158 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
29159 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29160 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
29162 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
29163 User should not set this variable manually,
29164 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
29165 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
29166 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29168 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
29169 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
29170 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
29171 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
29173 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
29174 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
29179 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
29180 to move to message header fields:
29183 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
29184 when the message is initialized.
29186 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
29187 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
29189 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
29190 is inserted.
29192 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
29193 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
29195 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
29196 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
29197 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
29198 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
29199 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
29200 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
29201 buffer without erasing the contents.
29203 The second through fifth arguments,
29204 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
29205 the initial contents of those header fields.
29206 These arguments should not have final newlines.
29207 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
29208 original message being replied to, or else an action
29209 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
29210 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
29211 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
29212 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
29213 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
29214 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
29216 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
29218 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
29219 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
29221 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29223 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
29224 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
29226 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sendmail" '("mail-" "sendmail-")))
29230 ;;;***
29231 \f
29232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
29233 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
29234 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 18)) package--builtin-versions)
29236 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "seq" '("seq-")))
29238 ;;;***
29239 \f
29240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (0 0 0 0))
29241 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
29243 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
29245 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
29247 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
29249 (defvar server-name "server" "\
29250 The name of the Emacs server, if this Emacs process creates one.
29251 The command `server-start' makes use of this. It should not be
29252 changed while a server is running.")
29254 (custom-autoload 'server-name "server" t)
29256 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
29257 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
29258 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
29260 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
29263 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
29264 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
29266 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
29267 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
29268 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
29273 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
29275 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
29276 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
29277 If server is running, it is first stopped.
29278 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
29280 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29282 (defvar server-mode nil "\
29283 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
29284 See the `server-mode' command
29285 for a description of this minor mode.
29286 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29287 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29288 or call the function `server-mode'.")
29290 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
29292 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
29293 Toggle Server mode.
29294 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
29295 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29296 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29298 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
29299 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
29300 `server-start' for details.
29302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29304 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
29305 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
29306 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
29308 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
29309 only these files will be asked to be saved.
29311 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
29313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "server" '("server-")))
29315 ;;;***
29316 \f
29317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (0 0 0 0))
29318 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
29320 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
29321 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
29323 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
29324 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
29325 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
29326 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
29327 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
29329 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
29330 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
29331 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
29332 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
29333 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
29334 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
29336 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
29337 displayed.
29339 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
29340 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
29341 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
29344 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
29346 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
29347 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
29350 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
29351 part):
29353 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
29354 formula:
29357 \(fn)" t nil)
29359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ses" '("ses" "noreturn" "1value")))
29361 ;;;***
29362 \f
29363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (0 0 0
29364 ;;;;;; 0))
29365 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
29367 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29368 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
29369 Makes > match <.
29371 `sgml-quick-keys'.
29373 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
29374 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
29375 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
29378 in your init file.
29386 \(fn)" t nil)
29388 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29389 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
29390 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
29391 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
29393 which this is based.
29395 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
29397 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
29398 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
29399 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
29400 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
29402 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
29403 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
29404 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
29406 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
29407 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
29408 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
29409 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
29414 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
29418 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
29419 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
29420 To work around that, do:
29425 \(fn)" t nil)
29427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sgml-mode" '("html-" "sgml-")))
29429 ;;;***
29430 \f
29431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (0 0 0
29432 ;;;;;; 0))
29433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
29434 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
29435 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29437 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
29438 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
29439 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
29440 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
29441 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
29442 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
29444 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
29445 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
29446 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
29447 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
29448 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
29450 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
29451 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
29452 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
29465 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
29469 would indent to the way it currently is.
29471 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
29480 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
29481 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
29482 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
29484 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
29485 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
29486 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
29489 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
29491 \(fn)" t nil)
29493 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
29495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sh-script" '("sh-")))
29497 ;;;***
29498 \f
29499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (0 0 0 0))
29500 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
29502 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
29503 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
29505 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
29506 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
29507 else prints messages listing any shadows.
29509 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
29510 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
29511 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
29513 the earlier.
29515 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
29519 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
29520 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
29523 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
29524 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
29526 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
29527 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
29528 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
29529 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
29530 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
29531 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
29532 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
29533 Emacs version).
29535 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
29536 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
29537 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
29538 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
29539 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
29541 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
29542 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
29544 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
29546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadow" '("load-path-shadows-")))
29548 ;;;***
29549 \f
29550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (0 0 0 0))
29551 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
29553 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
29554 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
29555 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
29556 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
29557 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
29558 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
29559 sites in the cluster.
29561 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
29563 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
29564 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
29565 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
29566 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
29567 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
29569 \(fn)" t nil)
29571 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
29572 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
29573 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
29574 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
29575 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
29576 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
29577 `shadow-define-cluster').
29579 \(fn)" t nil)
29581 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
29582 Set up file shadowing.
29584 \(fn)" t nil)
29586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadowfile" '("shadow")))
29588 ;;;***
29589 \f
29590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
29591 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
29594 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
29595 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
29596 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
29597 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
29598 arguments.")
29600 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
29602 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
29603 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
29604 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
29605 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
29606 to change if called with a prefix arg.
29608 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
29609 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
29610 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
29611 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
29612 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
29613 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
29614 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
29615 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
29616 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
29617 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
29618 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
29620 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
29623 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
29624 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
29625 `default-process-coding-system'.
29627 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
29628 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
29629 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
29630 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
29634 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shell" '("shell-" "dirs" "explicit-")))
29638 ;;;***
29639 \f
29640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (0 0 0 0))
29641 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
29643 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
29644 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
29646 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29648 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
29649 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
29650 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
29651 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
29653 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
29655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr" '("shr-")))
29657 ;;;***
29658 \f
29659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr-color" "net/shr-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
29660 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr-color.el
29662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr-color" '("shr-color-")))
29664 ;;;***
29665 \f
29666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
29667 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
29669 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
29672 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
29674 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
29677 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29679 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
29682 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29684 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
29687 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve" '("sieve-")))
29691 ;;;***
29692 \f
29693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-manage" "net/sieve-manage.el" (0 0 0
29694 ;;;;;; 0))
29695 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-manage.el
29697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-manage" '("sieve-")))
29699 ;;;***
29700 \f
29701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29702 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
29704 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
29705 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
29706 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
29707 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
29708 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
29710 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
29712 \(fn)" t nil)
29714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-mode" '("sieve-")))
29716 ;;;***
29717 \f
29718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (0 0 0 0))
29719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
29721 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
29722 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
29724 Variables controlling indentation style:
29725 `simula-tab-always-indent'
29726 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
29727 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29728 `simula-indent-level'
29729 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
29730 `simula-substatement-offset'
29731 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
29732 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
29733 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
29734 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
29735 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
29736 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
29737 `simula-label-offset' -4711
29738 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
29739 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
29740 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
29741 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
29742 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
29743 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
29744 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
29745 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
29746 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
29747 `simula-electric-indent' nil
29748 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
29749 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
29750 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
29751 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
29752 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
29753 or nil if they should not be changed.
29754 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
29755 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
29756 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
29757 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
29759 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
29760 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
29762 \(fn)" t nil)
29764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "simula" '("simula-")))
29766 ;;;***
29767 \f
29768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (0 0 0 0))
29769 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
29771 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
29772 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
29774 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
29775 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
29776 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
29777 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
29779 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
29781 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
29783 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
29784 Insert SKELETON.
29785 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
29786 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
29787 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
29788 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
29791 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
29792 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
29794 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
29796 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
29797 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
29799 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
29800 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
29801 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
29802 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
29804 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
29805 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
29806 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
29807 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
29809 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
29810 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
29811 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
29813 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
29814 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
29816 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
29817 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
29820 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
29821 is at bol/eol
29822 _ interesting point, interregion here
29823 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
29824 interesting point set by _
29825 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
29826 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
29827 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
29828 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
29829 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
29830 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
29831 nil skipped
29833 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
29834 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
29837 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
29839 as the first element when at bol.
29841 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
29842 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
29843 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
29845 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
29847 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
29848 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
29850 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
29851 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
29852 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
29853 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
29854 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
29855 available:
29857 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
29858 then: insert previously read string once more
29859 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
29860 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
29861 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
29863 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
29864 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
29866 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
29868 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
29869 Insert the character you type ARG times.
29871 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
29872 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
29873 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
29874 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
29875 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
29876 such as backslash.
29878 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
29879 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
29880 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
29881 twice for the others.
29883 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "skeleton" '("skeleton-")))
29887 ;;;***
29888 \f
29889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29890 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
29892 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
29893 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
29894 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
29895 buffer names.
29897 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
29899 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
29900 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
29901 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
29902 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
29903 if ARG is omitted or nil.
29906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29908 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
29909 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
29910 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
29912 \(fn)" t nil)
29914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smerge-mode" '("smerge-")))
29916 ;;;***
29917 \f
29918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smie" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" (0 0 0 0))
29919 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/smie.el
29921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smie" '("smie-")))
29923 ;;;***
29924 \f
29925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (0 0 0 0))
29926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
29928 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
29929 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
29930 A list of images is returned.
29932 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29934 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
29935 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
29936 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
29938 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smiley" '("smiley-" "gnus-smiley-file-types")))
29942 ;;;***
29943 \f
29944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smime" "gnus/smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
29945 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smime.el
29947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smime" '("smime")))
29949 ;;;***
29950 \f
29951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
29952 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
29954 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
29957 \(fn)" nil nil)
29959 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
29960 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
29962 \(fn)" t nil)
29964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smtpmail" '("smtpmail-")))
29966 ;;;***
29967 \f
29968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (0 0 0 0))
29969 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
29971 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
29972 Play the Snake game.
29973 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
29975 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
29977 Snake mode keybindings:
29987 \(fn)" t nil)
29989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snake" '("snake-")))
29991 ;;;***
29992 \f
29993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29994 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
29996 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
29997 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
29998 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
29999 Tab indents for C code.
30000 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30001 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30003 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
30004 `snmp-mode-hook'.
30006 \(fn)" t nil)
30008 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30009 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
30010 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30011 Tab indents for C code.
30012 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30013 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30015 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
30016 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
30018 \(fn)" t nil)
30020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snmp-mode" '("snmp")))
30022 ;;;***
30023 \f
30024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (0 0 0 0))
30025 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
30026 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-client" '("soap-")))
30030 ;;;***
30031 \f
30032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-inspect" "net/soap-inspect.el" (0 0 0
30033 ;;;;;; 0))
30034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-inspect.el
30036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-inspect" '("soap-")))
30038 ;;;***
30039 \f
30040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "socks" "net/socks.el" (0 0 0 0))
30041 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/socks.el
30043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "socks" '("socks-")))
30045 ;;;***
30046 \f
30047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30048 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
30050 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
30051 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
30052 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
30053 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
30054 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
30056 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
30058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solar" '("solar-" "diary-sunrise-sunset" "calendar-")))
30062 ;;;***
30063 \f
30064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (0 0 0 0))
30065 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
30067 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
30068 Play Solitaire.
30072 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
30076 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
30077 check after each move or undo.)
30079 What is Solitaire?
30081 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
30082 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
30083 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
30085 Le Solitaire
30086 ============
30088 o o o
30090 o o o
30092 o o o o o o o
30094 o o o . o o o
30096 o o o o o o o
30098 o o o
30100 o o o
30102 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
30103 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
30104 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
30105 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
30107 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
30108 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
30109 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
30110 this: o o .
30112 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
30113 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
30115 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
30117 o o o
30119 . o o
30121 o o . o o o o
30123 o . o o o o o
30125 o o o o o o o
30127 o o o
30129 o o o
30131 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
30135 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30137 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solitaire" '("solitaire-")))
30139 ;;;***
30140 \f
30141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
30142 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
30143 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30145 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
30146 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
30148 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
30149 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
30150 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
30151 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
30152 contiguous.
30154 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
30155 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
30156 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30157 the sort order.
30159 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
30160 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
30162 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
30163 It moves point to the start of the next record.
30164 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
30165 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
30166 is called.
30168 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
30169 It should move point to the end of the record.
30171 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
30172 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
30173 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
30174 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
30175 starts at the beginning of the record.
30177 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
30178 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
30179 same as ENDRECFUN.
30181 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
30182 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
30183 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
30184 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
30185 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
30186 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
30187 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
30189 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
30191 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
30192 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30193 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30194 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30195 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30196 the sort order.
30198 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30200 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
30201 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30202 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30203 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30204 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30205 the sort order.
30207 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30209 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
30210 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30211 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30212 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30213 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30214 the sort order.
30216 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30217 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
30219 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
30220 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
30221 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30222 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
30224 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
30225 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30226 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30227 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30229 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30231 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
30232 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
30233 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30234 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30235 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30236 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30237 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30238 the sort order.
30240 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30242 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
30243 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
30244 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
30245 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
30247 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
30250 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
30251 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
30253 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
30255 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
30256 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
30257 found within a record, that record is ignored.
30259 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
30261 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30262 the sort order.
30264 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
30268 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
30270 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
30271 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
30272 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
30273 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
30274 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
30275 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
30276 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30277 the sort order.
30279 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
30280 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
30281 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
30282 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
30285 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
30287 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
30288 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
30289 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
30291 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
30293 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
30294 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
30295 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
30296 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
30297 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
30298 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
30299 each repeated line.
30301 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
30302 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
30303 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
30304 on large regions that have already been sorted.
30306 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
30307 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
30309 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
30310 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
30312 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
30314 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sort" '("sort-")))
30316 ;;;***
30317 \f
30318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soundex" "soundex.el" (0 0 0 0))
30319 ;;; Generated autoloads from soundex.el
30321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soundex" '("soundex")))
30323 ;;;***
30324 \f
30325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (0 0 0 0))
30326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
30328 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
30329 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
30330 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
30331 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
30332 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
30333 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
30335 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
30337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam" '("spam-")))
30339 ;;;***
30340 \f
30341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (0 0 0
30342 ;;;;;; 0))
30343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
30345 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
30346 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
30348 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
30349 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
30350 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
30352 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
30354 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
30355 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
30356 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
30357 server.
30359 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30361 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
30362 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
30363 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
30365 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30367 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
30368 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
30370 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
30371 Agent is plugged.
30373 \(fn)" t nil)
30375 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
30376 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
30377 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
30380 \(fn)" t nil)
30382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-report" '("spam-report-")))
30384 ;;;***
30385 \f
30386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-stat" "gnus/spam-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
30387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-stat.el
30389 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-stat" '("spam-stat" "with-spam-stat-max-buffer-size")))
30391 ;;;***
30392 \f
30393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-wash" "gnus/spam-wash.el" (0 0 0 0))
30394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-wash.el
30396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-wash" '("spam-")))
30398 ;;;***
30399 \f
30400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30401 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
30403 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
30405 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
30406 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
30407 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
30408 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
30409 supported at a time.
30410 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
30411 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
30413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30415 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
30416 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
30417 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
30418 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
30420 \(fn)" t nil)
30422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "speedbar" '("speedbar-")))
30424 ;;;***
30425 \f
30426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (0 0 0 0))
30427 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
30429 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
30430 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
30432 \(fn)" t nil)
30434 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
30435 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
30437 \(fn)" nil nil)
30439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spook" '("spook-phrase")))
30441 ;;;***
30442 \f
30443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
30444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
30445 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
30447 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
30448 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
30450 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
30451 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
30452 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
30453 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
30454 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
30455 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
30456 of the current highlighting list.
30458 For example:
30463 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
30464 `_t' as data types.
30466 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
30468 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
30469 Major mode to edit SQL.
30471 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
30473 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
30476 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
30478 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
30479 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
30482 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
30485 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
30486 `sql-interactive-mode'.
30488 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
30489 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
30490 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
30493 (lambda ()
30496 \(fn)" t nil)
30498 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
30499 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
30501 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
30502 their settings.
30504 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
30505 is specified in the connection settings.
30507 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30509 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
30510 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
30512 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30513 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
30515 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
30522 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30524 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
30525 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
30527 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30528 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30529 `*SQL*'.
30531 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
30532 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30533 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
30534 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
30536 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30537 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30542 buffer.
30544 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30547 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30548 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30549 `default-process-coding-system'.
30553 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30555 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
30556 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
30558 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30559 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30560 `*SQL*'.
30562 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
30563 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
30564 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30565 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
30567 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30568 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30573 buffer.
30575 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30578 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30579 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30580 `default-process-coding-system'.
30584 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30586 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
30587 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
30589 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30590 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30591 `*SQL*'.
30593 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
30594 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30596 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30597 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30602 buffer.
30604 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30607 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30608 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30609 `default-process-coding-system'.
30613 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30615 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
30616 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
30618 SQLite is free software.
30620 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30621 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30622 `*SQL*'.
30624 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
30625 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30626 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30627 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
30629 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30630 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30635 buffer.
30637 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30640 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30641 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30642 `default-process-coding-system'.
30646 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30648 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
30649 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
30651 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
30653 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30654 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30655 `*SQL*'.
30657 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
30658 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30659 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30660 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
30662 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30663 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30668 buffer.
30670 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30673 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30674 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30675 `default-process-coding-system'.
30679 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30681 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
30682 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
30684 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30685 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30686 `*SQL*'.
30688 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
30689 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
30690 defaults, if set.
30692 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30693 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30698 buffer.
30700 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30703 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30704 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30705 `default-process-coding-system'.
30709 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30711 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
30712 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
30714 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30715 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30716 `*SQL*'.
30718 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
30719 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30721 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30722 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30727 buffer.
30729 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30732 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30733 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30734 `default-process-coding-system'.
30738 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30740 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
30741 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
30743 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30744 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30745 `*SQL*'.
30747 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
30748 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
30749 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
30750 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
30752 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30753 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30758 buffer.
30760 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30763 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30764 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30765 `default-process-coding-system'.
30769 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30771 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
30772 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
30774 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30775 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30776 `*SQL*'.
30778 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
30779 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
30780 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
30781 `sql-postgres-options'.
30783 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30784 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30789 buffer.
30791 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30794 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30795 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30796 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
30797 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
30798 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
30800 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
30805 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30807 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
30808 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
30810 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30811 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30812 `*SQL*'.
30814 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
30815 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30816 defaults, if set.
30818 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30819 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30824 buffer.
30826 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30829 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30830 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30831 `default-process-coding-system'.
30835 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30837 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
30838 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
30840 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30841 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30842 `*SQL*'.
30844 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
30845 automatic login.
30847 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30848 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30851 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
30852 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
30853 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
30858 buffer.
30860 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30863 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30864 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30865 `default-process-coding-system'.
30869 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30871 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
30872 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
30874 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30875 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30876 `*SQL*'.
30878 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
30879 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
30880 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30881 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
30882 parameters.
30884 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
30885 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
30886 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
30887 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
30888 an empty password.
30890 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30891 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30896 buffer.
30900 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30902 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
30903 Run vsql as an inferior process.
30905 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sql" '("sql-")))
30909 ;;;***
30910 \f
30911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30912 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
30913 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
30915 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode" '("srecode-version")))
30917 ;;;***
30918 \f
30919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/args" "cedet/srecode/args.el" (0 0
30920 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30921 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/args.el
30923 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/args" '("srecode-")))
30925 ;;;***
30926 \f
30927 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/compile"
30928 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
30929 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/compile.el
30931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/compile" '("srecode-")))
30933 ;;;***
30934 \f
30935 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/cpp"
30936 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
30937 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/cpp.el
30939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/cpp" '("srecode-")))
30941 ;;;***
30942 \f
30943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/ctxt" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" (0 0
30944 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30945 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/ctxt.el
30947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/ctxt" '("srecode-")))
30949 ;;;***
30950 \f
30951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/dictionary" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el"
30952 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30953 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/dictionary.el
30955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/dictionary" '("srecode-")))
30957 ;;;***
30958 \f
30959 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/document"
30960 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/document.el" (22164 57534 11192 607000))
30961 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/document.el
30963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/document" '("srecode-document-")))
30965 ;;;***
30966 \f
30967 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
30968 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 11192 607000))
30969 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/el.el
30971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/el" '("srecode-semantic-apply-tag-to-dict")))
30973 ;;;***
30974 \f
30975 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/expandproto"
30976 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" (22164 57534 11192 607000))
30977 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/expandproto.el
30979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/expandproto" '("srecode-")))
30981 ;;;***
30982 \f
30983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/extract" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
30984 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30985 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/extract.el
30987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/extract" '("srecode-extract")))
30989 ;;;***
30990 \f
30991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/fields" "cedet/srecode/fields.el"
30992 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30993 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/fields.el
30995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/fields" '("srecode-")))
30997 ;;;***
30998 \f
30999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/filters" "cedet/srecode/filters.el"
31000 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31001 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/filters.el
31003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/filters" '("srecode-comment-prefix")))
31005 ;;;***
31006 \f
31007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/find" "cedet/srecode/find.el" (0 0
31008 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31009 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/find.el
31011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/find" '("srecode-")))
31013 ;;;***
31014 \f
31015 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/getset"
31016 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" (22164 57534 15192 607000))
31017 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/getset.el
31019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/getset" '("srecode-")))
31021 ;;;***
31022 \f
31023 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/insert"
31024 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" (22328 19625 560549 735000))
31025 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/insert.el
31027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/insert" '("srecode-")))
31029 ;;;***
31030 \f
31031 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/map"
31032 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" (22164 57534 15192 607000))
31033 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/map.el
31035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/map" '("srecode-")))
31037 ;;;***
31038 \f
31039 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/mode"
31040 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" (22164 57534 15192 607000))
31041 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/mode.el
31043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/mode" '("srecode-")))
31045 ;;;***
31046 \f
31047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/semantic" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31048 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31049 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/semantic.el
31051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/semantic" '("srecode-semantic-")))
31053 ;;;***
31054 \f
31055 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/srt"
31056 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" (22164 57534 19192 607000))
31057 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt.el
31059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt" '("srecode-read-")))
31061 ;;;***
31062 \f
31063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
31064 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31065 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
31067 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
31068 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
31070 \(fn)" t nil)
31072 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
31074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt-mode" '("semantic-" "srecode-")))
31076 ;;;***
31077 \f
31078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/table" "cedet/srecode/table.el" (0
31079 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
31080 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/table.el
31082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/table" '("srecode-" "object-sort-list")))
31084 ;;;***
31085 \f
31086 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/template"
31087 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" (22164 57534 19192 607000))
31088 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/template.el
31090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/template" '("semantic-tag-components")))
31092 ;;;***
31093 \f
31094 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/texi"
31095 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" (22164 57534 19192 607000))
31096 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/texi.el
31098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/texi" '("semantic-insert-foreign-tag" "srecode-texi-")))
31100 ;;;***
31101 \f
31102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "net/starttls.el" (0 0 0 0))
31103 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/starttls.el
31105 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
31106 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
31107 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
31108 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
31109 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
31110 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
31111 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
31112 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
31113 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
31114 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
31115 with any buffer
31116 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
31117 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
31118 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
31119 GnuTLS requires a port number.
31121 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
31123 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "starttls" '("starttls-")))
31125 ;;;***
31126 \f
31127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (0 0 0 0))
31128 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
31130 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
31131 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
31132 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
31133 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
31134 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
31135 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
31137 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
31139 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
31141 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
31142 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31143 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31144 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
31145 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
31146 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
31147 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31149 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31151 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31152 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31153 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31154 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
31155 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
31156 then complete the stroke with button 3.
31157 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31159 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31161 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
31162 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31163 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31165 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31167 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31168 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31169 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31171 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31173 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
31174 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
31176 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
31178 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
31179 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
31181 \(fn)" t nil)
31183 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
31184 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
31186 \(fn)" t nil)
31188 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
31189 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
31191 by command name.
31192 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
31194 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
31196 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
31197 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
31198 See the `strokes-mode' command
31199 for a description of this minor mode.
31200 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31201 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31202 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
31204 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
31206 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
31207 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
31208 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
31209 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31210 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31213 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
31218 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
31225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31227 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
31228 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
31229 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
31230 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
31232 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
31234 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31235 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
31237 \(fn)" t nil)
31239 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "strokes" '("strokes-")))
31241 ;;;***
31242 \f
31243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (0 0 0 0))
31244 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
31246 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
31247 Studlify-case the region.
31249 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
31251 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
31252 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
31254 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
31256 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
31257 Studlify-case the current buffer.
31259 \(fn)" t nil)
31261 ;;;***
31262 \f
31263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subr-x" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
31264 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/subr-x.el
31266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subr-x" '("string-" "hash-table-" "when-let" "internal--" "if-let" "thread-")))
31268 ;;;***
31269 \f
31270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (0 0 0 0))
31271 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
31273 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
31275 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
31276 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
31277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
31278 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31279 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31281 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31282 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
31283 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
31286 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
31287 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
31288 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
31290 Nomenclature Subwords
31291 ===========================================================
31296 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
31297 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
31301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31303 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
31304 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
31305 See the `global-subword-mode' command
31306 for a description of this minor mode.
31307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31308 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31309 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
31311 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
31313 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
31314 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
31315 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
31316 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31317 ARG is omitted or nil.
31319 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31320 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
31321 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
31323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31325 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
31326 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
31327 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
31328 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31329 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31331 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31332 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
31333 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
31338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31340 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
31341 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
31342 See the `global-superword-mode' command
31343 for a description of this minor mode.
31344 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31345 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31346 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
31348 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
31350 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
31351 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
31352 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
31353 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31354 ARG is omitted or nil.
31356 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31357 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
31358 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
31360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subword" '("superword-mode-map" "subword-")))
31364 ;;;***
31365 \f
31366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (0 0 0 0))
31367 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
31369 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
31370 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
31371 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
31372 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
31373 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
31374 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
31375 original message but it does require a few things:
31377 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
31379 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
31380 reply buffer.
31382 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
31383 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
31384 original message.
31386 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
31388 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
31390 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
31391 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
31392 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
31394 \(fn)" nil nil)
31396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "supercite" '("sc-")))
31398 ;;;***
31399 \f
31400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "svg" "svg.el" (0 0 0 0))
31401 ;;; Generated autoloads from svg.el
31403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "svg" '("svg-")))
31405 ;;;***
31406 \f
31407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
31408 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
31410 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
31412 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
31413 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31414 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
31415 for a description of this minor mode.
31416 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31417 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31418 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
31420 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
31422 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
31423 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
31424 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
31425 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31426 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31428 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
31429 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
31430 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
31432 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
31433 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
31434 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
31436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "t-mouse" '("gpm-mouse-")))
31440 ;;;***
31441 \f
31442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (0 0 0 0))
31443 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
31445 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
31446 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
31447 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31448 buffer.
31450 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31451 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31452 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31454 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31456 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
31457 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
31458 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
31459 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
31460 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31461 buffer.
31463 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31464 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31465 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31467 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tabify" '("tabify-regexp")))
31471 ;;;***
31472 \f
31473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (0 0 0 0))
31474 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
31476 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
31477 Insert an editable text table.
31478 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
31479 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
31480 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
31481 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
31482 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
31483 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
31484 delimiting them.
31486 Examples:
31490 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
31491 location of point.
31493 -!-
31496 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
31497 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
31498 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
31499 first cell.
31501 +-----+-----+-----+
31502 |-!- | | |
31503 +-----+-----+-----+
31507 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
31508 width, which results as
31510 +--------------+-----+-----+
31511 |-!- | | |
31512 +--------------+-----+-----+
31514 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
31515 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
31517 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31518 | | |-!- |
31519 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31521 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
31522 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
31523 width information to `table-insert'.
31525 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
31527 instead of
31529 Cell width(s): 5
31531 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
31532 work all together.
31534 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
31537 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31538 |-!- | | |
31539 | | | |
31540 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31544 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31545 |-!- | | |
31546 | | | |
31547 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31548 | | | |
31549 | | | |
31550 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31552 Move the point under the table as shown below.
31554 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31555 | | | |
31556 | | | |
31557 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31558 | | | |
31559 | | | |
31560 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31561 -!-
31563 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
31564 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
31565 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
31567 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31568 | | | |
31569 | | | |
31570 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31571 | | | |
31572 | | | |
31573 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31574 |-!- | | |
31575 | | | |
31576 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31578 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
31579 results.
31581 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31582 | | | |
31583 | | | |
31584 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31585 | | |Text editing inside the table |
31586 | | |cell produces reasonably |
31587 | | |expected results.-!- |
31588 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31589 | | | |
31590 | | | |
31591 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31593 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
31597 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
31599 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
31600 Insert N table row(s).
31601 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
31602 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
31603 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
31604 are appended at the bottom of the table.
31606 \(fn N)" t nil)
31608 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
31609 Insert N table column(s).
31610 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
31611 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
31612 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
31613 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
31615 \(fn N)" t nil)
31617 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
31618 Insert row(s) or column(s).
31619 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
31621 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
31623 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
31624 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
31625 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
31626 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
31627 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
31628 all the table specific features.
31630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31632 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
31635 \(fn)" t nil)
31637 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
31638 Recognize all tables within region.
31639 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
31640 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
31641 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
31642 specific features.
31644 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31646 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
31649 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
31651 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
31652 Recognize a table at point.
31653 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
31654 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
31655 the table specific features.
31657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31659 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
31662 \(fn)" t nil)
31664 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
31665 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
31666 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
31667 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
31668 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
31669 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
31670 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
31672 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
31674 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
31677 \(fn)" t nil)
31679 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
31680 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
31681 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
31682 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
31683 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
31684 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
31685 specified.
31687 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31689 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
31690 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
31691 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
31692 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
31693 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
31694 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
31695 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
31696 table structure.
31698 \(fn N)" t nil)
31700 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
31701 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
31702 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
31703 table's rectangle structure.
31705 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31707 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
31708 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
31709 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
31710 table's rectangle structure.
31712 \(fn N)" t nil)
31714 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
31715 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
31716 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31717 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
31718 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
31720 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
31722 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
31726 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
31727 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
31728 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
31729 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
31730 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
31731 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
31732 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
31734 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31735 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
31736 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
31737 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
31738 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
31739 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
31740 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31742 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
31743 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
31744 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
31745 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
31746 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
31747 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
31748 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
31749 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31751 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
31753 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
31754 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
31755 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31756 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
31758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31760 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
31761 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
31762 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
31764 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
31766 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
31767 Split current cell vertically.
31768 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
31770 \(fn)" t nil)
31772 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
31773 Split current cell horizontally.
31774 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
31776 \(fn)" t nil)
31778 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
31779 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
31780 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
31782 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
31784 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
31785 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
31786 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
31787 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
31789 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31791 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
31792 Justify cell contents.
31793 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
31794 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
31795 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
31796 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
31798 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
31800 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
31801 Justify cells of a row.
31802 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
31803 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
31805 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31807 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
31808 Justify cells of a column.
31809 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
31810 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
31812 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31814 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
31815 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
31816 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
31817 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
31818 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
31819 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
31820 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
31822 run-time.
31824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31826 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
31827 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
31828 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
31829 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
31830 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
31831 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
31832 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
31833 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
31834 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
31835 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
31836 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
31838 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
31840 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
31841 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
31842 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
31843 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
31844 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
31845 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
31846 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
31847 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
31848 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
31849 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
31850 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
31851 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
31852 untouched.
31854 References used for this implementation:
31856 HTML:
31857 URL `http://www.w3.org'
31859 LaTeX:
31860 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
31862 CALS (DocBook DTD):
31863 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
31864 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
31866 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
31868 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
31869 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
31870 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
31871 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
31872 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
31873 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
31874 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
31875 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
31876 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
31877 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
31878 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
31879 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
31880 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
31881 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
31882 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
31883 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
31884 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
31886 Example:
31888 (progn
31889 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
31890 (table-forward-cell 15)
31892 (table-forward-cell 16)
31894 (table-forward-cell 1)
31897 (progn
31898 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
31900 (table-forward-cell 1)
31903 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31905 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
31906 Delete N row(s) of cells.
31907 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
31908 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
31909 consists from cells of same height.
31911 \(fn N)" t nil)
31913 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
31914 Delete N column(s) of cells.
31915 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
31916 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
31917 column must consists from cells of same width.
31919 \(fn N)" t nil)
31921 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
31922 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
31923 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
31924 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
31925 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
31926 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
31927 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
31928 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
31929 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
31930 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
31931 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
31932 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
31933 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
31934 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
31935 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
31938 Example 1:
31940 1, 2, 3, 4
31941 5, 6, 7, 8
31942 , 9, 10
31944 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
31946 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
31947 specified as 5.
31949 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31950 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
31951 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31952 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
31953 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31954 | | 9 | 10 | |
31955 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31957 Note:
31961 of each row is optional.
31964 Example 2:
31966 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
31967 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
31968 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
31969 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
31970 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
31972 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
31973 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
31975 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
31976 expression and raw delimiter regular
31977 expression, it parses the specified text
31978 area and extracts cell items from
31979 non-table text and then forms a table out
31980 of them.
31982 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
31983 creates a single cell table. The text in
31984 the specified region is placed in that
31985 cell.-*-
31987 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
31988 like this.
31990 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
31991 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
31992 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
31993 | |
31994 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
31995 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
31996 | expression, it parses the specified text |
31997 | area and extracts cell items from |
31998 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
31999 | of them. |
32000 | |
32001 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
32002 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
32003 | the specified region is placed in that |
32004 | cell. |
32005 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32007 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
32008 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
32009 independently.
32011 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32012 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32013 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32014 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32015 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
32016 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
32017 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
32018 | |area and extracts cell items from |
32019 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
32020 | |of them. |
32021 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32022 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
32023 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
32024 | |the specified region is placed in that |
32025 | |cell. |
32026 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32028 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
32029 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
32030 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
32032 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
32034 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
32035 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
32036 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
32037 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
32038 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
32040 \(fn)" t nil)
32042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "table" '("table-" "*table--")))
32044 ;;;***
32045 \f
32046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32047 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
32049 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
32050 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
32052 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
32054 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
32055 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
32057 \(fn)" t nil)
32059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "talk" '("talk-")))
32061 ;;;***
32062 \f
32063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32064 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
32066 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
32067 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
32068 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
32069 Letters no longer insert themselves.
32070 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
32071 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
32072 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
32074 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
32076 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
32077 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
32079 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
32082 \(fn)" t nil)
32084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tar-mode" '("tar-")))
32086 ;;;***
32087 \f
32088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (0 0 0 0))
32089 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
32091 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
32092 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
32093 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
32094 Tab indents for Tcl code.
32095 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
32096 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
32098 Variables controlling indentation style:
32099 `tcl-indent-level'
32100 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
32101 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
32102 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
32104 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
32105 documentation for details):
32106 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
32107 Controls action of TAB key.
32108 `tcl-auto-newline'
32109 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
32110 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
32111 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
32112 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
32113 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
32115 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
32116 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
32117 already exist.
32119 \(fn)" t nil)
32121 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
32122 Run inferior Tcl process.
32123 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
32124 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
32126 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
32128 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
32129 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
32130 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
32132 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
32134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcl" '("tcl-" "calculate-tcl-indent" "inferior-tcl-" "indent-tcl-exp" "add-log-tcl-defun" "run-tcl" "switch-to-tcl")))
32136 ;;;***
32137 \f
32138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-ses" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" (0
32139 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
32140 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el
32142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-ses" '("ses-exercise")))
32144 ;;;***
32145 \f
32146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-unsafep" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32147 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el
32150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-unsafep" '("testcover-unsafep")))
32152 ;;;***
32153 \f
32154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
32155 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
32157 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
32158 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32159 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
32162 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
32163 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
32164 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
32165 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
32166 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32168 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
32170 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
32171 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32172 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
32173 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32175 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
32177 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "telnet" '("telnet-" "send-process-next-char")))
32179 ;;;***
32180 \f
32181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tempo" "tempo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32182 ;;; Generated autoloads from tempo.el
32184 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tempo" '("tempo-")))
32186 ;;;***
32187 \f
32188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (0 0 0 0))
32189 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
32191 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
32192 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
32193 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
32194 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
32195 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
32196 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
32198 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
32200 (autoload 'term "term" "\
32201 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32202 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
32203 commands to use in that buffer.
32207 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
32209 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
32210 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32212 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
32214 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
32215 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
32216 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
32219 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
32220 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
32221 `serial-process-configure' for details.
32222 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
32223 use in that buffer.
32226 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
32228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "term" '("serial-" "term-" "ansi-term-color-vector" "explicit-shell-file-name")))
32230 ;;;***
32231 \f
32232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (0 0
32233 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32234 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
32236 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
32237 Start coverage on function under point.
32239 \(fn)" t nil)
32241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "testcover" '("testcover-")))
32243 ;;;***
32244 \f
32245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (0 0 0 0))
32246 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
32247 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32249 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
32250 Play the Tetris game.
32251 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
32252 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
32253 as to form complete rows.
32255 tetris-mode keybindings:
32266 \(fn)" t nil)
32268 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tetris" '("tetris-")))
32270 ;;;***
32271 \f
32272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32273 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
32275 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
32276 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
32278 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
32280 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
32281 Directory in which temporary files are written.
32282 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
32286 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
32288 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
32289 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
32290 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
32291 if it matches the first line of the file,
32292 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
32294 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
32296 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
32297 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
32298 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
32299 if the variable is non-nil.")
32301 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
32303 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
32306 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
32308 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
32309 Command used to run TeX subjob.
32310 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32311 See the documentation of that variable.")
32313 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32315 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
32316 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
32317 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32318 See the documentation of that variable.")
32320 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32322 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
32323 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
32324 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32325 See the documentation of that variable.")
32327 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32329 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
32330 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
32331 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
32332 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
32333 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32335 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
32338 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
32339 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
32340 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32342 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
32344 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
32345 User defined LaTeX block names.
32346 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
32348 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
32350 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
32351 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
32352 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32353 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32355 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
32357 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32359 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32360 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32362 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32364 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32366 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32367 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
32369 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
32370 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
32371 for example,
32373 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32377 use.")
32379 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32381 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
32383 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
32384 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32385 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
32387 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
32389 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
32391 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
32395 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
32397 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
32398 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
32399 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
32400 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
32401 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
32403 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
32405 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32408 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
32410 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32413 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
32415 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32416 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
32417 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
32418 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
32419 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
32420 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
32421 says which mode to use.
32423 \(fn)" t nil)
32425 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
32427 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
32429 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
32431 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32432 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
32433 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32438 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
32446 mismatched $'s or braces.
32448 Special commands:
32451 Mode variables:
32452 tex-run-command
32454 tex-directory
32455 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
32457 tex-dvi-print-command
32459 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32461 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32462 tex-dvi-view-command
32464 tex-show-queue-command
32468 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32469 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
32470 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32472 \(fn)" t nil)
32474 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32475 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
32476 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32489 mismatched $'s or braces.
32491 Special commands:
32494 Mode variables:
32495 latex-run-command
32497 tex-directory
32498 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
32500 tex-dvi-print-command
32502 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32504 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32505 tex-dvi-view-command
32507 tex-show-queue-command
32511 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
32512 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
32513 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32515 \(fn)" t nil)
32517 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32518 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
32519 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32532 mismatched $'s or braces.
32534 Special commands:
32537 Mode variables:
32538 slitex-run-command
32540 tex-directory
32541 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
32543 tex-dvi-print-command
32545 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32547 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32548 tex-dvi-view-command
32550 tex-show-queue-command
32554 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32555 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
32556 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
32557 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32559 \(fn)" t nil)
32561 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
32564 \(fn)" nil nil)
32566 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32567 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
32569 \(fn)" t nil)
32571 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tex-mode" '("tex-" "doctex-font-lock-" "latex-" "plain-tex-mode-map")))
32573 ;;;***
32574 \f
32575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32576 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
32578 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
32579 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
32580 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32581 name specified in the @setfilename command.
32583 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
32584 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
32585 `Info-split' to do these manually.
32587 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32589 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
32590 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
32591 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
32593 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
32595 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
32597 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
32598 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
32599 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32600 names specified in the @setfilename command.
32602 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
32603 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
32604 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
32605 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
32607 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
32608 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
32610 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfmt" '("batch-texinfo-format" "texinf")))
32614 ;;;***
32615 \f
32616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32617 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
32619 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32622 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
32624 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32627 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
32629 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
32630 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
32632 It has these extra commands:
32635 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
32637 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
32638 modified version of TeX input format.
32640 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
32641 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
32642 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
32646 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
32647 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
32648 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
32649 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
32651 in the Texinfo file.
32653 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
32654 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
32655 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
32657 move forward past the closing brace.
32659 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
32660 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
32662 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
32663 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
32664 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
32666 Here are the functions:
32670 texinfo-sequential-node-update
32674 texinfo-master-menu
32676 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
32678 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
32679 which menu descriptions are indented.
32681 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
32682 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
32683 in the region.
32685 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
32686 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
32687 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
32688 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
32690 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
32691 be the first node in the file.
32693 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
32694 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
32696 \(fn)" t nil)
32698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfo" '("texinfo-")))
32700 ;;;***
32701 \f
32702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" (0 0
32703 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32704 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
32706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texnfo-upd" '("texinfo-")))
32708 ;;;***
32709 \f
32710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (0 0 0
32711 ;;;;;; 0))
32712 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
32714 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
32715 Compose Thai characters in the region.
32716 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32717 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
32719 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32721 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
32722 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
32724 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
32726 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
32727 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
32729 \(fn)" t nil)
32731 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
32734 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
32736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-util" '("exit-thai-language-environment-internal" "setup-thai-language-environment-internal" "thai-")))
32738 ;;;***
32739 \f
32740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-word" "language/thai-word.el" (0 0 0
32741 ;;;;;; 0))
32742 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-word.el
32744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-word" '("thai-")))
32746 ;;;***
32747 \f
32748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32749 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
32751 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
32752 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
32753 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32754 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32755 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32756 `line', and `page'.
32758 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
32760 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32761 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
32762 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32763 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32764 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32765 `line', and `page'.
32767 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
32768 valid THING.
32770 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
32771 positions of the thing found.
32773 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
32775 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32776 Return the THING at point.
32777 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32778 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32779 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32780 `line', `number', and `page'.
32782 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
32783 strip text properties from the return value.
32785 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
32786 a symbol as a valid THING.
32788 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
32790 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32791 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
32793 \(fn)" nil nil)
32795 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32796 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
32798 \(fn)" nil nil)
32800 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32801 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
32803 \(fn)" nil nil)
32805 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32806 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
32808 \(fn)" nil nil)
32810 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thingatpt" '("form-at-point" "thing-at-point-" "sentence-at-point" "word-at-point" "in-string-p" "end-of-thing" "beginning-of-thing")))
32812 ;;;***
32813 \f
32814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (0 0 0 0))
32815 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
32817 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
32818 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
32820 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
32822 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
32823 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
32824 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
32825 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
32827 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
32829 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
32830 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
32832 \(fn)" t nil)
32834 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
32835 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
32837 \(fn)" t nil)
32839 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
32841 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
32842 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
32844 \(fn)" t nil)
32846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thumbs" '("thumbs-")))
32848 ;;;***
32849 \f
32850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32851 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
32852 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
32854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thunk" '("thunk-")))
32856 ;;;***
32857 \f
32858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (0 0
32859 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32860 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
32862 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
32863 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
32864 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
32866 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
32868 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
32869 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
32871 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32873 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
32874 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
32875 The returned string has no composition information.
32877 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32879 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
32880 Compose Tibetan string STR.
32882 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32884 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
32885 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
32887 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32889 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
32890 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
32891 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
32892 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
32894 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32896 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
32897 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
32898 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
32899 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
32901 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32903 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
32904 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
32905 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
32907 \(fn)" t nil)
32909 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
32910 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
32911 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
32913 \(fn)" t nil)
32915 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
32918 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32920 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
32923 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32925 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
32928 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32930 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tibet-util" '("tibetan-")))
32932 ;;;***
32933 \f
32934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (0 0 0 0))
32935 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
32936 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32938 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
32939 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
32940 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
32941 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
32942 parameters.
32943 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
32944 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
32945 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
32947 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
32949 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
32950 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
32951 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
32952 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
32953 parameters.
32954 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
32955 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
32956 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
32958 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
32960 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
32961 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
32963 If
32964 * character before point is a space character,
32966 constituent),
32967 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
32968 characters) from before the space character, and
32969 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
32970 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
32971 return t.
32973 Otherwise, if
32974 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
32975 * character before point is a space character, and
32976 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
32977 `tildify-space-string' variable,
32978 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
32980 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
32982 \(fn)" t nil)
32984 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
32985 Adds electric behavior to space character.
32987 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
32988 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
32989 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
32990 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
32992 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
32993 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
32994 variable will be set to the representation.
32996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32998 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tildify" '("tildify-")))
33000 ;;;***
33001 \f
33002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (0 0 0 0))
33003 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
33005 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
33008 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
33009 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
33011 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
33012 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33013 This display updates automatically every minute.
33014 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
33015 are displayed as well.
33016 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33018 \(fn)" t nil)
33020 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
33021 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
33022 See the `display-time-mode' command
33023 for a description of this minor mode.
33024 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33025 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33026 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
33028 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
33030 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
33031 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33032 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
33033 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33034 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
33036 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
33037 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
33038 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
33039 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
33040 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33044 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
33045 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
33046 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
33047 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
33049 \(fn)" t nil)
33051 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
33052 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
33053 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
33056 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
33058 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
33059 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
33061 \(fn)" t nil)
33063 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time" '("display-time-" "legacy-style-world-list" "zoneinfo-style-world-list")))
33065 ;;;***
33066 \f
33067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (0 0 0
33068 ;;;;;; 0))
33069 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
33071 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
33072 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33073 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
33075 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33077 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
33079 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
33080 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
33082 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
33084 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
33085 Convert DAYS into a time value.
33087 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
33089 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
33090 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
33091 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
33093 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33095 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract "25.2")
33097 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
33098 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
33099 DATE should be a date-time string.
33101 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33103 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
33104 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
33105 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
33107 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
33109 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
33110 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
33112 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
33114 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
33115 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
33117 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33119 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
33120 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
33121 TIME should be a time value.
33122 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
33124 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33126 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
33127 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33128 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
33130 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33132 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
33133 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
33134 The valid format specifiers are:
33135 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
33136 %d is the number of days.
33137 %h is the number of hours.
33138 %m is the number of minutes.
33139 %s is the number of seconds.
33140 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
33144 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
33152 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
33154 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
33156 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
33158 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
33159 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
33161 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
33163 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-date" '("seconds-to-string" "time-" "encode-time-value" "with-decoded-time-value")))
33165 ;;;***
33166 \f
33167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33168 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
33169 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33170 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
33171 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33172 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33173 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33174 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
33175 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33176 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33178 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
33179 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
33180 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
33181 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
33183 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
33184 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
33185 look like one of the following:
33186 Time-stamp: <>
33188 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
33189 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
33190 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
33191 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
33192 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
33193 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
33194 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
33195 the template.
33197 \(fn)" t nil)
33199 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
33201 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
33203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33205 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-stamp" '("time-stamp-")))
33207 ;;;***
33208 \f
33209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (0 0 0
33210 ;;;;;; 0))
33211 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
33212 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33214 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
33215 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
33216 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
33217 for a description of this minor mode.
33218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33219 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33220 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
33222 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
33224 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
33225 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
33226 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
33227 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
33228 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
33229 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
33230 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
33231 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
33232 display (non-nil means on).
33234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33236 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
33237 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33238 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
33239 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
33240 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
33241 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
33242 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
33243 this function is called within a day.
33245 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
33246 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
33247 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
33248 discover the name of the project.
33250 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
33252 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
33253 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33254 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
33255 begun during the last time segment.
33257 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
33258 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
33259 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
33260 discover the reason.
33262 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
33264 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
33265 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
33266 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
33267 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
33268 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
33270 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33272 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
33273 Change to working on a different project.
33274 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
33275 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
33276 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
33277 working on.
33279 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
33281 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
33282 Ask the user whether to clock out.
33283 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
33285 \(fn)" nil nil)
33287 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
33288 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
33289 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
33291 \(fn)" t nil)
33293 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
33294 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
33295 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
33296 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
33297 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
33300 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33302 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
33303 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
33304 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
33305 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
33307 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
33309 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
33310 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
33311 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
33312 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
33313 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
33314 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
33316 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33318 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timeclock" '("timeclock-")))
33320 ;;;***
33321 \f
33322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" (0
33323 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
33324 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
33326 (autoload 'timer-list "timer-list" "\
33327 List all timers in a buffer.
33329 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
33330 (put 'timer-list 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
33332 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timer-list" '("timer-list-")))
33334 ;;;***
33335 \f
33336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "timezone.el" (0 0 0 0))
33337 ;;; Generated autoloads from timezone.el
33339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timezone" '("timezone-")))
33341 ;;;***
33342 \f
33343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
33344 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33345 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
33347 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33348 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
33349 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
33350 the generated Quail package is saved.
33352 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
33354 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33355 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
33356 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
33357 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
33362 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
33364 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "titdic-cnv" '("batch-miscdic-convert" "miscdic-convert" "ctlau-" "ziranma-converter" "py-converter" "quail-" "quick-" "tit-" "tsang-")))
33366 ;;;***
33367 \f
33368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tls" "net/tls.el" (0 0 0 0))
33369 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tls.el
33371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tls" '("open-tls-stream" "tls-")))
33373 ;;;***
33374 \f
33375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (0 0 0 0))
33376 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
33377 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
33378 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
33380 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
33381 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33382 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33383 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
33384 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
33387 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
33388 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
33390 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
33392 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
33393 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33394 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
33395 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
33396 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33398 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
33400 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
33401 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
33402 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
33403 in the menu in two ways:
33404 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
33405 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
33406 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
33408 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
33409 keymap or an alist of alists.
33410 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
33411 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
33413 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
33415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tmm" '("tmm-")))
33417 ;;;***
33418 \f
33419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (0 0 0
33420 ;;;;;; 0))
33421 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
33423 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
33424 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
33426 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
33427 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
33428 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
33429 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
33430 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
33431 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
33432 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
33433 file was last visited.
33435 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
33436 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
33437 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
33438 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
33439 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
33440 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
33441 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
33442 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
33443 for the first item.
33445 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
33446 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
33447 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
33448 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
33449 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
33450 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
33451 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
33452 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
33454 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
33455 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
33457 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
33458 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
33460 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
33462 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
33463 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
33467 \(fn)" t nil)
33469 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
33470 Major mode for archived todo categories.
33474 \(fn)" t nil)
33476 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
33477 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
33481 \(fn)" t nil)
33483 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "todo-mode" '("todo-")))
33485 ;;;***
33486 \f
33487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
33488 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
33490 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
33491 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
33492 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
33494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33496 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
33497 Add an item to the tool bar.
33498 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33499 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33500 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33501 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33503 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33504 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33505 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33506 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33508 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33509 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
33511 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33513 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
33514 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
33515 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33516 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33517 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33518 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33520 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33521 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33522 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33523 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33525 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33527 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33528 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
33529 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
33530 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33531 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33532 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33533 properties to add to the binding.
33535 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
33537 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33538 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
33540 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33542 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33543 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
33544 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
33545 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33546 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33547 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33548 properties to add to the binding.
33550 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
33551 holds a keymap.
33553 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33555 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tool-bar" '("tool-bar-")))
33557 ;;;***
33558 \f
33559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (0 0 0 0))
33560 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
33562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tooltip" '("tooltip-")))
33564 ;;;***
33565 \f
33566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (0 0 0 0))
33567 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
33569 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
33570 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
33571 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
33572 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
33573 to a tcp server on another machine.
33575 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
33577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tq" '("tq-")))
33579 ;;;***
33580 \f
33581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (0 0 0 0))
33582 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
33584 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
33585 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
33587 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
33589 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
33590 Helper function to get internal values.
33591 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
33593 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
33595 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
33596 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
33597 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
33598 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
33600 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
33601 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
33602 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
33603 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
33604 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
33606 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
33607 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
33608 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
33609 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
33611 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
33613 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33615 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
33616 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
33617 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
33618 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
33620 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33622 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
33624 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trace" '("untrace-" "trace-" "inhibit-trace")))
33626 ;;;***
33627 \f
33628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33629 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
33631 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
33632 Whether Tramp is enabled.
33633 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
33635 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
33637 (defvar tramp-syntax 'ftp "\
33638 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
33640 It can have the following values:
33642 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP like syntax
33643 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs originally.")
33645 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
33647 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
33648 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33649 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33651 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33654 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33655 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33657 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33658 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
33659 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
33660 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
33661 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
33662 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
33663 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
33664 files which are not really Tramp files.
33666 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
33667 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
33668 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
33669 updated after changing this variable.
33671 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33673 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
33674 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33675 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33677 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33680 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33681 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33683 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33684 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
33685 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
33687 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
33688 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
33689 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
33690 updated after changing this variable.
33692 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33694 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
33695 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
33696 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
33697 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
33698 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args)
33699 (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))
33701 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
33702 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
33704 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
33705 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
33707 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
33709 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
33712 \(fn)" nil nil)
33714 (defvar tramp-completion-mode nil "\
33715 If non-nil, external packages signal that they are in file name completion.
33717 This is necessary, because Tramp uses a heuristic depending on last
33718 input event. This fails when external packages use other characters
33720 should never be set globally, the intention is to let-bind it.")
33722 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
33723 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
33725 \(fn)" t nil)
33727 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp" '("tramp-" "with-")))
33729 ;;;***
33730 \f
33731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-adb" "net/tramp-adb.el" (0 0 0 0))
33732 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-adb.el
33734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-adb" '("tramp-")))
33736 ;;;***
33737 \f
33738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cache" "net/tramp-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
33739 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cache.el
33741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cache" '("tramp-")))
33743 ;;;***
33744 \f
33745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cmds" "net/tramp-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
33746 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cmds.el
33748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cmds" '("tramp-")))
33750 ;;;***
33751 \f
33752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-compat" "net/tramp-compat.el" (0 0 0
33753 ;;;;;; 0))
33754 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-compat.el
33756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-compat" '("tramp-compat-")))
33758 ;;;***
33759 \f
33760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33761 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
33763 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
33766 \(fn)" nil nil)
33768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-ftp" '("tramp-")))
33770 ;;;***
33771 \f
33772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gvfs" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
33773 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gvfs.el
33775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gvfs" '("tramp-" "with-tramp-dbus-call-method")))
33777 ;;;***
33778 \f
33779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gw" "net/tramp-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
33780 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gw.el
33782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gw" '("tramp-gw-" "socks-")))
33784 ;;;***
33785 \f
33786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-sh" "net/tramp-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
33787 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-sh.el
33789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-sh" '("tramp-")))
33791 ;;;***
33792 \f
33793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-smb" "net/tramp-smb.el" (0 0 0 0))
33794 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-smb.el
33796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-smb" '("tramp-smb-")))
33798 ;;;***
33799 \f
33800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-uu" "net/tramp-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
33801 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-uu.el
33803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-uu" '("tramp-uu")))
33805 ;;;***
33806 \f
33807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (0 0 0 0))
33808 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
33809 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 3 0)) package--builtin-versions)
33811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trampver" '("tramp-")))
33813 ;;;***
33814 \f
33815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tree-widget" "tree-widget.el" (0 0 0 0))
33816 ;;; Generated autoloads from tree-widget.el
33818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tree-widget" '("tree-widget-")))
33820 ;;;***
33821 \f
33822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (0 0 0 0))
33823 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
33825 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
33826 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
33827 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
33828 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
33829 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
33830 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
33831 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
33832 any question when restarting the tutorial.
33834 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
33835 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
33836 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
33838 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
33839 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
33840 resumed later.
33842 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
33844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tutorial" '("get-lang-string" "lang-strings" "tutorial--")))
33846 ;;;***
33847 \f
33848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
33849 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
33851 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
33854 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
33856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tv-util" '("tai-viet-")))
33858 ;;;***
33859 \f
33860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (0 0
33861 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33862 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
33863 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
33864 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
33865 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
33867 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
33868 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
33871 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
33872 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
33873 first and the associated buffer to its right.
33875 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
33877 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
33878 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
33879 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
33880 accepting the proposed default buffer.
33884 \(fn)" t nil)
33886 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
33887 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
33888 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
33889 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
33890 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
33891 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
33892 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
33894 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
33895 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
33897 First column's text sSs Second column's text
33904 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
33906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "two-column" '("2C-")))
33908 ;;;***
33909 \f
33910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (0 0 0 0))
33911 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
33913 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
33914 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
33915 See the `type-break-mode' command
33916 for a description of this minor mode.
33917 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33918 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33919 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
33921 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
33923 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
33924 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
33925 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
33927 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
33928 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
33929 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
33930 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
33931 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
33932 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
33933 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
33935 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
33936 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
33938 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
33939 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
33940 reset the keystroke counter.
33942 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
33943 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
33944 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
33945 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
33947 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
33948 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
33949 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
33950 `type-break-schedule' command.
33952 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
33953 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
33954 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
33955 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
33956 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
33957 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
33958 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
33959 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
33960 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
33962 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
33963 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
33964 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
33965 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
33966 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
33968 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
33969 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
33970 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
33971 approximate good values for this.
33973 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
33974 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
33976 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
33977 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
33978 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
33979 `type-break-warning-repeat'
33980 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
33981 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
33983 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
33984 a typing break occur. They include:
33986 `type-break-query-mode'
33987 `type-break-query-function'
33988 `type-break-query-interval'
33990 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
33992 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
33993 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
33994 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
33995 problems.
33997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33999 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
34000 Take a typing break.
34002 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
34003 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
34005 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
34006 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
34008 \(fn)" t nil)
34010 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
34011 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
34012 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
34013 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
34015 \(fn)" t nil)
34017 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
34018 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
34020 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
34021 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
34022 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
34023 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
34024 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
34025 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
34026 average typing speed.)
34028 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
34029 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
34030 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
34031 the computed maximum threshold.
34033 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
34034 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
34035 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
34036 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
34037 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
34039 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
34041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "type-break" '("timep" "type-break-")))
34043 ;;;***
34044 \f
34045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (0 0 0 0))
34046 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
34048 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
34049 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
34050 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
34051 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
34052 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
34054 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
34056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uce" '("uce-")))
34058 ;;;***
34059 \f
34060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
34061 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34062 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
34064 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34065 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
34067 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34069 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34070 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
34072 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34074 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34075 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
34077 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34079 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34080 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
34082 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34084 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34085 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
34087 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34089 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34090 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
34092 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34094 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34095 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
34097 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34099 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34100 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
34102 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34104 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34105 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34107 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34109 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34110 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34112 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34114 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34115 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34117 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34119 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34120 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34122 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ucs-normalize" '("ucs-normalize-" "utf-8-hfs")))
34126 ;;;***
34127 \f
34128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (0 0 0
34129 ;;;;;; 0))
34130 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
34132 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
34133 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
34134 Works by overstriking underscores.
34135 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34136 which specify the range to operate on.
34138 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34140 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
34141 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
34142 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34143 which specify the range to operate on.
34145 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34147 ;;;***
34148 \f
34149 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "undigest" "mail/undigest.el"
34150 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 843192 607000))
34151 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
34153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "undigest" '("rmail-")))
34155 ;;;***
34156 \f
34157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
34158 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
34160 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
34161 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
34162 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
34163 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
34164 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
34165 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
34167 \(fn)" nil nil)
34169 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
34170 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
34171 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
34173 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
34175 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unrmail" '("unrmail-mbox-format")))
34177 ;;;***
34178 \f
34179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (0 0 0 0))
34180 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
34182 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
34183 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
34184 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
34185 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
34187 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
34189 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unsafep" '("unsafep-" "safe-functions")))
34191 ;;;***
34192 \f
34193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (0 0 0 0))
34194 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
34196 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
34197 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34198 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
34199 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
34200 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
34202 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
34203 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
34204 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
34205 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
34206 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
34207 occurred. Each pair is one of:
34209 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
34210 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
34211 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
34213 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
34214 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
34215 the callback is not called).
34217 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
34218 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
34219 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
34220 take effect.
34222 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
34223 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
34224 the server.
34225 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
34226 URL-encoded before it's used.
34228 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34230 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
34231 Retrieve URL synchronously.
34232 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
34233 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
34234 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
34236 If SILENT is non-nil, don't do any messaging while retrieving.
34237 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, refuse to store cookies. If
34238 TIMEOUT is passed, it should be a number that says (in seconds)
34239 how long to wait for a response before giving up.
34241 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES TIMEOUT)" nil nil)
34243 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url" '("url-")))
34245 ;;;***
34246 \f
34247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-about" "url/url-about.el" (0 0 0 0))
34248 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-about.el
34250 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-about" '("url-")))
34252 ;;;***
34253 \f
34254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (0 0 0 0))
34255 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
34257 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
34258 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
34259 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
34261 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
34262 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
34263 `url-generic-parse-url'
34264 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
34265 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
34266 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
34267 realm
34268 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
34269 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
34270 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
34271 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
34272 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
34273 what type of auth to use
34274 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
34275 if one cannot be found in the cache
34277 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
34279 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
34280 Register an HTTP authentication method.
34282 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
34283 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
34284 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
34285 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
34286 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
34287 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
34288 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
34289 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
34291 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
34293 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-auth" '("url-")))
34295 ;;;***
34296 \f
34297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34298 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
34300 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
34301 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
34303 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
34305 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
34306 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
34307 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
34309 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34311 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
34312 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
34314 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
34316 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cache" '("url-")))
34318 ;;;***
34319 \f
34320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (0 0 0 0))
34321 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
34323 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
34326 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34328 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cid" '("url-cid-gnus")))
34330 ;;;***
34331 \f
34332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (0 0 0 0))
34333 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
34335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cookie" '("url-cookie")))
34337 ;;;***
34338 \f
34339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
34340 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
34342 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
34343 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
34344 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
34346 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34348 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
34349 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
34350 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
34351 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
34353 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
34354 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
34355 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
34356 though.
34358 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
34360 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
34361 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
34362 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
34364 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
34366 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
34369 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dav" '("url-")))
34373 ;;;***
34374 \f
34375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dired" "url/url-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
34376 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dired.el
34378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dired" '("url-")))
34380 ;;;***
34381 \f
34382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-domsuf" "url/url-domsuf.el" (0 0 0 0))
34383 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-domsuf.el
34385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-domsuf" '("url-domsuf-")))
34387 ;;;***
34388 \f
34389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-expand" "url/url-expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
34390 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-expand.el
34392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-expand" '("url-")))
34394 ;;;***
34395 \f
34396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
34397 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
34399 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
34400 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
34402 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
34404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-file" '("url-file-")))
34406 ;;;***
34407 \f
34408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ftp" "url/url-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34409 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ftp.el
34411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ftp" '("url-ftp")))
34413 ;;;***
34414 \f
34415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-future" "url/url-future.el" (0 0 0 0))
34416 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-future.el
34418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-future" '("url-future-")))
34420 ;;;***
34421 \f
34422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
34423 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
34425 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
34426 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
34428 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
34430 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
34431 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
34432 Args per `open-network-stream'.
34433 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
34434 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
34436 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
34437 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
34439 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
34441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-gw" '("url-")))
34443 ;;;***
34444 \f
34445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (0 0 0
34446 ;;;;;; 0))
34447 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
34449 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
34450 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
34451 See the `url-handler-mode' command
34452 for a description of this minor mode.
34453 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34454 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34455 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
34457 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
34459 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
34460 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
34461 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
34462 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
34463 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
34465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34467 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
34468 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34469 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
34470 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
34472 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34474 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
34475 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
34476 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
34477 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
34478 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
34479 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
34480 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
34481 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
34482 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
34483 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
34485 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
34487 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
34488 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
34489 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
34490 accessible.
34492 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
34494 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
34495 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
34496 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
34497 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
34499 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34501 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
34504 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34506 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-handlers" '("url-")))
34508 ;;;***
34509 \f
34510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-history" "url/url-history.el" (0 0 0 0))
34511 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
34513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-history" '("url-")))
34515 ;;;***
34516 \f
34517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (0 0 0 0))
34518 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
34519 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
34521 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
34522 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
34523 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
34524 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
34525 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
34527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-http" '("url-h")))
34529 ;;;***
34530 \f
34531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-imap" "url/url-imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34532 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-imap.el
34534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-imap" '("url-imap")))
34536 ;;;***
34537 \f
34538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34539 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
34541 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
34544 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-irc" '("url-irc-")))
34548 ;;;***
34549 \f
34550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34551 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
34553 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
34554 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
34555 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
34556 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
34557 `url-generic-parse-url'.
34559 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34561 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ldap" '("url-ldap-")))
34563 ;;;***
34564 \f
34565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (0 0 0 0))
34566 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
34568 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
34571 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
34573 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
34574 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
34576 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-mailto" '("url-mail-goto-field")))
34580 ;;;***
34581 \f
34582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-methods" "url/url-methods.el" (0 0 0 0))
34583 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-methods.el
34585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-methods" '("url-scheme-")))
34587 ;;;***
34588 \f
34589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34590 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
34592 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
34593 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
34595 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34597 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
34598 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
34600 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34602 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
34605 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34607 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34609 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34611 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34613 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
34614 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
34616 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-misc" '("url-do-terminal-emulator")))
34620 ;;;***
34621 \f
34622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (0 0 0 0))
34623 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
34625 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
34628 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34630 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
34633 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-news" '("url-news-")))
34637 ;;;***
34638 \f
34639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-nfs" "url/url-nfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
34640 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-nfs.el
34642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-nfs" '("url-nfs")))
34644 ;;;***
34645 \f
34646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
34647 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
34649 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
34652 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34654 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
34657 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
34659 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
34662 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34664 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
34667 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34669 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
34672 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
34674 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
34677 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
34679 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
34682 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
34684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ns" '("url-ns-")))
34686 ;;;***
34687 \f
34688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
34689 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
34691 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
34692 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
34694 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
34696 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
34697 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
34698 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
34700 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
34701 USER is the user name (string or nil).
34702 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
34703 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
34704 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
34705 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
34706 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
34707 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
34708 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
34709 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
34710 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
34711 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
34712 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
34715 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
34716 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
34717 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
34719 Here is an example. The URL
34721 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
34723 parses to
34729 PORTSPEC = 42
34732 ATTRIBUTES = nil
34733 FULLNESS = t
34735 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-parse" '("url-")))
34739 ;;;***
34740 \f
34741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34742 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
34744 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
34745 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
34747 \(fn)" t nil)
34749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-privacy" '("url-device-type")))
34751 ;;;***
34752 \f
34753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-proxy" "url/url-proxy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34754 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-proxy.el
34756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-proxy" '("url-")))
34758 ;;;***
34759 \f
34760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (0 0 0 0))
34761 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
34763 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
34764 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34765 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
34766 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
34767 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
34768 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
34770 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-queue" '("url-queue")))
34774 ;;;***
34775 \f
34776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34777 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
34779 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
34780 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
34781 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
34783 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
34785 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
34786 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34787 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
34788 would have been passed to OPERATION.
34790 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-tramp" '("url-tramp-convert-")))
34794 ;;;***
34795 \f
34796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
34797 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
34799 (defvar url-debug nil "\
34800 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
34801 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
34803 If t, all messages will be logged.
34804 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
34805 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
34807 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
34809 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
34812 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34814 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
34817 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
34819 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
34820 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
34822 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
34823 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
34824 & ==> &
34825 < ==> <
34826 > ==> >
34829 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
34831 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
34833 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
34835 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34837 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
34838 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
34839 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
34841 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34843 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
34844 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
34846 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
34848 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
34849 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
34851 \(fn X)" nil nil)
34853 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
34854 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
34856 \(fn X)" nil nil)
34858 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
34861 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34863 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
34866 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
34868 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
34870 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
34871 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
34873 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
34875 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
34876 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
34878 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
34880 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
34883 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
34885 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
34886 Build a query-string.
34888 Given a QUERY in the form:
34889 ((key1 val1)
34890 (key2 val2)
34891 (key3 val1 val2)
34892 (key4)
34895 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
34897 This will return a string
34899 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
34900 be used.
34907 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
34909 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
34910 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
34911 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
34912 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
34913 forbidden in URL encoding.
34915 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
34917 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
34918 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
34919 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
34920 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
34921 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
34924 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
34925 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
34926 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
34927 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
34929 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
34931 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
34932 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
34933 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
34934 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
34935 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
34936 should return it unchanged.
34938 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34940 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
34941 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
34942 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
34943 of the file with the extension stripped off.
34945 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
34947 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
34948 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
34949 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
34951 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
34953 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
34954 View the current document's URL.
34955 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
34956 the minibuffer.
34958 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
34960 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
34962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-util" '("url-")))
34964 ;;;***
34965 \f
34966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-vars" "url/url-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
34967 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-vars.el
34969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-vars" '("url-")))
34971 ;;;***
34972 \f
34973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
34974 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
34976 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
34977 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
34978 This function has a choice of three things to do:
34980 to refrain from editing the file
34981 return t (grab the lock on the file)
34982 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
34983 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
34984 in any way you like.
34986 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
34988 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
34989 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
34990 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
34992 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
34994 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
34995 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
34997 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
34999 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "userlock" '("ask-user-about-" "file-")))
35001 ;;;***
35002 \f
35003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35004 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
35006 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35009 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35011 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35014 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35016 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35019 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35021 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35024 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf-7" '("utf-7-")))
35028 ;;;***
35029 \f
35030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35031 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
35033 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
35034 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
35036 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
35038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf7" '("utf7-")))
35040 ;;;***
35041 \f
35042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
35043 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
35045 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
35046 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
35047 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
35048 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
35050 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35052 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
35053 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
35054 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35056 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35058 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
35059 Uudecode region between START and END.
35060 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35062 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
35064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uudecode" '("uudecode-")))
35066 ;;;***
35067 \f
35068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35069 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
35071 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
35072 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
35073 See `run-hooks'.")
35075 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
35077 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
35078 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
35079 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
35081 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35083 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
35084 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
35085 See `run-hooks'.")
35087 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35089 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
35090 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
35092 If FILE is already registered, return the
35093 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
35094 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
35095 responsible for FILE is returned.
35097 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35099 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
35100 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
35101 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
35102 same state. If not, signal an error.
35104 For merging-based version control systems:
35105 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
35106 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
35107 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
35108 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
35109 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
35110 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
35112 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
35113 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
35114 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
35115 the file(s) for editing.
35116 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
35117 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
35118 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
35119 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
35120 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
35122 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
35124 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
35125 Register into a version control system.
35126 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
35127 Otherwise register the current file.
35128 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
35130 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
35131 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
35132 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
35133 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
35134 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
35135 first backend that could register the file is used.
35137 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
35139 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
35140 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
35142 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35144 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
35145 Display diffs between file revisions.
35146 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35147 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35148 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35150 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35151 saving the buffer.
35153 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35155 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
35156 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
35157 repository history using ediff.
35159 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35161 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
35162 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
35163 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35164 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35165 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35167 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35168 saving the buffer.
35170 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35172 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
35173 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
35174 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
35175 fileset with the working revision.
35176 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
35177 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35179 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35180 saving the buffer.
35182 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35184 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
35185 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
35186 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
35188 \(fn)" nil nil)
35190 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
35191 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
35192 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
35193 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
35195 \(fn REV)" t nil)
35197 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
35198 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
35199 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
35200 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
35202 \(fn)" t nil)
35204 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
35205 Perform a version control merge operation.
35206 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35208 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
35209 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
35211 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
35212 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
35213 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
35214 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
35215 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
35216 changes from the current branch.
35218 \(fn)" t nil)
35220 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
35221 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
35223 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
35225 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
35227 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
35228 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
35229 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
35230 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
35231 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
35232 checked out in that new branch.
35234 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
35236 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
35237 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
35238 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
35239 named branch in the directory DIR.
35240 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
35241 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
35242 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
35243 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
35244 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
35245 allowed and simply skipped).
35247 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
35249 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
35250 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
35251 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
35252 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35253 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35255 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
35256 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
35258 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
35260 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
35261 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
35262 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35263 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35264 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
35266 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
35268 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
35269 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
35270 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35272 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35274 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
35275 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
35276 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35278 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35280 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
35281 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
35283 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35285 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
35286 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
35287 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
35288 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
35290 \(fn)" t nil)
35292 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
35294 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
35295 Update the current fileset or branch.
35296 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35298 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
35299 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
35300 command to run.
35302 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
35303 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
35304 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
35305 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
35306 tip revision are merged into the working file.
35308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35310 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
35312 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
35313 Push the current branch.
35314 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35316 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
35317 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
35318 VCS command to run.
35320 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
35321 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
35323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35325 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
35326 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
35327 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
35328 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
35329 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
35330 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
35331 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
35333 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
35335 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
35336 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
35337 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
35338 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
35339 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
35340 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
35341 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
35342 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
35343 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
35345 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
35347 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
35348 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
35349 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
35350 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35352 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
35354 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
35355 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
35356 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
35357 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35359 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
35361 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
35362 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
35363 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
35364 directory.
35366 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
35368 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
35369 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
35370 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
35372 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
35373 log entries should be gathered.
35375 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
35377 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
35378 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
35380 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
35382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc" '("vc-" "with-vc-properties")))
35384 ;;;***
35385 \f
35386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (0 0 0 0))
35387 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
35389 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
35390 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
35392 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
35393 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
35394 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
35395 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
35396 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
35397 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35399 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
35400 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
35401 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
35402 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
35403 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
35404 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
35405 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
35406 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35408 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
35410 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
35412 Customization variables:
35414 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
35415 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
35416 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
35417 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
35418 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
35419 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
35421 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
35423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-annotate" '("vc-")))
35425 ;;;***
35426 \f
35427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (0 0 0 0))
35428 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
35430 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
35431 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
35433 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
35434 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
35435 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
35436 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
35437 (progn
35438 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
35439 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
35441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-bzr" '("vc-bzr-")))
35443 ;;;***
35444 \f
35445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35446 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
35447 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
35448 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
35449 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
35450 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
35451 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
35452 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
35454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-cvs" '("vc-cvs-")))
35456 ;;;***
35457 \f
35458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dav" "vc/vc-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
35459 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dav.el
35461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dav" '("vc-dav-")))
35463 ;;;***
35464 \f
35465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (0 0 0 0))
35466 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
35468 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
35470 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
35471 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
35472 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
35474 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
35475 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
35476 The file lines appear later.
35478 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
35479 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
35481 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
35485 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
35487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dir" '("vc-")))
35489 ;;;***
35490 \f
35491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (0 0
35492 ;;;;;; 0 0))
35493 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
35495 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
35496 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
35497 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
35498 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
35499 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
35500 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
35501 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
35502 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
35503 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
35504 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
35505 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
35506 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
35507 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
35508 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
35509 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
35511 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
35513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dispatcher" '("vc-")))
35515 ;;;***
35516 \f
35517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-filewise" "vc/vc-filewise.el" (0 0 0 0))
35518 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-filewise.el
35520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-filewise" '("vc-")))
35522 ;;;***
35523 \f
35524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (0 0 0 0))
35525 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
35526 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
35527 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
35528 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
35529 (progn
35530 (load "vc-git" nil t)
35531 (vc-git-registered file))))
35533 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-git" '("vc-git-")))
35535 ;;;***
35536 \f
35537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (0 0 0 0))
35538 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
35539 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
35540 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
35541 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
35542 (progn
35543 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
35544 (vc-hg-registered file))))
35546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-hg" '("vc-hg-")))
35548 ;;;***
35549 \f
35550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35551 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
35553 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
35554 Name of the monotone directory.")
35556 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
35557 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
35558 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
35559 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
35560 (progn
35561 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
35562 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
35564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-mtn" '("vc-mtn-")))
35566 ;;;***
35567 \f
35568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35569 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
35571 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
35572 Where to look for RCS master files.
35573 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35575 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
35577 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
35579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-rcs" '("vc-r")))
35581 ;;;***
35582 \f
35583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35584 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
35586 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
35587 Where to look for SCCS master files.
35588 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35590 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
35592 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
35594 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
35595 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
35596 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
35597 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
35599 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-sccs" '("vc-sccs-")))
35601 ;;;***
35602 \f
35603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
35604 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
35606 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
35607 Where to look for SRC master files.
35608 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35610 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
35612 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
35614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-src" '("vc-src-")))
35616 ;;;***
35617 \f
35618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35619 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
35620 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
35621 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
35622 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
35623 "_svn")
35624 (t ".svn"))))
35625 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
35626 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
35627 (vc-svn-registered f))))
35629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-svn" '("vc-svn-")))
35631 ;;;***
35632 \f
35633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vcursor" "vcursor.el" (0 0 0 0))
35634 ;;; Generated autoloads from vcursor.el
35636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vcursor" '("vcursor-")))
35638 ;;;***
35639 \f
35640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (0 0 0
35641 ;;;;;; 0))
35642 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
35643 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
35646 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
35647 Major mode for editing Vera code.
35649 Usage:
35650 ------
35652 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
35653 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
35655 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
35657 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
35658 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
35659 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
35660 completions.
35662 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
35663 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
35665 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
35666 uncomments a region if already commented out.
35668 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
35669 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
35670 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
35672 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
35675 Maintenance:
35676 ------------
35678 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
35679 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
35681 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
35683 Official distribution is at
35684 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
35687 The Vera Mode Maintainer
35688 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
35690 Key bindings:
35691 -------------
35695 \(fn)" t nil)
35697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vera-mode" '("vera-")))
35699 ;;;***
35700 \f
35701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
35702 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
35703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
35705 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
35706 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
35709 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
35713 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
35714 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
35716 Supports highlighting.
35718 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
35719 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
35721 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
35723 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
35724 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
35725 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
35726 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
35727 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
35728 on the left side of your screen.
35729 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
35730 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
35731 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
35732 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
35733 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
35734 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
35735 function keyword.
35736 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
35738 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
35739 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
35740 if (a)
35741 begin
35742 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
35743 Indentation for case statements.
35744 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
35745 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
35746 mark after an end.
35747 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
35748 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
35749 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
35750 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
35751 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
35752 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
35753 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
35754 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
35755 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
35756 if (a)
35757 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
35758 otherwise you get:
35759 if (a)
35760 begin
35761 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
35762 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
35763 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
35764 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
35765 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
35766 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
35767 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
35768 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
35769 comments in tight quarters.
35770 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
35771 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
35773 Variables controlling other actions:
35775 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
35776 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
35781 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
35787 Some other functions are:
35817 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
35818 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
35830 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
35833 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
35837 \(fn)" t nil)
35839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "verilog-mode" '("vl-" "verilog-" "electric-verilog-")))
35841 ;;;***
35842 \f
35843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (0 0 0
35844 ;;;;;; 0))
35845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
35847 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
35848 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
35850 Usage:
35851 ------
35853 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
35854 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
35855 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
35856 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
35857 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
35858 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
35859 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
35860 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
35861 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
35863 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
35864 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
35865 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
35866 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
35868 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
35869 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
35870 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
35871 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
35872 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
35874 Template styles can be customized in customization group
35875 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
35878 HEADER INSERTION:
35879 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
35880 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
35881 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
35884 STUTTERING:
35885 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
35886 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
35887 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
35888 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
35897 WORD COMPLETION:
35898 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
35899 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
35900 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
35901 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
35903 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
35904 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
35905 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
35909 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
35910 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
35911 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
35912 stop.
35915 COMMENTS:
35916 `--' puts a single comment.
35917 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
35918 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
35919 with a comment in between.
35920 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
35921 out following lines.
35922 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
35923 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
35924 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
35925 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
35927 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
35928 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
35929 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
35930 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
35931 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
35932 non-nil.
35934 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
35935 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
35936 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
35937 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
35938 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
35939 multi-line comments.
35942 INDENTATION:
35943 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
35944 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
35945 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
35946 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
35947 the entire region.
35949 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
35951 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
35952 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
35954 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
35956 tabs and vice versa.
35958 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
35959 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
35961 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
35962 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
35963 line.
35966 ALIGNMENT:
35967 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
35968 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
35969 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
35970 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
35971 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
35972 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
35973 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
35974 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
35976 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
35977 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
35978 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
35979 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
35980 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
35981 is non-nil.
35983 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
35984 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
35985 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
35987 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
35988 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
35991 CODE FILLING:
35992 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
35993 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
35994 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
35995 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
35996 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
35997 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
36000 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
36001 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
36002 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
36003 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
36004 command:
36006 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
36009 PORT TRANSLATION:
36010 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
36011 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
36012 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
36013 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
36014 internal signal initializations (menu).
36016 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
36017 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
36018 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
36020 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
36021 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
36022 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
36023 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
36024 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
36025 in subsequent paste operations.)
36027 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
36028 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
36029 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
36032 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
36033 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
36034 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
36035 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
36036 association list with formals).
36039 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
36040 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
36041 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
36042 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
36043 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
36044 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
36045 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
36046 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
36047 `vhdl-testbench'.
36050 KEY BINDINGS:
36051 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
36054 VHDL MENU:
36055 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
36058 FILE BROWSER:
36059 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
36060 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
36061 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
36063 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
36064 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
36067 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
36068 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
36069 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
36070 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
36072 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
36073 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
36074 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
36076 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
36077 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
36078 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
36081 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
36082 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
36083 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
36084 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
36085 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
36087 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
36088 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
36089 required by secondary units.
36092 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
36093 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
36094 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
36095 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
36096 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
36097 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
36098 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
36099 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
36100 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
36101 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
36102 inputs to this component -> input port created
36103 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
36104 outputs from this component -> output port created
36105 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
36106 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
36108 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
36109 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
36110 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
36111 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
36112 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
36114 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
36115 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
36117 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
36118 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
36119 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
36120 component instantiation is also supported (option
36121 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
36123 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
36124 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
36125 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
36126 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
36127 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
36128 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
36129 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
36130 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
36131 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
36132 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
36133 generating the configuration.
36135 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
36136 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
36137 configurations in speedbar.
36139 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
36142 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
36143 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
36144 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
36145 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
36146 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
36147 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
36148 information. New compilers can be added.
36150 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
36151 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
36154 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
36155 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
36156 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
36157 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
36158 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36160 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
36161 command:
36163 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
36164 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
36165 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
36169 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
36170 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
36171 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
36172 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
36173 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
36174 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
36175 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
36177 Limitations:
36178 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
36179 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
36180 not (yet) supported.
36181 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
36182 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
36186 PROJECTS:
36187 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
36188 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
36189 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
36190 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
36191 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
36192 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
36193 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
36194 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36196 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
36197 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
36198 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
36201 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
36202 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
36203 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
36204 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
36205 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
36206 `vhdl-project-alist'.
36209 SPECIAL MENUES:
36210 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
36211 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
36213 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
36214 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
36215 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
36216 current directory for VHDL source files.
36219 VHDL STANDARDS:
36220 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
36221 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
36224 KEYWORD CASE:
36225 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
36226 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
36227 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
36228 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
36229 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
36230 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
36231 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
36232 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
36235 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
36236 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
36237 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
36238 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
36239 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
36240 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
36241 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
36243 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
36244 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
36245 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
36246 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
36247 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
36248 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
36250 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
36251 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
36252 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
36253 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
36254 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
36255 visually.
36257 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
36258 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
36259 highlighted if written in lower case.
36262 highlighted using a different background color if option
36263 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
36265 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
36267 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
36268 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
36269 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
36272 USER MODELS:
36273 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
36274 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
36275 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
36278 HIDE/SHOW:
36279 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
36280 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
36281 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
36282 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
36283 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
36286 CODE UPDATING:
36287 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
36288 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
36289 Limitations:
36290 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
36291 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
36292 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
36293 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
36294 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
36295 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
36296 (used to obtain the port names).
36297 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
36298 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
36299 sensitivity lists.
36302 CODE FIXING:
36303 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
36304 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
36307 PRINTING:
36308 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
36309 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
36310 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
36311 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
36312 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
36313 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
36314 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
36315 printers.
36318 OPTIONS:
36319 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
36321 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
36322 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
36325 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
36328 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
36329 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
36330 INSTALL file).
36332 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
36336 FILE EXTENSIONS:
36338 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
36344 HINTS:
36345 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
36346 a VHDL file first, use the command:
36348 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
36350 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
36352 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
36355 RELEASE NOTES:
36356 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
36359 Maintenance:
36360 ------------
36363 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36365 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
36367 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
36368 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
36369 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
36370 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
36372 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
36373 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
36374 where the latest version can be found.
36377 Known problems:
36378 ---------------
36380 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
36381 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
36382 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
36383 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
36386 The VHDL Mode Authors
36387 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
36389 Key bindings:
36390 -------------
36394 \(fn)" t nil)
36396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vhdl-mode" '("vhdl-")))
36398 ;;;***
36399 \f
36400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (0 0 0
36401 ;;;;;; 0))
36402 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
36404 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
36405 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
36407 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
36409 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36410 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
36411 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36412 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36414 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36416 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36417 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
36419 \(fn)" t nil)
36421 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36422 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36423 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36424 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36426 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36428 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36429 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36431 \(fn)" t nil)
36433 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
36436 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
36438 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
36441 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
36443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viet-util" '("viet-viqr-alist" "viqr-regexp")))
36445 ;;;***
36446 \f
36447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (0 0 0 0))
36448 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
36450 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
36451 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
36452 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
36454 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
36456 (defvar view-mode nil "\
36457 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
36458 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
36459 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
36461 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
36463 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
36464 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
36466 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
36468 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
36469 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36470 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36471 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36472 moving around in the buffer.
36473 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36474 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36476 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36478 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36480 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
36481 View FILE in View mode in another window.
36482 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
36483 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
36485 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36486 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36487 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36488 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36489 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36491 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36493 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36495 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
36496 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
36497 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
36498 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
36499 buffer.
36501 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36502 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36503 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36504 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36505 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36507 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36509 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36511 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
36512 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36513 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36514 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36515 moving around in the buffer.
36516 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36517 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36519 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36521 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36522 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36523 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36525 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
36526 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
36527 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
36528 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
36530 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36531 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36532 own View-like bindings.
36534 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36536 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
36537 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
36538 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36539 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36540 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36541 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36542 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36544 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36546 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36548 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36549 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36550 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36552 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36553 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36554 own View-like bindings.
36556 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36558 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
36559 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
36560 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36561 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36562 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36563 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36564 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36566 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36568 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36570 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36571 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36572 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36574 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36575 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36576 own View-like bindings.
36578 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36580 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
36581 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
36582 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
36583 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
36584 if ARG is omitted or nil.
36586 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
36587 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
36588 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
36589 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
36593 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
36595 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
36598 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
36599 to a repeat count of one.
36601 H, h, ? This message.
36602 Digits provide prefix arguments.
36605 > move to the end of buffer.
36608 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
36610 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
36611 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36612 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36615 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
36617 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
36618 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
36620 Use this to view a changing file.
36624 . set the mark.
36625 x exchanges point and mark.
36627 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
36628 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
36631 s do forward incremental search.
36632 r do reverse incremental search.
36633 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
36634 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
36635 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
36636 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
36639 p searches backward for last regular expression.
36643 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
36644 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
36646 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
36651 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
36652 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
36661 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36665 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
36666 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
36667 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
36668 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
36669 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
36670 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
36671 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
36672 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
36673 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
36675 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
36677 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
36679 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
36680 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
36681 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
36682 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
36683 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
36684 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
36686 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
36687 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
36688 called by `view-mode-exit'.
36690 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36692 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36694 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
36696 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
36697 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
36699 \(fn)" t nil)
36701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "view" '("view-" "View-")))
36703 ;;;***
36704 \f
36705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (0 0 0 0))
36706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
36707 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
36709 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
36710 Toggle Viper on/off.
36711 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
36713 \(fn)" t nil)
36715 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
36716 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
36718 \(fn)" t nil)
36720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper" '("viper-" "set-viper-state-in-major-mode" "this-major-mode-requires-vi-state")))
36722 ;;;***
36723 \f
36724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-cmd" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" (0 0 0
36725 ;;;;;; 0))
36726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-cmd.el
36728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-cmd" '("viper-")))
36730 ;;;***
36731 \f
36732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-ex" "emulation/viper-ex.el" (0 0 0 0))
36733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-ex.el
36735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-ex" '("ex-" "viper-")))
36737 ;;;***
36738 \f
36739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-init" "emulation/viper-init.el" (0 0
36740 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-init.el
36743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-init" '("viper-")))
36745 ;;;***
36746 \f
36747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-keym" "emulation/viper-keym.el" (0 0
36748 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-keym.el
36751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-keym" '("viper-" "ex-read-filename-map")))
36753 ;;;***
36754 \f
36755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-macs" "emulation/viper-macs.el" (0 0
36756 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-macs.el
36759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-macs" '("viper-" "ex-")))
36761 ;;;***
36762 \f
36763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-mous" "emulation/viper-mous.el" (0 0
36764 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-mous.el
36767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-mous" '("viper-")))
36769 ;;;***
36770 \f
36771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-util" "emulation/viper-util.el" (0 0
36772 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-util.el
36775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-util" '("viper")))
36777 ;;;***
36778 \f
36779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt-control" "vt-control.el" (0 0 0 0))
36780 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt-control.el
36782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt-control" '("vt-")))
36784 ;;;***
36785 \f
36786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt100-led" "vt100-led.el" (0 0 0 0))
36787 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt100-led.el
36789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt100-led" '("led-")))
36791 ;;;***
36792 \f
36793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-fns" "w32-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
36794 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-fns.el
36796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-fns" '("w32-")))
36798 ;;;***
36799 \f
36800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-vars" "w32-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
36801 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-vars.el
36803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-vars" '("w32-")))
36805 ;;;***
36806 \f
36807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (0 0 0
36808 ;;;;;; 0))
36809 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
36811 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
36812 Function to generate warning prefixes.
36813 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
36814 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
36815 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
36816 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
36817 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
36818 the beginning of the warning.")
36820 (defvar warning-series nil "\
36821 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
36822 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
36823 which is the start of the current series; it means that
36824 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
36825 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
36826 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
36827 also call that function before the next warning.")
36829 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
36830 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
36832 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
36833 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
36834 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
36835 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
36837 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
36838 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
36839 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
36840 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
36841 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
36842 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
36844 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
36845 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
36846 Default is :warning.
36848 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
36849 if you do not attend to it promptly.
36850 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
36851 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
36852 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
36853 :debug -- info for debugging only.
36855 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
36856 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
36857 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
36859 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
36861 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
36862 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
36864 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
36866 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
36867 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
36869 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
36870 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
36872 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
36873 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
36874 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
36875 can be whatever you like.)
36877 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
36878 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
36880 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
36881 if you do not attend to it promptly.
36882 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
36883 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
36884 :debug -- info for debugging only.
36886 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
36888 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
36889 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
36890 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
36891 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
36892 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
36894 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
36896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "warnings" '("warning-" "log-warning-minimum-level" "display-warning-minimum-level")))
36898 ;;;***
36899 \f
36900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (0 0 0 0))
36901 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
36902 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
36904 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
36905 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
36907 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
36908 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
36910 directories to reflect your edits.
36912 See `wdired-mode'.
36914 \(fn)" t nil)
36916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wdired" '("wdired-")))
36918 ;;;***
36919 \f
36920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (0 0 0 0))
36921 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
36923 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
36924 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
36926 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
36927 hotlist.
36929 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
36930 <nwv@acm.org>.
36932 \(fn)" t nil)
36934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "webjump" '("webjump-")))
36936 ;;;***
36937 \f
36938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (0 0
36939 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
36941 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
36942 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
36944 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
36946 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
36947 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
36948 See the `which-function-mode' command
36949 for a description of this minor mode.
36950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
36951 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
36952 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
36954 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
36956 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
36957 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
36958 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
36959 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
36960 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36962 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
36963 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
36964 in certain major modes.
36966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36968 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "which-func" '("which-func")))
36970 ;;;***
36971 \f
36972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (0 0 0 0))
36973 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
36974 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
36976 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
36977 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
36978 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
36979 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
36980 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36982 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
36983 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
36985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36987 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
36988 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
36989 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
36990 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
36991 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36993 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
36994 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
36995 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
36996 use `whitespace-mode'.
36998 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37002 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
37003 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
37004 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
37005 for a description of this minor mode.
37006 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37007 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37008 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
37010 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
37012 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37013 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
37014 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
37015 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
37016 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
37018 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37019 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37023 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
37024 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
37025 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
37026 for a description of this minor mode.
37027 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37028 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37029 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
37031 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
37033 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37034 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
37035 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
37036 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
37037 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
37039 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
37040 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
37041 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
37042 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
37044 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37048 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37049 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
37051 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37052 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
37054 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37055 and restart local whitespace-mode.
37057 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
37059 CHAR MEANING
37060 (VIA FACES)
37061 f toggle face visualization
37062 t toggle TAB visualization
37063 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37064 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37067 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37068 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37069 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37070 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37071 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37072 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37073 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37074 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37075 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37076 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37077 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37078 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37080 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37081 T toggle TAB visualization
37082 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37083 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37085 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37086 ? display brief help
37088 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37089 The valid symbols are:
37091 face toggle face visualization
37092 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37093 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37094 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37097 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37098 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37099 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37100 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37101 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37102 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37103 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37104 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37105 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37106 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37107 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37108 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37110 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37111 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37112 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37114 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37116 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37118 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37120 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37121 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
37123 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37124 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
37126 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37127 and restart global whitespace-mode.
37129 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
37131 CHAR MEANING
37132 (VIA FACES)
37133 f toggle face visualization
37134 t toggle TAB visualization
37135 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37136 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37139 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37140 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37141 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37142 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37143 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37144 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37145 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37146 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37147 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37148 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37149 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37150 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37152 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37153 T toggle TAB visualization
37154 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37155 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37157 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37158 ? display brief help
37160 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37161 The valid symbols are:
37163 face toggle face visualization
37164 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37165 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37166 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37169 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37170 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37171 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37172 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37173 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37174 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37175 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37176 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37177 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37178 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37179 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37180 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37182 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37183 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37184 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37186 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37188 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37190 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37192 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
37193 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
37195 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
37196 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
37197 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
37199 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
37201 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
37203 The problems cleaned up are:
37205 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37206 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37207 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
37208 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
37210 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37211 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37212 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
37213 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37214 SPACEs.
37215 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37216 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37217 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37218 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37220 4. SPACEs before TAB.
37221 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37222 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37223 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37224 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37225 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37226 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37227 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37229 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37230 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37231 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37233 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37234 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37235 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37236 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37237 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37238 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37239 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37240 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37242 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37243 documentation.
37245 \(fn)" t nil)
37247 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
37248 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
37250 The problems cleaned up are:
37252 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37253 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37254 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
37255 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37256 SPACEs.
37257 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37258 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37259 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37260 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37262 2. SPACEs before TAB.
37263 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37264 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37265 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37266 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37267 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37268 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37269 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37271 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37272 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37273 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37275 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37276 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37277 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37278 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37279 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37280 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37281 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37282 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37284 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37285 documentation.
37287 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37289 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
37290 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
37292 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
37294 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37296 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
37297 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
37299 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
37300 non-nil.
37303 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
37304 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
37306 empty
37307 trailing
37308 indentation
37309 space-before-tab
37310 space-after-tab
37312 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
37313 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
37314 report problems.
37316 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
37318 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
37319 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37320 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37321 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37322 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37323 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37324 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37326 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
37327 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37328 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37329 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37330 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
37331 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37332 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37334 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
37335 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
37336 cleaning up these problems.
37338 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37340 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "whitespace" '("whitespace-")))
37342 ;;;***
37343 \f
37344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37345 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
37347 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
37348 Browse the widget under point.
37350 \(fn POS)" t nil)
37352 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
37353 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
37355 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
37357 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
37358 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
37360 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
37362 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
37363 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
37364 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
37365 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
37366 if ARG is omitted or nil.
37368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-browse" '("widget-")))
37372 ;;;***
37373 \f
37374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
37375 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
37377 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
37378 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
37380 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37382 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
37383 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
37384 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
37386 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
37388 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
37389 Create widget of TYPE.
37390 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
37392 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37394 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
37395 Delete WIDGET.
37397 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37399 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
37400 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
37402 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37404 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
37405 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
37406 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
37407 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
37409 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
37410 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
37412 \(fn)" nil nil)
37414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-edit" '("widget-")))
37416 ;;;***
37417 \f
37418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (0 0 0 0))
37419 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
37421 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
37422 Select the window to the left of the current one.
37423 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37425 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
37426 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37427 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37431 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
37432 Select the window above the current one.
37434 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
37435 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
37436 negative ARG) of the current window.
37437 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37441 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
37442 Select the window to the right of the current one.
37443 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37445 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
37446 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
37447 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37451 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
37452 Select the window below the current one.
37453 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37455 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
37456 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37457 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37461 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
37462 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
37463 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
37464 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
37466 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
37468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "windmove" '("windmove-")))
37470 ;;;***
37471 \f
37472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (0 0 0 0))
37473 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
37475 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
37476 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
37477 See the `winner-mode' command
37478 for a description of this minor mode.
37479 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37480 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37481 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
37483 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
37485 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
37486 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
37487 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
37488 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37489 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
37491 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
37492 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
37494 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
37495 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
37496 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
37498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37500 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "winner" '("winner-")))
37502 ;;;***
37503 \f
37504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (0 0 0 0))
37505 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
37506 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
37508 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
37509 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
37510 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
37512 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
37514 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
37516 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
37517 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
37518 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
37519 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
37520 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
37521 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
37522 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
37523 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
37525 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
37526 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
37528 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
37530 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
37531 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
37533 \(fn)" t nil)
37535 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
37536 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
37537 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
37538 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
37539 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
37540 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
37541 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
37542 `woman' command for further details.
37544 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
37546 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
37547 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
37549 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
37551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "woman" '("woman" "WoMan-" "menu-bar-manuals-menu" "set-woman-file-regexp")))
37553 ;;;***
37554 \f
37555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "x-dnd" "x-dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
37556 ;;; Generated autoloads from x-dnd.el
37558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "x-dnd" '("x-dnd-")))
37560 ;;;***
37561 \f
37562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (0 0 0 0))
37563 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
37565 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
37566 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
37567 Return the top node with all its children.
37568 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
37570 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37571 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37572 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37576 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37577 namespace to URIs instead.
37579 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37580 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37582 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37584 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37586 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37588 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
37589 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
37590 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
37591 not contain well-formed XML.
37593 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
37594 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
37595 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
37596 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
37597 element of the list.
37598 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37599 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37600 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37604 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37605 namespace to URIs instead.
37607 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37608 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37610 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37612 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37614 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xml" '("xml-")))
37618 ;;;***
37619 \f
37620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (0 0 0 0))
37621 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
37623 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
37624 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
37625 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
37626 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
37627 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
37628 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
37629 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
37630 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
37631 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
37632 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
37634 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
37636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xmltok" '("xmltok-")))
37638 ;;;***
37639 \f
37640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
37641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
37643 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
37646 \(fn)" nil nil)
37648 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
37651 \(fn)" t nil)
37653 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
37654 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
37656 \(fn)" nil nil)
37658 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
37659 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
37660 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
37661 prompt for it.
37663 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
37664 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
37665 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
37666 buffer where the user can select from the list.
37668 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37670 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
37671 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
37673 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37675 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
37676 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
37678 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37680 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
37681 Find references to the identifier at point.
37682 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
37684 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37686 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
37687 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
37688 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
37690 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
37691 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
37692 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
37693 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
37694 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
37695 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
37696 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
37698 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
37699 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
37700 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
37701 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
37703 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
37705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xref" '("xref-")))
37707 ;;;***
37708 \f
37709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xscheme" "progmodes/xscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
37710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xscheme.el
37712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xscheme" '("xscheme-" "start-scheme" "scheme-" "exit-scheme-interaction-mode" "verify-xscheme-buffer" "local-" "global-set-scheme-interaction-buffer" "run-scheme" "reset-scheme" "default-xscheme-runlight")))
37714 ;;;***
37715 \f
37716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xsd-regexp" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
37717 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xsd-regexp.el
37719 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xsd-regexp" '("xsdre-")))
37721 ;;;***
37722 \f
37723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37724 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
37726 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
37727 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
37728 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
37729 for a description of this minor mode.
37730 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37731 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37732 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
37734 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
37736 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
37737 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
37738 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
37739 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37740 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
37742 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
37743 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
37744 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
37745 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
37746 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
37747 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
37749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xt-mouse" '("turn-o" "xt-mouse-epoch" "xterm-mouse-")))
37753 ;;;***
37754 \f
37755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (0 0 0 0))
37756 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
37758 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
37759 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
37760 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
37761 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
37763 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
37765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xwidget" '("xwidget-")))
37767 ;;;***
37768 \f
37769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" (0 0 0 0))
37770 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
37772 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
37773 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
37775 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37777 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
37778 Extract file name from an yenc header.
37780 \(fn)" nil nil)
37782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "yenc" '("yenc-")))
37784 ;;;***
37785 \f
37786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zeroconf" "net/zeroconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
37787 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zeroconf.el
37789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zeroconf" '("zeroconf-")))
37791 ;;;***
37792 \f
37793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (0 0 0 0))
37794 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
37796 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
37797 Zone out, completely.
37799 \(fn)" t nil)
37801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zone" '("zone-")))
37803 ;;;***
37804 \f
37805 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
37806 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
37807 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el"
37808 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
37809 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
37810 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
37811 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
37812 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
37813 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
37814 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
37815 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
37816 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
37817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el"
37818 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
37819 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
37820 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el"
37821 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
37822 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/edit.el"
37823 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el" "cedet/semantic/html.el"
37824 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el" "cedet/semantic/idle.el"
37825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el"
37826 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
37827 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el"
37828 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
37829 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
37830 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
37831 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
37832 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
37833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
37834 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el"
37835 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
37836 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/getset.el"
37837 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el" "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el"
37838 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
37839 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "dired-aux.el"
37840 ;;;;;; "dired-loaddefs.el" "dired-x.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
37841 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
37842 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
37843 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
37844 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
37845 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
37846 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
37847 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
37848 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
37849 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
37850 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "htmlfontify-loaddefs.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "ibuffer-loaddefs.el"
37851 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/charscript.el"
37852 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-brackets.el"
37853 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
37854 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
37855 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
37856 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
37857 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
37858 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
37859 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
37860 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
37861 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
37862 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
37863 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
37864 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
37865 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
37866 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
37867 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
37868 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el"
37869 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/rmail-loaddefs.el"
37870 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
37871 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
37872 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
37873 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
37874 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el"
37875 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
37876 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-element.el"
37877 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
37878 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
37879 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-table.el"
37880 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
37881 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
37882 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
37883 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-print-loaddefs.el"
37884 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
37885 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
37886 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-loaddefs.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
37887 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el")
37888 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
37890 ;;;***
37891 \f
37892 (provide 'loaddefs)
37893 ;; Local Variables:
37894 ;; version-control: never
37895 ;; no-byte-compile: t
37896 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
37897 ;; coding: utf-8
37898 ;; End:
37899 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here